Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutagenda.council.regular.20131028 CITY COUNCIL AGENDA October 28, 2013 5:00 PM I. Call to Order II. Roll Call III. Scheduled Public Appearances IV. Citizens Comments & Petitions (Time for any citizen to address Council on issues NOT on the agenda. Please limit your comments to 3 minutes) V. Special Orders of the Day a) Councilmembers' and Mayor's Comments b) Agenda Deletions and Additions c) City Manager's Comments d) Board Reports VI. Consent Calendar (These matters may be adopted together by a single motion) a) Resolution # 99 (Series of 2013) - Approving an Amended Intergovernmental Agreement Between the City and Pitkin County regarding the Aspen/Pitkin County Housing Authority b) Minutes - October 15, 2013 VII. First Reading of Ordinances a) Ordinance #45, Series of 2013 - Approving the Addition of "Retiring in APCHA Rental and Ownership" Sections to the Aspen/Pitkin Employee Housing Guidelines VIII. Public Hearings a) Ordinance #42, Series of 2013 -- Code Amendment - Title 29 Engineering Design Standards b) Ordinance #43, Series of 2013 – Code Amendments Construction and Excavation Standards c) Ordinance #23, Series of 2013 - S. Aspen Street Subdivision/PUD - Continue to 11/11 d) Ordinance #37, Series of 2013 - Code Amendment, Subdivision e) Ordinance #41, Series of 2013 - Code Amendment, Approval Documents f) Ordinance #36, Series of 2013 - Code Amendment, Planned Development IX. Action Items a) 233 W. Hallam St, HPC conceptual approvals - Notice of Call Up X. Adjournment Next Regular Meeting November 11, 2013 COUNCIL’S ADOPTED GUIDELINES • Invite the Community to Participate with Us in Solution-Making • Tone and Tenor Matter • Remember Where We’re Living and Why We’re Here COUNCIL SCHEDULES A 15 MINUTE DINNER BREAK APPROXIMATELY 7 P.M. 1 MEMORANDUM TO: Mayor and Council FROM : APCHA Board of Directors THRU: Tom McCabe, Executive Director Cindy Christensen, Operations Manager DATE: October 28, 2013 RE: Approval to Amend the Fourth Amended Intergovernmental Agreement SUMMARY: The APCHA Board is requesting approval to amend the Fourth Amended Intergovernmental Agreement. PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION: The City Council, Board of County Commissioners (BOCC) and the Aspen/Pitkin County Housing Authority Board of Directors met on September 17, 2013 to discuss requested changes to the Fourth Amended Intergovernmental Agreement (IGA). The BOCC and City Council informally approved the changes BACKGROUND: There are two additions that are being requested to be incorporated into the IGA – adding two additional members to the Board and allowing the APCHA Board to be the policy-decision entity relating to the Guidelines, with allowing for a call-up procedure. This would allow the City Council and the BOCC to call up any policy changes within 60 days to discuss and/or approve or deny those changes to the Guidelines. DISCUSSION: Attached is the red-lined draft of the Fifth Amended Intergovernmental Agreement. The majority of the changes shown are clean-up items. There are two changes requested by the APCHA Board: o The addition of two members to the APCHA Board, creating a seven-member Board. o Addition of a Call-Up Procedure regarding any Guideline changes. Such a change will honor the stated intention for the APCHA Board as the creative policy- making entity established and required in the State Statute that provided the creation of multijurisdictional housing authorities. The BOCC and City Council did recommend the addition of two additions members – one to be appointed by the BOCC and one to be appointed by the City Council. The call-up procedure was also approved. P1 VI.a 2 FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS: There are no financial implications for any of the items stated above. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPLICATIONS: There are no environmental implications for any of the items stated above. RECOMMENDATION: To approve Resolution #99 (Series 2013), Approving an Amended and Restated Intergovernmental Agreement Between the City of Aspen, Colorado, and the Board of County Commissioners of Pitkin County, Setting Forth the Terms and Conditions Regarding the Aspen/Pitkin County Housing Authority and Authorizing the Mayor to Execute Said Agreement. CITY MANAGER COMMENTS: ATTACHMENT: 1. Redlined copy of the Fifth Amended and Restated Intergovernmental Agreement P2 VI.a 3 EXHIBIT “A” FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INTERGOVERNMENTAL AGREEMENT ASPEN/PITKIN COUNTY HOUSING AUTHORITY This FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INTERGOVERNMENTAL AGREEMENT (hereinafter referred to as “Agreement”), made and entered into this ____ day of _____________2013, by and between the CITY OF ASPEN, Colorado, a home rule municipal corporation (hereinafter referred to as “City”) and the BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS of Pitkin County, Colorado, a body corporate and politic (hereinafter referred to as “County”): W I T N E S S E T H: WHEREAS, the City is authorized by Article XX, Section 6 of the Colorado Constitution and City and County are each authorized by Article XIV, Section 18 of the Colorado Constitution, Section 29-1-204.5, Colorado Revised Statutes to contract with each other to establish a multi-jurisdictional housing authority as a separate government entity; and WHEREAS, the City and County entered into an Intergovernmental Agreement on January 9, 1984, a Amended and Restated Intergovernmental Agreement on September 26, 1989, a Second Amended and Restated Intergovernmental Agreement on September 13, 1999, and a Third Amended and Restated Intergovernmental Agreement on October 28, 2002, establishing a multi-jurisdictional housing authority under the provision of C.R.S. 1973, Section 29-1-204.5 which authority is known as the Aspen/Pitkin County Housing Authority (hereinafter referred to as “Authority”) for the purpose of providing a program and a system to assure the existence of a supply of desirable and affordable housing for permanent residents, persons employed in the City or the County, senior citizens, disabled persons and other population segments residing or needing to reside in the Roaring Fork Valley which are necessary for a balanced community; and WHEREAS, the City and County desire to create an independent housing authority that has all of the powers set forth at Section 29-1-204.5, C.R.S., and that will function as an advisory and recommending board to the Aspen City Council and the Board of County Commissioners on all matters relating to affordable housing in their respective jurisdictions; and WHEREAS, the City and the County desire to further amend and to restate the Fourth Amended Intergovernmental Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual benefits to be derived hereby, the City and the County amend and restate the Intergovernmental Agreement of January 9, 1984, the Amended and Restated Intergovernmental Agreement on September 26, 1989, the Second Amended and Restated Intergovernmental Agreement on September 13, 1989, the Third Amended and Restated Intergovernmental Agreement on October 28, 2002, the Fourth Amended and Restated Intergovernmental Agreement on December 20, 2007, and the Fifth Amended and Restated Intergovernmental Agreement effective on the date first stated above, and said Agreement shall replace and supersede all prior agreements of any kind, to the extent and for the limited purpose as such other agreements may be related to the provision of services by the Aspen/Pitkin County Housing Authority, P3 VI.a 4 and the previous Agreement as amended is hereby cancelled and of no further effect, and to read as follows: I. MULTI-JURISDICTIONAL HOUSING AUTHORITY – PURPOSE: The Aspen/Pitkin County Housing Authority (hereinafter referred to as “Authority”) has been established as a multi-jurisdictional housing authority for the purpose of assisting the City and County, upon request by either party, in effecting the planning, financing, acquisition, construction, development, reconstruction or repair, maintenance, management and operation of housing projects pursuant to a multi- jurisdictional plan to provide residential facilities and dwelling accommodations at rental or sale prices within the means of families or persons of low, moderate and middle income who are employed in the City or the County, who reside or need to reside in the City or County, and who have identifiable needs for affordable housing; e.g., limited incomes, senior citizens and disabled persons, as defined by the Authority in published guidelines. The Authority shall be a political subdivision and a public corporation for the State of Colorado, separate from the City and County, and shall be a validly created and existing political subdivision and public corporation of the State of Colorado. It shall have the duties, privileges, immunities, rights, liabilities, and disabilities of a public body politic and corporate. The provisions of Articles 10.5 (the “Public Deposit Protection Act”) of Title 11, Colorado Revised Statues, shall apply to monies of the Authority. The Authority shall have any and all powers, duties, rights and obligations as such are set forth herein and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. In order to facilitate management oversight and to provide additional resources to the Authority, the Authority shall delegate to the City certain administrative functions as more fully described herein: II. BOARD OF DIRECTORS: A. Number, Manner of Appointment, Qualifications, etc.: The Board shall consist of seven (7) directors (hereinafter referred to as “Directors”), and one (1) alternate, serving staggered terms to be appointed as follows: 1. Three Directors shall be appointed by the Board of County Commissioners. 2. Three Directors shall be appointed by the City Council. 3. One Director and one alternate shall be appointed jointly by the Board of County Commissioners and the City Council. 4. As soon as reasonable after the effective date of this Amended Agreement, the City Council and the Board of County Commissioners shall appoint two additional Directors – one by the BOCC and one by the City Council. . All Directors shall be appointed for two-year terms. 5. Directors and the Alternate Director shall continue to serve as Directors until such time as a successor has been appointed. P4 VI.a 5 6. Directors appointed by the City Council may be removed at the sole discretion of the City Council. Directors appointed by the County Commissioners may be removed at the sole discretion of the County Commissioners. The Jointly appointed Director and the Alternate Director may be removed at the sole discretion of either the City Council or County Commissioners. Upon the removal of a Director or Alternate Director, a replacement shall be appointed by the respective governmental entity(ies) that originally appointed the Director for the unexpired term of the removed Director or Alternate Director. B. Officers. The officers of the Authority shall be a Chair, a Vice Chair, a Treasurer, and a Secretary. 1. Chair. The Chair shall preside at all meetings of the Authority. At each meeting, the Chair shall submit such recommendations and information as she or he may consider proper concerning the business, affairs and policies of the Authority. 2. Vice Chair. The Vice Chair shall perform the duties of the Chair in the absence or incapacity of the Chair; and in case of the resignation or death of the Chair, the Vice Chair shall perform such duties as are imposed on the Chair until such time as the Authority shall select a new Chair. 3. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall perform the duties of the Chair in the absence or incapacity of both the Chair and the Vice Chair. With respect to expenses incurred directly by the Authority (as distinguished from expenses of either the City or County for affordable housing projects and their operations), either the Treasurer or the Secretary shall approve all orders and checks for payment of money and shall payout and disburse such monies under the direction of the City's Finance Director. The Treasurer shall serve as advisor to the Authority and the Board on financial matters. 4. Secretary. The Secretary shall ensure that the records of the Authority are properly maintained, shall act as Secretary of the meetings of the Authority and ensure that all votes are recorded, and shall ensure that a record of the proceedings of the Authority are maintained in a journal of proceedings to be kept for such purpose, and shall perform all duties incident to his or her office. 5. Election or Appointment. The Chair, Vice Chair, Treasurer, and Secretary shall be elected at the annual meeting of the Authority from among the Directors of the Board, and shall hold office for one year or until their successors are elected and qualified. 6. Vacancies. Should the office of Chair, Vice Chair, Treasurer, or Secretary become vacant, the Board shall elect a successor from its membership at the next regular meeting and such election shall be for the unexpired term of said office. C. Voting Requirements: 1. Quorum. The powers of the Authority shall be vested in the Directors of the Board in office from time to time. Three Directors of the Board shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of conducting Authority business and exercising Authority powers and for all P5 VI.a 6 other purposes. When a quorum is in attendance, action may be taken by the Authority upon a vote of a majority of the Directors of the Board present. The Alternate Director may be counted for purposes of determining the existence of a quorum at a meeting and may have his or her vote counted only if at least one Director is not present. 2. Manner of Voting. The voting on all questions coming before the Authority shall be by roll call, and the yeas and nays shall be entered upon the minutes of each meeting by name, except on the election of officers that may be by ballot. D. Duties of the Officers. The officers of the Authority shall perform the duties and functions of the Authority as prescribed herein and such other duties and functions as may from time to time be required by the Authority, the by-laws or rules and regulations of the Authority, or upon the request of the City and County. III. DUTIES OF THE PARTIES: A. Personnel. 1. An Executive Director of the Authority shall be employed by the City who shall report to and be supervised by the City Manager. The City Manager and County Manager shall jointly hire the Executive Director. The City Manager shall have the authority to terminate the employment of the Executive Director in accordance with City Personnel Policies and Procedures, but shall exercise this authority only after reasonable consultation with the County Manager. 2. The Executive Director and all other personnel employed to work under the supervision of the Executive Director shall be City employees, subject to the City's payroll, benefits, and personnel policies and procedures (including disciplinary procedures). 3. The Executive Director shall work under the supervision of the City Manager and shall receive work assignments from the City Manager. Directors of the Housing Authority may suggest work assignments for the Executive Manager to the City Manager, but shall have no authority to directly assign work, tasks, or priorities to the Executive Director or any of his or her staff. 4. Nothing in this Agreement shall create, or is intended to create, or shall be construed to constitute a contract of employment, express or implied, between the Executive Director and the Authority, the City or the County. B. Finances and Accounting. 1. The Executive Director shall annually consult and cooperatively work with the City and County Finance Directors to prepare proposed budgets for the City and County relating to affordable housing in their respective jurisdictions. The Authority, upon reviewing the annual budget as presented by the Executive Director shall make recommendation to the City and County for their adoption. The annual budgets shall include funds necessary to P6 VI.a 7 reimburse the City for overhead expenses for personnel, finance, administrative, legal, and asset management services consistent with fees charged to other City departments. 2. The Executive Director shall annually consult and cooperatively work with the City's Finance Director to ensure the proper care and custody of all funds of the Authority, the prompt payment of all obligations of the Authority, and the keeping of regular books of accounts showing receipts and expenditures of the Authority. The Executive Director shall render to the Authority, the City and the County, at their regular meetings, or sooner if requested, an account of Authority transactions and also of the financial condition of the Authority. The Executive Director shall give such bond for the faithful performance of his or her duties as the City may require. 3. All accounting, payroll, and audit services for the Authority shall be performed by the Finance Department of the City. 4. The City’s procurement policies, contract documents, and approval policies shall be used for all procurements of goods and services of the Authority except for any goods or services purchased entirely for County projects. A County project shall be defined for purposes of this section as any purchase for goods or services funded entirely by County funds or a combination of County funds and funds from a source other than from the City. 5. For each fiscal year of the City, the County and the Authority (each January 1 through each December 31), the City and County shall each appropriate their prorated share of operational monies necessary to provide for any budgeted deficit arising in connection with the Authority's operations which has been approved by the City and County, provided, however, that bonds, notes or other obligations payable solely from revenues as described in Section III hereof shall never constitute an indebtedness of the City or the County. The City and County shall each pay for 50% of the normal operating expenses of the Housing Office. This shall include such normal operating expenses as guideline development, qualifying applicants, enforcement, property management, etc. The City and County shall pay its share of any special projects, which either party may request to be included in the Annual Work Plan. 6. The County shall pay to the City for the benefit of the Authority its share of the Authority's annual budget upon the request of the Finance Director of the City. Both the City Council and the Board of County Commissioners shall approve any increases to the expense budget. 7. On or before April 15 of each fiscal year, the actual operations for the Authority for the immediate preceding fiscal year shall be reviewed by the City and County Finance Directors with the Executive Director for the determination of any necessary final reimbursements (and, therefore, necessary supplemental appropriations of monies by the City and the County) as a result of any non-budget appropriation of Authority staff or expenditure. The City and County hereby agree to make all necessary appropriations within a reasonable time to reconcile the final appropriations of each entity. C. Operations. P7 VI.a 8 1. Annual Work Plan. The Executive Director, with the assistance of the Authority, shall annually prepare a detailed Annual Work Plan that specifies goals, tasks, responsible employees and timelines, for the operation of the Authority. The Annual Work Plan shall include a summary detailing progress made in the implementation of action plans set forth in any adopted Housing Strategic Plan and recommendations for changes to the Housing Strategic Plan. Following the review of the Annual Work Plan by the Authority, the Executive Director shall meet with the City Manage for approval. The Authority shall review the Annual Work Plan as approved by the City and County Managers and shall make recommendations to the City and County for its approval and adoption. Upon the adoption of the Annual Work Plan by the City or County, the Executive Director shall regularly meet with the City and County Managers to review the progress of the implementation of the Annual Work Plan. 2. Annual Affordable Housing Guidelines. The Executive Director shall review the Affordable Housing Guidelines when necessary , including updates and recommendations for changes every year that: a. Identifies category qualifications for ownership and rental housing within the City and County for the population segments identified by the Authority as required by existing agreements and land use regulations. b. The Authority shall review the Affordable Housing Guidelines, including deletions and additions, submitted to it by the Executive Director. Final approval by the APCHA Board shall be brought forward in a resolution with public comment through a public hearing process. The resolution will be brought forward to the City Council and the BOCC for their review. There shall be an appeals process via a Call-up Procedure as stated below: Call-up and Notice to City Council and the Board of County Commissioners. Following the adoption of the resolution approving the changes and/or additions to the Affordable Housing Guidelines, notification will be provided to the City Council and the Board of County Commissioners. The notification shall consist of a description in written form of the change and/or addition and the reasoning behind the change and/or addition. The notification shall be placed on the Consent Agenda of the next regular City Council meeting and a Memorandum of Interest shall be provided to the Board of County Commissioners containing the same language at their next regular meeting. Such notification shall be placed on each entities agenda within 60 days of APCHA approval. If a call-up is not requested within the 60 days, the policy will be incorporated into the Guidelines. 3. The Housing Authority. The Authority shall meet monthly to conduct its business in accordance with the Colorado Open Meetings Law, Sections 24-6-401, et seq., C.R.S. and the City of Aspen Municipal Code. The Authority shall be responsible for the following duties: a. To act as affordable housing advocates in all of its business by representing the views and perspectives of the larger communities of the City and County and P8 VI.a 9 translating those views and perspectives into concrete recommendations to the City and County; and b. To review and make recommendations to the City and County with respect to the Annual Work Plan, Housing Guidelines, Affordable Housing Action Plans of the Aspen Area Community Plan, any Affordable Housing Strategic Plans adopted by the City or County, and advise on any other affordable housing related matters referred to it by either the City or County; and c. To review specific development proposals initiated by the City or County and make recommendations thereon upon the request of either the City or County; and d. To assist the City, County, and Executive Director, upon request, to define the need, planning, undertaking, construction, operation, or financing of low, lower moderate, upper moderate, middle and upper middle income housing for the population segments designated here or identified by the Authority residing in or needing to reside in the City or the County; and e. To assist the City, County and Executive Director, upon request, to plan, finance, acquire, construct, reconstruct or repair, maintain, manage, and operate housing projects pursuant to the Annual Work Plan; and f. To assist the City, County and Executive Director, upon request, to purchase, acquire, obtain options, hold; lease (as lessor or lessee), sell, or otherwise dispose of any real or personal property, commodity, or service from firms, corporations, the City, the County, other governmental entities or any other persons; and g. To assist the City, County and Executive Director, upon request, to investigate housing needs within the jurisdiction of the City or the County and the means and methods for improving those conditions; and h. To review growth management policy applications (or equivalent application procedures as the same are developed or established from time to time) by developers for low, lower moderate; upper moderate, middle and upper middle income housing in the City or the County as requested by the respective Community Development Departments of the City or the County for conformance with housing needs; and i. To enforce all aspects of the affordable housing program, including, but not necessarily limited to, deed restrictions, guidelines, and qualifications; and j. To establish a system to hear appeals from the interpretation or implementation of the Affordable Housing Guidelines and issue final administrative determinations on such appeals. 4. The Executive Director. The Executive Director shall be responsible for the following duties in addition to any duties assigned to him or her by the City Manager: P9 VI.a 10 a. Working closing with the County and City Managers to develop an Annual Work Plan and thereafter implementing said Work Plan under the supervision of the City Manager; and b. Maintaining records of existing low, lower moderate, upper moderate, middle and upper middle income rental or resale restricted housing for the population segments designated herein or identified by the Authority and assure that such housing is used and occupied in accordance with existing City or County development approvals, contracts, or financing requirements; and c. Taking all steps reasonably necessary to assure that all deed restricted units of housing comply with City and County regulations or resolutions concerning rental or resale restricted housing; and d. Negotiating contracts as required to provide for management of deed-restricted Authority units (as that term is defined in the Affordable Housing Guidelines as such guidelines are published, modified, amended and supplemented from time to time); and e. To review and recommend establishment of a computerized rental availability record system for use by the City, the County, the population segments designated herein or identified by the Authority and members of the general public; and f. Taking all steps reasonably necessary to provide for marketing and reviewing qualification of applicants for rental deed restricted or for sale affordable housing units, and for marketing, reviewing qualifications of applicants for, and arranging for transfer of title of deed restricted units; and g. Investigating housing needs within the jurisdiction of the City or the County and the means and methods for improving those conditions; and h. To develop and recommend code changes associated with the provisions of the current County Strategic Plan, Housing subsection, or the current Housing subsection of the City's Aspen Area Community Plan (as they are modified, amended and supplemented from time to time); and i. To maintain data indicating housing needs in the City and the County for the population segments designated herein or identified by the Authority. 5. Project Management Services by the City. The City and County acknowledge that the City, because of its current personnel and expertise in construction management, is in a better position than the County to provide construction management services for the development and construction of affordable housing. The City agrees to negotiate in good faith with the County to provide construction management services for County- funded and sponsored affordable housing projects. Said agreements shall be on a case- by-case basis and shall include provisions for scope of services to be provided, reimbursement schedules, management responsibilities, and appropriate indemnification and insurance. The parties hereto agree that the City shall not be required to provide P10 VI.a 11 construction management services at any time that the City, in its sole discretion, determines that it does not have the personnel or resources to provide such services. D. Long-Range Planning. Housing Strategic Plan: The City and the County, individually or jointly, may periodically adopt a Housing Strategic Plan to assist City, County and Authority in the development of priorities, policies, and implementing actions that maximize affordable housing development. Financial support shall be designated to the City or County based on who is directly benefiting from the effort. The Housing Strategic Plan may include the following: • Identification of existing community housing needs by type. • Determination of the potential development of affordable sites located within the jurisdiction of the City or County. • Evaluation of the economic performance of the City's or County's affordable housing sites and prototype projects and comparisons of their relative costs and benefits. ~ • Specifications for an affordable housing program and phasing schedule that best meets program objectives consistent with available funding sources and levels. • Recommendations for strategies and actions that implement the housing development program • It is agreed that when this document uses the phrase "Housing Strategic Plan" it is referring to either the County Strategic Plan's Housing subsection, or the Housing section of the City's "Aspen Area Community Plan ". IV. BONDS, NOTES AND OTHER OBLIGATIONS: A. The bonds, notes, and other obligations of the Authority shall not be the debts, liabilities, or obligations of the City or the County unless expressly assumed by the City or the County. B. The City and the County may provide for payment to the Authority of funds from proprietary revenues for services rendered or facilities provided by the Authority, from proprietary revenues or other public funds as contributions to defray the cost of any purpose set forth herein, and from proprietary revenues or other public funds as advances for any purpose subject to repayment by the Authority. C. To carry out the purposes for which the Authority was established, the Authority is authorized to issue bonds, notes, or other obligations payable solely from the revenues derived or to be derived from the function, service, or facilities of the Authority or from any other available funds of the Authority. The terms, conditions, and details of said bonds, notes, and other obligations, the procedures related thereto, and the refunding thereof shall be set forth in the resolution authorizing said bonds, notes, or other obligations and shall, as nearly as may be practicable, be substantially the same as those provided by law for any of the contracting parties to this Intergovernmental Agreement; except that bonds, notes, or other obligations so issued shall not constitute an indebtedness of the Authority, the City or the County within the meaning of any constitutional, home rule charter or statutory limitation or other provision unless expressly assumed by the City or the County. Each bond, note, or other obligation issued under this subsection shall recite in substance that said bond, note, or other obligation, including the interest thereon, is payable solely from the revenues and other P11 VI.a 12 available funds of the Authority pledged for the payment thereof unless expressly assumed by the City or the County and that said bond, note, or other obligation does not constitute a debt of the Authority, the City or the County or within the meaning of any constitutional, home rule charter or statutory limitations or provisions unless expressly assumed by the City or the County. Notwithstanding anything in this Section IV to the contrary, such bonds, notes, and other obligations may be issued to mature at such times not beyond forty (40) years from their respective issue dates, shall bear interest at such rates, and shall be sold at such prices at, above or below the principal amount thereof, as shall be determined by the Board. D. The resolution, trust indenture, or other security agreement under which any bonds, notes, or other obligations are issued shall constitute a contract with the holders thereof, and it may contain such provisions as shall be determined by the Board to be appropriate and necessary in connection with the issuance thereof and to provide security for the payment thereof, including, without limitation, any mortgage or other security interest in any revenues, funds, rights, or properties of the Authority. The bonds, notes and other obligations of the Authority and the income therefrom are exempt from taxation, except inheritance, estate, and transfer taxes pursuant to the Colorado Revised Statutes. V. LEGAL ASSISTANCE: Legal assistance for the Authority shall be provided both by the City and County Attorney's Office for specific problems related to Authority programs; subject, however, to the availability of staff time of the respective attorney offices. The Executive Director may retain independent counsel whenever the City or County Attorney's Offices are unable or unwilling to provide legal representation to the Authority. In addition, the Executive Director may retain independent legal counsel, as needed, for day-to-day consultation and legal advice. The City Attorney shall review all contract documents that purport to legally obligate the City in any fashion. The County Attorney shall review all contract documents that purport to legally obligate the County in any fashion. VI. DISPOSITION OF ASSETS UPON TERMINATION: In the event of the termination of this Intergovernmental Agreement which termination may only occur in accordance with the requirements and limitations of Section VII hereof, and the resulting dissolution of the Authority, the assets of the Authority shall be distributed as follows: A. All assets acquired from contributions from the City or the County shall be returned to the contributing party if said assets are still in existence. B. If assets contributed to the Authority are not in existence, the contributing party shall have the option of receiving the fair market value of the asset at the time of disposal by the Authority in either cash or assets of the Authority. C. All remaining assets acquired by the Authority after the date of this Intergovernmental Agreement from funds provided by the parties shall be distributed to the parties on the basis of the appraised value of said assets at the time of termination and in the same proportion as the respective contributions of funds by the parties for acquisition of the asset. P12 VI.a 13 D. The City and the County may agree to dispose of any assets of the Authority in any other acceptable manner. E. If the City and he County cannot agree on the disposition of any assets of the Authority within sixty (60) days after termination, said assets shall be subject to an independent appraisal and shall be sold at public auction as soon as practicable with the proceeds allocated to the City and the County in the same proportion as the total contribution of funds by the respective parties for acquisition of the asset. VII. ANNUAL RENEWAL AND TERMINATION: The term of this Intergovernmental Agreement shall be from the effective date hereof through December 31, 2013, and shall automatically be renewed for successive one-year periods thereafter. Either party hereto may terminate this Intergovernmental Agreement for any reason upon ninety (90) days' written notice, provided, however, that this Intergovernmental Agreement may not be terminated or rescinded so long as the Authority has bonds, notes, or other obligations outstanding, unless provision for full payment of such obligations, by escrow or otherwise, has been made pursuant to the terms of such obligations; provided, however, that if full payment has been provided by escrow, such termination or recision shall not occur unless nationally recognized bond counsel has delivered an opinion to the effect that such termination or recision, in and of itself, will not adversely affect the tax status of the interest on such escrowed obligations. Furthermore, this Intergovernmental Agreement may not be terminated if the Authority has obligations to the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development under any Low Rent Public Housing Program, or other similar program, unless those obligations are assumed by the City or the County. VIII. MODIFICATION OF THIS AGREEMENT: This Agreement may be modified by written amendment approved by the City Council and Board of County Commissioners, acting separate. IX. NOTICES: Any formal notice, demand or request provided for in this Intergovernmental Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed properly given if deposited in the United States Mail, postage prepaid to: City of Aspen, Colorado Board of County Commissioners c/o City Manager c/o County Manager 130 South Galena Street 530 East Main Street, 3rd Floor Aspen, Colorado 81611 Aspen, Colorado 81611 Aspen/Pitkin County Housing Authority P13 VI.a 14 c/o Executive Director 530 East Main Street, Lower Level Aspen, CO 81611 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Intergovernmental Agreement on the day and year first above written. ATTEST: CITY COUNCIL OF ASPEN, COLORADO _________________________________ ______________________________________ Kathryn S. Koch, Clerk Steven Skadron, Mayor APPROVED AS TO FORM: _________________________________ James True, City Attorney ATTEST: BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF PITKIN COUNTY, COLORADO _________________________________ _____________________________________ Jeanette Jones, Clerk and Recorder George Newman, Chairperson APPROVED AS TO FORM: _________________________________ John Ely, County Attorney P14 VI.a Resolution No. 99 (Series2013) 1 RESOLUTION #99 (Series of 2013) A RESOLUTION APPROVING AN AMENDED AND RESTATED INTERGOVERNMENTAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO, AND THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF PITKIN COUNTY, SETTING FORTH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS REGARDING THE ASPEN/PITKIN COUNTY HOUSING AUTHORITY AND AUTHORIZING THE MAYOR TO EXECUTE SAID AGREEMENT WHEREAS, there has been submitted to the City Council an intergovernmental agreement between the City of Aspen, Colorado, and the Board of County Commissioners of Pitkin County, a copy of which agreement is annexed hereto and made a part thereof, and WHEREAS, the City and County entered into an intergovernmental agreement in January 1984, a first amended and restated intergovernmental agreement in 1989, a second amended and restated intergovernmental agreement in 1991, a third amended and restated intergovernmental agreement in 2002, and a fourth amended and restated intergovernmental agreement in 2007. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO: That the City Council of the City of Aspen hereby approves that intergovernmental agreement between the City of Aspen, Colorado and the Board of County Commissioners of Pitkin County regarding the Aspen/Pitkin County Housing Authority, a copy of which is annexed hereto and incorporated herein, and does hereby authorize the Mayor of the City of Aspen to execute said agreement on behalf of the City of Aspen. Dated: _________________________________ ____________________________________ Steven Skadron I, Kathryn S. Koch, duly appointed and acting City Clerk do certify that the foregoing is a true and accurate copy of that resolution adopted by the City Council of the City of Aspen, Colorado, at a meeting held November 11, 2013. ____________________________________ Kathryn S. Koch, City Clerk P15 VI.a Regular Meeting Aspen City Council October 15, 2013 1 CITIZEN PARTICIPATION .......................................................................................................... 2 COUNCILMEMBER COMMENTS .............................................................................................. 2 CONSENT CALENDAR ............................................................................................................... 3 CODE AMENDMENTS ................................................................................................................ 4 Engineering Design Standards – Ordinance #42 ............................................................................ 4 Title 21 – Streets & Sidewalks – Ordinance #43 ............................................................................ 4 Approval Documents – Ordinance #41........................................................................................... 4 ORDINANCE #44, SERIES OF 2013 – 315 E. Dean St. (St. Regis) PUD Amendment .............. 6 ORDINANCE 328, SERIES OF 2013 – 360 Lake Avenue Amendment to Erdman Partnership Lot Split .......................................................................................................................................... 7 ORDINANCE #40, SERIES OF 2013 – AspenModern Negotiation Historic Designation 624 W. Francis ............................................................................................................................................. 7 ORDINANCE #38, SERIES OF 2013 – Code Amendment Licensing of Retail and medical Marijuana Establishments ............................................................................................................... 9 ORDINANCE #39, SERIES OF 2013 – Code Amendment Retail Marijuana ............................ 10 P17 VI.b Regular Meeting Aspen City Council October 15, 2013 2 Mayor Skadron called the meeting to order at 5 p.m. with Councilmembers Frisch, Mullins, Romero and Daily present. CITIZEN PARTICIPATION 1. Gordon Bronson and Michael Edinger said they are trying to create a physical space in Aspen for start up businesses to thrive and to engage. Edinger said they have a physical space and are securing companies interested in being part of this venture. Bronson said he has tried to figure out a way to live and have a career in Aspen and to make it easier to build a business in Aspen. Bronson said they have joined Hub Global, a network of similar work spaces around the world. Bronson said they want this to be a community place and engage in seminars and business opportunities. Mayor Skadron noted this is a Council goal of fostering new and small businesses and it is an exciting venture. 2. Linda Smisek said her neighborhood is lacking a sidewalk connection on the west side of Park Circle and it has become a difficult place to navigate, especially for pedestrians with strollers. Trish Aragon, engineering department, told Council that portion of sidewalk is on the to do list. 3. Janice Vos Caudill, county clerk, updated Council on the election changes for the November election. The new bill requires all mail ballots to be sent to all active registered voters in Pitkin County. Registration used to be 30 days before an election; one can now register if they have lived in Colorado 22 days and can register up to an including election day. Early voting will begin in the clerk’s office October 28th and will include Saturdays and the Monday before the election. Instead of polling places, there will be 3 vote centers – clerk’s office, town of Snowmass village and Grace Church in Basalt. One can mail their ballot in, they can drop it at the clerk’s office or any vote center, or they can get a replacement ballot and early vote and vote in person on election day at a vote center. 4. Jim Markalunas brought up suggestions on how to improve daily existence in Aspen including traffic, one suggestion is a separate pedestrian walk cycle at Mill and Mail; crosswalks are dangerous at night and suggested illuminating cross walks at nice; stop signs are ignored; there should be more dog bag dispensers, thistles and other weeds in city’s open space; there is no bus service for west end residence in the off season and there could be changes to existing routes to better serve the west end; the hours of bus service should coincide with performances at the Wheeler and at Harris hall. Markalunas noted the city can manage with less money with more ingenuity – in 1925 the budget was $4400. COUNCILMEMBER COMMENTS 1. Mayor Skadron announced that Little Annie’s has been closed by the Colorado Department of Revenue for back taxes. 2. Councilwoman Mullins said she just returned to town and Aspen is the most beautiful place and it is always great to get back. P18 VI.b Regular Meeting Aspen City Council October 15, 2013 3 3. Councilman Frisch brought up the noise issue and said he would like to hear from the environmental health department in a work session on the decibel levels, locations and times. Councilman Frisch said he would prefer to extend the time to 11 p.m. or midnight and that the decibel levels be raised. Councilman Frisch stated this is a community issue and it is important for Aspen to remain lively, later and louder. Councilman Frisch said Council should discuss and understand the core functions and the reason most people are in Aspen. Councilman Daily agreed he would like to have the discussion and to hear from the police department who has to deal with the messy vitality. Councilman Daily stated he supports messy vitality in the commercial area; it is critical to the economy of Aspen. 4. Mayor Skadron expressed condolences to the Klanderud family. Mayor Skadron noted Helen encouraged him to apply for P&Z, which resulted in running for Council. 5. Mayor Skadron reported he attended a forum of the Aspen Community Foundation on the cradle to career program, which is a collaboration of many organizations from Aspen to Parachute to address many aspects of education and is headed by the Aspen Community Foundation. 6. Councilman Frisch noted CORE and Zgreen is sponsoring a Green Drinks event at the Limelight October 24th at 5 p.m. and green key grant launch. Next week at the Keating Art Gallery, the city is sponsoring a reception for people to learn about rebates available to tenants in commercial spaces. 7. Councilwoman Mullins said she attended the health and Human Services POD and they heard from two new organizations, one about mental health and one about children in the court system. Councilwoman Mullins reported the Red Brick has a new textile exhibit, which is wonderful. 8. Mayor Skadron said the 2014 RFTA budget looks healthy. BRT is being tweaked to make it work better and the park ‘n’ ride lots are full. 9. Mayor Skadron said the ACRA board meeting discussed the new bi-partisan immigration reform bill. CONSENT CALENDAR Stephen Ellsperman, park department, pointed out on the Toro purchase contract, the memorandum and the contract have to different numbers. The memorandum says $26,541 and the contract says $56,029; the contract is correct. Councilwoman Mullins asked why the Council chambers audio/visual upgrade is so expensive. John Laatsch, asset management, told Council there are several components; the entire room has to be recabled, the projector and whiteboard are being removed; the sound will be upgraded. City Clerk Kathryn Koch noted some parts of the system are outdated, like the laptop hookups and the control panel for all aspects of the system. Ms. Koch told Council this project did go through a RFP process and AVE was the lowest bidder. Ms. Koch said $25,000 is coming from P19 VI.b Regular Meeting Aspen City Council October 15, 2013 4 cable franchise fees available for capital improvements; $25,000 is coming from city clerk savings and staff is requesting approval to spend $32,000 from the general fund. Councilwoman Mullins asked about the west slope principles for the Colorado Water Plan and where does this go from here. Mike McDill, water department, told Council these principles were developed by many entities on the western slope. McDill said there are conflicts between different areas regarding a water plan and the principles are a framework of the expectations, in general, of the western slope in order to start the discussions for a water plan. Councilman Frisch moved to approve the consent calendar; seconded by Councilman Daily. The consent calendar is: Resolution #93, 2013 - Groundsmaster Toro Contract - LL Johnson Resolution #89, 2013 - Council Chambers Audio/Visual Upgrades Resolution #94, 2013 - Ventrac 4500Z Tractors Resolution #95, 2013 - City Hall 3rd Floor Carpet Replacement Resolution #96, 2013 - Contract Remove Backwash Pond Sediment Resolution #97, 2013 - Supporting the West Slope Principles for the Colorado Water Plan Minutes - September 23, 2013 All in favor, motion carried. CODE AMENDMENTS Engineering Design Standards – Ordinance #42 Title 21 – Streets & Sidewalks – Ordinance #43 Approval Documents – Ordinance #41 Trish Aragon, engineering department, told Council to navigate one’s way through the engineering requirement, a person will need to know about construction mitigation requirements, the construction and excavation standards and the urban runoff management plan, as well as title 21 and the land use code. Ms. Aragon noted there currently is no overarching document that helps guide one through the process. This creates engineering design standards to bridge across the plans in the engineering department. Ms. Aragon told Council engineering department worked with community development department on the engineering standards in the land use code to try and made only one place to go for engineering standards and as well as tell one how to navigate through the other required adopted plans. Ms. Aragon noted in the land use code, there are 16 different types of survey requirements. P20 VI.b Regular Meeting Aspen City Council October 15, 2013 5 Ms. Aragon said staff has done outreach to engineering firms and is doing outreach to architectural firms along and are conducting joint open houses with community development department on the land use code amendment. Ms. Aragon said the feedback is that it is currently difficult to navigate one’s way through engineering requirement. Ms. Aragon pointed out she has received over 80 comments and has included those as well as how they were addressed in Council’s packet. Ms. Aragon said title 21 has been updated so that it is consistent with the new title 29. The rewrite incorporates variance language consistent with title 29. This amendments should help expedite and simplify the process, Chris Bendon, community development department, pointed out Ordinances #41 works in concert with the amendments proposed by the engineering staff. It is a new chapter of the land use code and assembles all the requirements for plats, development agreements, performance guarantees, from different sections of the code into one, new chapter, referencing the new engineering standards. This title will require an approved plan set to be submitted for filing in community development after a project has been approved. Bendon pointed out in the past there has been confusion on projects several years after approval when the owner, the architect, staff has changed. Filing an approved plan set will be a benefit to everyone. The new chapter sets out requirements for development agreements which have not been specified in the land use code and sets out performance guarantees. The chapter relates to the code amendments on subdivision and PUD. Bendon told Council staff is doing outreach with the development community; hopefully it will be enough to make Council and staff comfortable for adoption at the next meeting. Bendon noted the community development department has an online newsletter to 565 people. Councilman Romero asked what negatives staff has heard from the outreach that has been conducted. Ms. Aragon said one concern she has heard is about the requirements during land use and that the engineering department is requiring too much information before approvals. Ms. Aragon told Council she worked with community development department to revise that and the requirements are scaled so that an applicant does not have to do too much engineering up front until final plat approval. Ms. Aragon said she received a lot of comments on how the plans actually look, which she is addressing. Bendon agreed lightening up on the engineering requirement at conceptual will satisfy many applicants. Bendon noted the standard is not being lowered; the timing is changing. Councilwoman Mullins complimented the standards; they make sense and are readable. Councilwoman Mullins said for second reading she would like staff to expand on the community aesthetic and how these standards are addressing the character of Aspen with the design standards and also elaborate on promoting efficient development. Councilwoman Mullins said the streetscape design could be a bigger package by creating site specific street designs that respect the visual character as well as the environment, provide different transportation alternatives, and connect to existing systems, so each design ties into the whole. Councilwoman Mullins said she would like to see the sidewalk and bicycle plans. Bendon said the engineering department is trying to get at that by providing design details that meet more than just the technical requirements but also fit in the Aspen aesthetic. Ms. Aragon said she will add more on how to address the character of Aspen, add more about the street scape design. P21 VI.b Regular Meeting Aspen City Council October 15, 2013 6 Councilman Daily asked why title 29 and 21 are not combined. Ms. Aragon said title 21 addresses rights-of-way and public places and is very specific to that aspect. Councilman Frisch said executing the city’s core functions as efficiently as possible, while keeping the community based stringent rules and regulations, is the goal. Councilman Romero moved to read Ordinances #41, 42 and 43, Series of 2013; seconded by Councilwoman Mullins. All in favor, motion carried. ORDINANCE No. 41 (Series of 2013) AN ORDINANCE OF THE ASPEN CITY COUNCIL ADOPTING AMENDMENTS TO THE LAND USE CODE TO INCLUDE CHAPTER 26.490 – APPROVAL DOCUMENTS. ORDINANCE No. 42 (Series of 2013) AN ORDINANCE OF THE ASPEN CITY COUNCIL ADOPTING TITLE 29 – ENGINEERING DESIGN STANDARDS ORDINANCE No. 43 (Series of 2013) AN ORDINANCE OF THE ASPEN CITY COUNCIL AMENDING TITLE 21 – STREETS SIDEWALKS AND OTHER PUBLIC PLACES Councilman Romero moved to adopt Ordinances #41, 42 and 43, Series of 2013, on first reading; seconded by Councilwoman Mullins. Roll call vote; Councilmembers Frisch, yes; Daily, yes; Mullins, yes; Romero, yes; Mayor Skadron, yes. Motion carried. ORDINANCE #44, SERIES OF 2013 – 315 E. Dean St. (St. Regis) PUD Amendment Sara Nadolny, community development department, told Council this is a request for an amendment to a PUD. The St. Regis is part of the Aspen Mountain PUD and the St. Regis has 159 hotel rooms and 24 fractional units and amenities, like spa, fitness center, members club, and restaurant. The amendment is to remove language added to a PUD approval of 2003, the language states that the applicants shall commit to having the St. Regis open year round. The applicant would like to close the hotel portion of the property during slow periods in off season. Ms. Nadolny noted this is common for hotels in Aspen. The applicant went to P&Z who recommended 5 to 0 in favor of the PUD amendment. Staff supports the request and finds it meets the criteria for PUD amendments. P22 VI.b Regular Meeting Aspen City Council October 15, 2013 7 Councilman Daily asked the original purpose for this requirement to remain open year round. Alan Richman, representing the applicant, told Council in a review of the 2003 P&Z minutes, it seemed the idea was if the hotel were open during the off season, it might generate conference- type business. Richman noted the experience is that has not happened and the occupancy is very low in those time periods. Richman said no other hotel has that requirement. Richman noted the residence club will stay open during the off season and the amenities like fitness center, spa, member’s club and concierge, will remain open. Richman told Council this requirement was not in the original application but came up in the hearing and the applicant may have said what P&Z wanted to hear for approval. Mayor Skadron said he would like to know the definition of “a brief period of closure”. Richman said the hotel wants to stay open if there is a demand for rooms. Richman noted there are 2 to 4 weeks in the spring and in the fall where the demand does not exist. This is not an effort to outlined weeks to be closed every off season. Mayor Skadron said he would like comments from the ACRA hotel representation for second reading. Councilman Romero moved to read Ordinance #44, Series of 2013; seconded by Councilman Frisch. All in favor, motion carried. Councilman Frisch moved to adopt Ordinance #44, Series of 2013, on first reading; seconded by Councilman Daily. Roll call vote; Councilmembers Mullins, yes; Daily, yes; Frisch, yes; Romero, yes; Mayor Skadron, yes. Motion carried. ORDINANCE 328, SERIES OF 2013 – 360 Lake Avenue Amendment to Erdman Partnership Lot Split Councilman Romero moved to continue Ordinance #28, Series of 2013, to November 11; seconded by Councilman Frisch. All in favor, motion carried. ORDINANCE #40, SERIES OF 2013 – AspenModern Negotiation Historic Designation 624 W. Francis P23 VI.b Regular Meeting Aspen City Council October 15, 2013 8 Amy Simon, community development department, told Council this ordinance would approve landmark designation for 624 W. Francis and would also approve negotiated benefits for a voluntary designation of AspenModern. This is one unit in a condominium duplex built in 1964 and is in the modern chalet style, which is classically shaped and was typical of the Aspen environmental in that time period. Ms. Simon noted the criteria for designation and that staff and HPC recommended the property meets at least two of the criteria related to its historic value and is a good example of the chalet architecture. An analysis of the integrity of the building was provided for Council and the scoring system used to make sure good examples are being designated. This building scored 18 out 20 points and is a “best example”. Ms. Simon reminded Council part of AspenModern is one can voluntarily request designation in exchange for other benefits appropriate to that designation. The applicant plans a remodel, which has been reviewed by HPC, and includes a 6’ extension on the back of the building. The applicant requests expedited review, which is already in process, and would like the permit in 6 rather than 8 weeks. The applicant is requesting a waiver of permit fees of $23,000, most of these fees are typically paid in a historic designation. Some departments comment the waiver is minimal, other department state the fee should be collected as are all other fees. There are impact fees, of which the parks fees is typically waived in a historic designation, and a tree mitigation and the fee waivers total $30,000. Ms. Simon told Council the applicant requested approval from HPC for an extension of their basement to bring it underneath the cantilevered balcony. HPC was concerned about that request and asked that the expansion be scaled back. The applicant is about 72 square feet over their allowed FAR on the property and HPC offered a 72 square foot FAR bonus. HPC recommended a TDR bonus be awarded to balance the fact that 100 square feet should not be built, resulting in some loss to the applicant. Staff recommends approval of the incentives and of the designation. The fees could be paid out of the general fund, if Council feels it is important that departments receive their fees. Councilman Daily stated this proposal is beneficially generally to the community. Councilman Frisch asked about the other half of the duplex. Ms. Simon said that half is not covered by this historic designation and it could be demolished without HPC review. Unit A is not involved in this and the condominium documents will be amended to reflect that and who owns what. Mayor Skadron asked how there can be a high degree of integrity to preserving half of a duplex. Ms. Simon pointed out they are free standing buildings only connected by a hallway; this is not a criteria looked at by HPC. Kim Raymond, representing the applicant, showed Council what the structure looks like, which will be added as exhibit K. Mayor Skadron opened the public hearing. Jack Wilke, adjacent property owner, stated he endorses this project conditioned on modifying the condominium rules. Wendalyn Whitman told Council each house of this duplex is on a 4500 square foot lot in the west end and the structure is very charming and it is a good thing to keep it as is. Mayor Skadron closed the public hearing. P24 VI.b Regular Meeting Aspen City Council October 15, 2013 9 Mark, owner, told Council he is sacrificing the ability to do what he wants with the property by designating it a historic landmark in exchange for $30,000 and a TDR, which is a good deal for the city. Mark said he does not feel his requests are out of line. Mayor Skadron stated Council needs to be comfortable with the benefits and with what the community is getting. Councilwoman Mullins said the nascent ski industry and cultural segment of Aspenfrom this period is important and the built environment is needed to tell the story. Councilwoman Mullins said she feels post WWII buildings outlined in AspenModern are unique to Aspen and will be valuable in the next decade or two. Councilwoman Mullins stated the trade off is justifiable to keep this style of buildings, to maintain the character of Aspen, the history and the story of Aspen. Councilwoman Mullins said she feels the benefits requested are minimal. Councilman Frisch agreed. Councilman Daily said this is an appealing proposal; it is a modest price to pay to protect an attractive asset to the community. The alternative could be much less attractive. Councilman Romero moved to adopt Ordinance #40, Series of 2013, on second reading, with the change to definitions of units A and B; seconded by Councilwoman Mullins. Roll call vote; Councilmembers Mullins, yes; Romero, yes; Daily, yes; Frisch, yes; Mayor Skadron, yes. Motion carried. ORDINANCE #38, SERIES OF 2013 – Code Amendment Licensing of Retail and medical Marijuana Establishments Councilman Daily stated he has a conflict of interest and recused himself. Debbie Quinn, assistant city attorney, told Council there is an amendment since first reading, noting the city clerk will refer marijuana applications to the finance department to insure all taxes are paid before action on a liquor or marijuana license. Ms. Quinn summarized the state laws regarding advertising and proposed Council adopt the state’s code as the framework for licensing. Ms. Quinn recommends a prohibition against allowing places to smoke. Ms. Quinn told Council there is no jurisdiction in Colorado that is contemplating public or private clubs for smoking marijuana. Ms. Quinn said there are 4 existing medical marijuana licenses within the city of Aspen; 2 pending and 3 new medical centers pending. There are 8 separate active business licenses for medical marijuana. Ms. Quinn pointed out staff will not know whether these existing and pending licenses will meet the criteria for transition until an application is received. Ms. Quinn said 77 cities voted to prohibit retail marijuana; 18 to 25 cities agreeing to regulate and 33 cities with a moratorium. Ms. Quinn said the state has 552 medical marijuana licenses that could apply for a retail license. This ordinance proposes a transition period allowing going forward with a limited number of licenses to get used to the regulatory process. Ms. Quinn noted one power Council has as a local jurisdiction is to limit the number of marijuana retail shops, which can be amended in the future. The ordinance includes a buffer of 500 feet from a school; a prohibition against private or public clubs; and the transition period is defined as 1 year to January 1, 2015 before other retail marijuana licenses could issue rather than the 9 months the state allows. Ms. Quinn told Council Basalt has a moratorium until December 2013; Carbondale has passed regulations; Glenwood is considering regulations; Vail has a moratorium in effect until the end of 2013. Ms. Quinn said the state will begin accepting applications for retail marijuana stores from anyone, not just businesses with medical marijuana shops, July 1, 2014; the licenses will not issue until October 1st. Councilman Frisch asked the downside of going P25 VI.b Regular Meeting Aspen City Council October 15, 2013 10 with the state’s schedule. Ms. Quinn said the way the ordinance is written gives the city a year with the regulations before issuing licenses. Councilman Frisch stated his preference is to go with the state’s schedule of 9 months rather than one year. Mayor Skadron opened the public hearing. Linda Smisek said her broad concern is enforcement of these regulations. Johnny Rading, current applicant, said they have been issued a business license by the city; they have had a medical marijuana center in Durango for 3 years. Rading asked if they have taken the proper steps for a business in Aspen. Ms. Quinn answered the city does not have a limit on medical marijuana licenses; anyone can apply, the transition period is for retail marijuana operations. Rading agreed the city’s transition period should mimic that of the states’. Lauren Maytin told Council she represents sales outlets, growers, patients, doctors, all facets of the marijuana industry. Ms. Maytin said one concern is the moratorium and the additional 3 months longer than the state. Ms. Maytin noted Aspen does not cap bars or restaurants. Ms. Maytin said it is a Aspen tradition not to limit options, not to limit the consumer. Ms. Maytin pointed out Aspen is a world class recreational community and Aspen should make the environment safe for everyone who comes to Aspen. Smoking marijuana is not allowed on federal lands, in hotel room, in public, in restaurants. Aspen should provide a safe place for this, a place for marijuana to be consumed. Ms. Maytin said the liability to the city for being a leader is finding places for people to smoke is diminimus. Mayor Skadron closed the public hearing. Councilman Romero said this is a somewhat ambiguous condition, given the conflict between federal and state law, and that Colorado is one of the first states with laws about marijuana. Councilman Romero said he is comfortable with the proposed ordinance and the timing as offered. Councilman Frisch stated he would prefer 9 month transition rather than 12 month transition. Councilman Frisch noted in another 12 months perhaps another jurisdiction will have addressed the private club or places to smoke. Councilman Frisch said the state seems to have done a good job with balanced regulation. Mayor Skadron pointed out the city caps many things in town to protect the quality of life. Mayor Skadron said it is necessary for Aspen to find their way, which suggests prudence and adopting the ordinance as written by staff. Councilwoman Mullins moved to adopt Ordinance #38, Series of 2013, on second reading; seconded by Councilman Romero. Roll call vote; Councilmembers Frisch, yes; Romero, yes; Mullins, yes; Mayor Skadron, yes. Motion carried. ORDINANCE #39, SERIES OF 2013 – Code Amendment Retail Marijuana Chris Bendon, community development department, told Council this code amendment provides definitions and zoning locations for retail and medical marijuana establishments. Bendon said they have used definitions in the state law and making them relevant to Aspen’s land use code. Bendon noted definitions of liquor stores and pharmacies have been added to mirror these for the P26 VI.b Regular Meeting Aspen City Council October 15, 2013 11 marijuana regulations. Bendon noted medical marijuana has been included in service uses, which is a broader zoning area periphery to downtown. Medical marijuana in those zones wishing to convert to retail would have to find a new location. Uses have been added to the S/C/I zone, like cultivation, manufacturing and testing facilities which are like an industrial use. Bendon pointed out typically for the S/C/I zone 25% of the space can be retail as a secondary use. Mayor Skadron opened the public hearing. Lauren Maytin pointed out a marijuana cultivation, product manufacturing facility or testing facility cannot sell to consumers so 25% of those uses for retail would not be permitted. Ms. Maytin suggested marijuana/recreational marijuana retail sales should be included in S/C/I; it would be a zone where all type licenses are allowed. Ms. Maytin said medical is a service to the community. Bendon said the intent was that if there were two licenses, they could operate out of the same location. Councilman Romero noted currently an approved use in S/C/I is allowed 25% of floor space for retail and this would fit with that concept. Jim True, city attorney, said as long as the prohibition against retail with cultivation is not in the constitution, the city could adopt a procedure consistent with the S/C/I zone. Ms. Maytin said wholesale sales should not be included in the 25%. Bendon stated the way the ordinance is written, it does not limit wholesale. Ms. Maytin explained manufacturing is when marijuana is turned into a consumable that is more than just marijuana and water and testing is where one can have efficacy done on their product to see what is in it, the potency, how it was grown. Ms. Maytin said this issue is being approached in a safe way. Mayor Skadron closed the public hearing. Councilman Romero moved to adopt Ordinance #39, Series of 2013, on second reading; seconded by Councilman Frisch. Roll call vote; Councilmembers Frisch, yes; Romero, yes; Mullins, yes; Mayor Skadron, yes. Motion carried. Councilman Daily came back into Council. Councilman Romero moved, pursuant to C.R.S. 24-6-402(4)(b) Conferences with an attorney for the local public body for the purposes of receiving legal advice on specific legal questions and (e) Determining positions relative to matters that may be subject to negotiations; developing strategy for negotiations; and instructing negotiators, ongoing litigation, to go into executive session at 8:30 p.m.; seconded by Councilwoman Mullins, All in favor, motion carried. Councilman Frisch moved to come out of executive session at 9:15 p.m.; seconded by Councilman Romero. All in favor, motion carried. Councilman Frisch moved to adjourn at 9:15 p.m.; seconded by Councilwoman Mullins. All in favor, motion carried. Kathryn Koch, City Clerk P27 VI.b 1 MEMORANDUM TO: Mayor and Council FROM : APCHA Board of Directors THRU: Tom McCabe, Executive Director Cindy Christensen, Operations Manager DATE: October 28, 2013 RE: Approval to Add Retirement Section to the Aspen/Pitkin Affordable Housing Guidelines SUMMARY: The APCHA Board is requesting approval to add a Retirement Section policy to the Sales and Rental sections of the Guidelines. PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION: The City Council, Board of County Commissioners (BOCC) and the Aspen/Pitkin County Housing Authority Board of Directors met on September 17, 2013 to discuss this addition to the Guidelines. The BOCC and City Council informally approved this addition. BACKGROUND: The APCHA Board is recommending adding a section to Part II and Part III, along with three definitions, to the Guidelines that would clarify the existing procedure followed by APCHA staff. The additions would: • Define the ability to retire in APCHA housing; i.e., retiree, retirement age, etc. • Define a senior. • Qualifications for an owner or renter to retire and maintain ownership or residency in the deed restricted home. DISCUSSION: APCHA allows all qualified employees to retire in their home (rental and/or ownership), as long as the person: 1. retires at the age stipulated in the Guidelines (or based on their deed restriction); and 2. maintains occupancy in the APCHA home at least nine months out of the year; and 3. worked 1500 hours for at least four years in Pitkin County prior to retiring and reaching the retirement age as specified in the Guidelines; and 4. does not own any other developed property, or an interest in any developed property, within the ownership exclusion zone (OEZ) as defined in the Guidelines, and as the they are amended from time to time. P29 VII.a 2 APCHA’s long-standing practice of permitting retires to remain in APCHA housing is an implied right since there is no APCHA policy requiring them to leave at retirement. The APCHA Board recommends that this practice be clearly stated as a right (with ongoing occupancy and OEZ conditions) in the Guidelines. The BOCC and City Council have recently approved a guideline policy that allows retirees who own APCHA housing to rent their home (with conditions) for up to six months per year. Retirement is defined as: • The action or fact of leaving one’s job and ceasing to work; • The period of one’s live after leaving one’s job and ceasing to work. The BOCC and City Council recommended increasing the minimum age for an owner or renter to retire and maintain occupancy in the deed restricted unit. The current age is 65; an increase was approved to 67 years of age. This would also pertain to any occupation that allows for an earlier retirement; i.e., school teachers, postal workers, hospital workers, city or county employees. If someone is allowed to retire earlier than stated below, that person must obtain another job within Pitkin County working at least 1500 hours per year until such time that they have reached such age. The increase of the retirement age to 65 will not affect the owners or renters who have already retired based on the current Guidelines. APCHA would recommend that anyone currently at the age of 65 be grandfathered in. The 67 years of age would go into effect 60 days after approval of the policy by both the City Council and the BOCC. The APCHA Board is also recommending the addition of a definition for “an APCHA Senior.” The APCHA Board is recommending that the following three definitions are added to the Guidelines: • Qualified Retiree in APCHA Housing: A person who has reached the age of 67 years of age and who has worked the prerequisite amount of hours stipulated in the Guidelines for at least four (4) consecutive years prior to becoming a retiree. • Retirement Age for APCHA Housing: A tenant or owner can qualify to become an APCHA retiree at such time he/she reaches the age of 67. Any owner or renter who is currently retired based on the previous Guidelines and/or the owner’s specific deed restriction can remain retired. • APCHA Senior: An APCHA senior is defined as someone who is 65 years or older. An APCHA senior is allowed to have up to 150% of the net assets allowed at the top of their normal category. Due to the non-existence of any policy allowing for an owner or tenant to retire in deed-restricted housing, the APCHA Board is also recommending that Part II, Part III and Part X, attached as Exhibits A, B and C, be incorporated into the Guidelines. FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS: There are no financial implications for any of the items stated above. P30 VII.a 3 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPLICATIONS: There are no environmental implications for any of the items stated above. RECOMMENDATION: The APCHA recommends approval of Ordinance No. 2013-45, An Ordinance Adopting Amendments to the Aspen/Pitkin County Affordable Housing Guidelines. CITY MANAGER COMMENTS: P31 VII.a 4 EXHIBIT “A” PPAARRTT IIII.. RREENNTTIINNGG EEMMPPLLOOYYEEEE HHOOUUSSIINNGG SSEECCTTIIOONN 77 RREETTIIRRIINNGG IINN AAPPCCHHAA RREENNTTAALL HHOOUUSSIINNGG The status of Renters/Tenants residing in APCHA Employee Housing Units shall be reviewed and verified on a bi-yearly (every two years) basis to ensure they continue to meet the requirements of the Guidelines, including but not limited to: • Minimum Occupancy • Income and Asset Requirements • Employment • Non-ownership of developed residential property in the Ownership Exclusion Zone Renters/Tenants can retire upon reaching retirement age, as defined in the Guidelines. However, renter/tenants must continue to reside in the unit at least nine months out of the calendar year and not own any other developed property within the ownership exclusion zone. P32 VII.a 5 EXHIBIT “B” PPAARRTT IIIIII.. PPUURRCCHHAASSIINNGG EEMMPPLLOOYYEEEE HHOOUUSSIINNGG SSEECCTTIIOONN 66 RREETTIIRRIINNGG IINN AAPPCCHHAA OOWWNNEERRSSHHIIPP HHOOUUSSIINNGG An APCHA qualified owner/retiree may live out their years in APCHA housing without any requirement to be employed. They may choose to work as few or as many hours as they wish without jeopardizing their APCHA housing. The qualified owner/retiree must, however, do the following: • Occupy the unit as their primary residence by living in the unit at least nine months per year, unless the owner has received an approved Leave of Absence to rent the home as stated in Part ___, Section ___. • Continue to not own other developed residential property in the ownership exclusion zone. • Established with APCHA that they meet the APCHA qualified retiree criteria. APCHA qualified retiree/Owners continue to be required to complete and sign a Requalification Affidavit on a bi-yearly (every two years) basis. An owner may retire at such time the owner qualifies as defined in the Guidelines, as they are amended from time to time. The owner may request a leave of absence and rent the home out for up to six months each year. See Part ____, Section ____ for the specific requirements pertaining to this leave of absence. P33 VII.a 6 EXHIBIT “C” PPAARRTT XX.. DDEEFFIINNIITTIIOONNSS • Qualified Retiree in APCHA Housing: A person who has reached the age of 67 years of age and who has worked the prerequisite amount of hours stipulated in the Guidelines for at least four (4) consecutive years prior to becoming a retiree. • Retirement Age for APCHA Housing: A tenant or owner can qualify to become an APCHA retiree at such time he/she reaches the age of 67. Any owner or renter who is currently retired based on the previous Guidelines and/or the owner’s specific deed restriction can remain retired. • APCHA Senior: An APCHA senior is defined as someone who is 65 years or older. An APCHA senior is allowed to have up to 150% of the net assets allowed at the top of their normal category. P34 VII.a Ordinance No. 45 (Series2013) 1 Ordinance No. 45 (Series of 2013) AN ORDINANCE ADOPTING AMENDMENTS TO THE ASPEN/PITKIN COUNTY AFFORDABLE HOUSING GUIDELINES WHEREAS, pursuant to the Municipal Code of the City of Aspen, as amended, the housing income, eligibility guidelines and housing price guidelines are established by the City Council; and WHEREAS, pursuant to prior resolutions and ordinances of the City, the City Council established employee housing income eligibility guidelines and housing price guidelines for prior years; and WHEREAS, the Adopting Amendments to the Affordable Housing Guidelines (hereinafter “Guidelines”) has been recommended by the Board of Directors of the Aspen/Pitkin County Housing Authority, a copy of the sections which is annexed hereto and incorporated herein, has been submitted to City Council which Guidelines set forth the employee housing qualification guidelines for Category 1 through 7 and RO ownership, rental housing projects, lodge and commercial development, and development of residential housing units; and WHEREAS, the City Council desires to adopt said Amendments to the Guidelines, and by virtue of the enactment of this Ordinance to supersede and amend all prior resolutions and ordinances of the City pertaining to housing guidelines, but only to the extent inconsistent with the provisions of this Ordinance. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO: P35 VII.a Ordinance No. 45 (Series2013) 2 Section 1 That the City Council of the City of Aspen hereby adopts the Amendments to the Employee Housing Guidelines, as recommended by the Board of Directors of the Aspen/Pitkin County Housing Authority, a copy of said amendments is annexed hereto and incorporated herein as Exhibits A, B and C. Section 2 That the regulations and Guidelines set forth and adopted herein shall supersede, to the extent inconsistent with the provisions of this Ordinance, all prior resolutions and ordinances of the City of Aspen; provided further that the provisions of resolutions and ordinance pertaining to employee housing guidelines shall remain in full force and effect to the extent not inconsistent with the regulations and guidelines adopted herein. Section 3 If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase or portion of this Ordinance is for any reason held invalid or unconstitutional in a court of competent jurisdiction, such portion shall be deemed a separate, distinct and independent provision and shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions thereof. Section 4 Nothing in this Ordinance shall be construed to affect any right, duty or liability under any ordinance in effect prior to the effective date of this Ordinance, and the same shall be continued and concluded under such prior ordinances. Section 5 A public hearing on the Ordinance shall be held on the 11th day of November 2013, in the City Council Chambers, City Hall, Aspen, Colorado. INTRODUCED, READ, AND ORDERED PUBLISHED as provided by law by the City Council of the City of Aspen on the 28th day of October 2013. _______________________________________ Steven Skadron, Mayor ATTEST: ________________________________ Kathryn S. Koch, City Clerk P36 VII.a Ordinance No. 45 (Series2013) 3 FINALLY adopted, passed and approved this 11th day of November 2013. _______________________________________ Steven Skadron, Mayor ATTEST: ________________________________ Kathryn S. Koch, City Clerk P37 VII.a Engineering Design Standards Page 1 of 3 MEMORANDUM TO: Mayor and City Council FROM: Trish Aragon, P.E., City Engineer THRU: Scott Miller, Capital Asset Director RE: Second Reading Ordinance 42 -- Title 29 Engineering Design Standards DATE OF MEMO: October 20, 2013 MEETING DATE: October 28, 2013 REQUEST OF COUNCIL: This is the second reading of Ordinance 42 - which is the creation of Title 29 for the Engineering Design Standards. PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION: Council approved the first reading of Ordinance 42 - Creation of Title 29 for the Engineering Design Standards. During the first reading, Council requested an expansion of the introduction of the Design Standards to explain how the standards will ensure the public welfare, preserve the community aesthetic, and promote efficient development within the City limits of Aspen. BACKGROUND: The last time the engineering department updated its design standards was over 10 years ago. Additionally, there are various design standards throughout the municipal code including Title 26. This makes it confusing for applicants because these standards are scattered throughout our Code. Additionally with the adoption of electronic plan submittal the Department needs to provide guidelines on drawing formats of the new submittals. DISSCUSION: The Design Standards provide policies and design guidelines to city agencies, design professionals, private developers, and community groups for residential and commercial development that ensure the public welfare, preserve the community aesthetic, and promote efficient development within the City limits of Aspen. They also provide the framework on how to navigate through the Engineering Department Requirements. Additionally, as requested by Council, the introduction was expanded to explain how the standards will ensure the public welfare, preserve the community aesthetic, and promote efficient development within the City limits of Aspen. Below is a chart that shows how the standards fit in to the other requirements of the Engineering Department. P39 VIII.a Engineering Design Standards Page 2 of 3 New Changes:  Process for variance requests  Standardizing Drawing Submittal Format  Access drive locations ( preference off of minor street when alley access is not available)  Off Street Parking lane widths and allowance for compact car dimensions  Curb and Gutter capacity (instead of analyzing capacity a property may opt to have the lowest openings 12 inches above the flow line)  Emergency access design standards  Grading standards ( ie max grades of 3:1)  Retaining wall standards for the Right-of-Way  Site triangle requirements ( no vegetation higher than 36 inches within 30 foot site triangle)  Require a slope stability study for areas with slopes greater than 40% by the Colorado Geological Survey. Exhibit A includes the proposed Engineering Design Standards and Exhibit B contains the new Title 29 Ordinance. PUBLIC OUTREACH: Staff received input from both by internal City Departments and several local consultants who perform work on both building permit applications along with landuse applications. The first reading of this ordinance contained a detailed list of those comments and how they were incorporated into the Engineering Design Standards. Engineering has continued this outreach effort in combination with Community Development. Because Staff wants to make sure all stakeholder groups have had an opportunity to comment on the Design Standards, Staff is recommending that the second reading of Ordinance 42 be continued. RECOMMENDED ACTION: To allow additional public outreach, Staff recommends continuance of the second reading of Ordinance #42 - which is the creation of Title 29 for the Engineering Design Standards. PROPOSED MOTION: “I move to continue the second reading of Ordinance # 42, Title 29, Engineering Design Standards. Design Standards Urban Runoff  Management Plan Construction  Mitigation Plan Construction and  Excavation Standards P40 VIII.a Engineering Design Standards Page 3 of 3 CITY MANAGER COMMENTS: EXHIBITS: Exhibit A – Engineering Design Standards Exhibit B – Ordinance 42 - Title 29 P41 VIII.a Exhibit A – Engineering Design Standards P42 VIII.a     Table Of Contents                                            ENGINEERING  DESIGN STANDARDS    The Design Standards provide policies and design guidelines to city  agencies, design professionals, private developers, and community  groups for residential and commercial development that ensure the  public welfare, preserve the community aesthetic, and promote efficient  development within the City limits of Aspen.    P43 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 1 of 49 Contents  Introduction 5  References   7  Chapter 1 Submittal Requirements 8  1.1 Plan Submittal Standards ................................................................................ 8  1.1.1 General Requirements ...................................................................... 8  1.1.2 Drawing Layout ................................................................................. 8  1.2 Permit Plan and Report Submittal Requirements ......................................... 11  1.2.1 Survey Plan ...................................................................................... 11  1.2.2 Site Grading Plan ............................................................................. 11  1.2.3 Soils Report ..................................................................................... 12  1.2.4 Excavation Stabilization Plan .......................................................... 12  1.2.5 Drainage Plan and Report ............................................................... 12  1.2.6 Erosion Control Plan ....................................................................... 12  1.2.7 Landscaping Plan ............................................................................. 12  1.2.8 Utilities Plan .................................................................................... 13  1.2.9 Construction Management Plan ..................................................... 13  1.2.10 Transportation Striping and Signage Plan ...................................... 13  1.2.11 As‐Built Drawings ............................................................................ 13  1.3 Landuse Plan and Report Submittal Requirements ...................................... 14  1.3.1 Drainage .......................................................................................... 14  1.3.2 Hazards ............................................................................................ 14  1.3.3 Transportation ................................................................................ 15  1.3.4 Other ............................................................................................... 15  1.3.5 Utilities ............................................................................................ 16  1.3.6 Construction Management Plan ..................................................... 17  Chapter 2 Survey 18  2.1 General .......................................................................................................... 18  P44 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 2 of 49 2.1.1 Survey Control ................................................................................. 18  2.1.2 Survey Monuments ......................................................................... 18  2.2 Surveys........................................................................................................... 18  2.3 Plats ............................................................................................................... 18  2.3.1 Condominium Subdivision Plat ....................................................... 18  2.4 Building Permit Surveys ................................................................................. 20  2.4.1 General ............................................................................................ 20  2.4.2 Survey for Building Permit .............................................................. 20  2.5 Easements ..................................................................................................... 20  2.5.1 General ............................................................................................ 20  2.5.2 Utility Easement ‐ Dimensions ........................................................ 20  2.5.3 Other Easements ............................................................................ 21  Chapter 3 Utilities 22  3.1 General .......................................................................................................... 22  3.2 Location ......................................................................................................... 22  3.3 Easements for Utilities .................................................................................. 22  3.4 References ..................................................................................................... 22  Chapter 4 Transportation Design 23  4.1 General .......................................................................................................... 23  4.1.1 Access Compliance and Permitting ................................................. 24  4.1.2 Number of Curb Cuts and Widths ................................................... 24  4.1.3 Access Design Specifications (non‐emergency) .............................. 24  4.1.4 Site Distance.................................................................................... 25  4.2 Street Geometric Design ............................................................................... 25  4.2.1 Classification of Streets ................................................................... 25  4.2.2 Right‐of‐Way ................................................................................... 26  4.2.3 Cul‐de‐sacs and Dead End Streets .................................................. 26  4.2.4 Horizontal Alignment ...................................................................... 27  4.2.5 Vertical Alignment .......................................................................... 27  4.2.6 Cross‐Slopes .................................................................................... 28  P45 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 3 of 49 4.2.7 Drainage .......................................................................................... 28  4.2.8 Site Distance.................................................................................... 28  4.3 Curb and Gutter ............................................................................................. 28  4.4 Parking ........................................................................................................... 29  4.4.1 Off‐street parking Design ................................................................ 29  4.4.2 Off‐street Parking Location ............................................................. 30  4.5 Pedestrian Facilities ....................................................................................... 30  4.5.1 Sidewalk Master Plan ...................................................................... 30  4.5.2 Sidewalk Layout and Design ........................................................... 31  4.5.3 Curb Returns ................................................................................... 32  4.5.4 Pedestrian Crossings ....................................................................... 32  4.5.5 Pedestrian Ramps ........................................................................... 32  4.6 Bike Paths ...................................................................................................... 32  4.6.1 Paths................................................................................................ 32  4.6.2 Ramps .............................................................................................. 32  4.7 Emergency Access Design ............................................................................. 32  4.8 Traffic Signs and Striping ............................................................................... 33  4.8.1 Application ...................................................................................... 33  4.8.2 Signing and Striping Types .............................................................. 33  Chapter 5 Grading 35  5.1 General .......................................................................................................... 35  5.2 Grading Standards ......................................................................................... 35  5.3 Retaining Walls .............................................................................................. 35  5.3.1 Application ...................................................................................... 35  5.3.2 Height Guidelines ............................................................................ 36  5.3.3 Submittal Requirements ................................................................. 36  5.3.4 Location of Wall .............................................................................. 36  5.3.5 Boulder Retaining Walls .................................................................. 36  5.3.6 Combination Retaining Walls .......................................................... 37  5.4 Sylva Cells ...................................................................................................... 37  P46 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 4 of 49 5.4.1 Application ...................................................................................... 37  5.4.2 Definition ........................................................................................ 37  5.4.3 Design .............................................................................................. 37  5.4.4 Approval and Inspections ............................................................... 37  5.5 Earth Retention ............................................................................................. 37  5.6 Snowmelt Systems ........................................................................................ 38  5.6.1 Located on City Right‐of‐Way ......................................................... 38  5.6.2 Located On Private Property ........................................................... 38  5.7 Landscaping ................................................................................................... 38  5.8 Snow Storage ................................................................................................. 40  Chapter 6 Hazard Mitigation 41  6.1 General .......................................................................................................... 41  6.2 Definition ....................................................................................................... 41  6.3 Hazard Mitigation Submittal Requirements.................................................. 41  6.3.1 Mudflow and Flooding .................................................................... 41  6.3.2 Avalanche ........................................................................................ 41  6.3.3 Fault Ruptures, Landslides, Rock Falls, Rock Slides, and Debris  Flows ............................................................................................... 42  Appendix A Checklists and Maps ................................................................................ 43  Appendix B Details ...................................................................................................... 49      P47 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 5 of 49 Introduction  Objective  The Design Standards provide policies and design guidelines to city agencies, design  professionals, private developers, and community groups for residential and commercial  development that ensure the public welfare, preserve the community aesthetic, and  promote efficient development within the City limits of Aspen. They also provide the  framework on how to navigate through the Engineering Department Requirements.  Below is a chart that shows how the standards fit in to the other requirements of the  Engineering Department.    The Design Standards are intended to supplement rather than replace existing  engineering and environmental standards and requirements, including but not limited  to the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices and AASHTO Policy on Geometric  Design of Highways and Streets (Green Book).    Sustainable Development  Conventional development and construction processes are increasingly identified as  potentially adverse to the environment. Sustainable development is generally  understood to mean development that occurs with the goal of meeting human needs  while ensuring efficient use of resources and preserving environmental quality, natural  resources and liveability for present and future generations.  The City of Aspen has  taken progressive steps in requiring buildings to be built with energy efficiency and  reduce reliance on future operational resources, such as non‐renewable energies,  water, and toxic materials.   In keeping with the principle to develop in ways that reduce impacts on the  environment, stormwater management is a key player that is gaining increasing  recognition.  To develop sustainably, sites should be designed to more closely mimic  Design Standards  Urban Runoff  Management Plan Construction Mitigation Plan Construction and  Excavation Standards P48 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 6 of 49 natural processes and reduce reliance on the use of structural management techniques  to treat stormwater runoff.  The Urban Runoff Management Plan introduces better site  design practices and requires treatment of stormwater runoff to remove pollutants.   This philosophy refocuses design from the structural management of runoff as an  afterthought to the mimicking of natural processes as part of a total site design.    Additionally, as documented in the Aspen Area Community Plan (AACP), the City is  committed to providing an efficient, multi‐modal and integrated transportation system  that reduces congestion and air pollution. This comes from the City’s desire to maintain  a quality of life that reflects how a small town looks and feels, while accommodating the  functioning of a resort area.   Aspen’s long‐standing commitment to alternative modes of transportation helps reduce  traffic congestion, improves air quality, reduces greenhouse gas emissions, promotes  public health and reduces our dependence on non‐renewable resources.    Using the environmentally sensitive site design techniques outlined in these Design  Standards, the following will be achieved:  Streets designed as public spaces that enrich the urban experience  Reduced demand on the City’s storm system and the cost of constructing  expensive pipe systems,  Increased urban green space,  Improved pedestrian areas to encourage alternate modes of transportation,  Foster positive connections between people and nature,  Improve air quality and reducing air temperatures,  Address requirements of federal and state regulations to protect public health  restore and protect watershed health, and provide accessible access.  .     P49 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 7 of 49 References  City of Aspen Municipal Code  Aspen Area Community Plan  Urban Runoff Management Plan  Engineering Department Construction and Excavation Standards  Construction Management Plan Requirements Manual  Surface Drainage Master Plan  Aspen Consolidated Sanitation District: Pipeline and Manhole Design and Construction  Specifications  Water Distribution System Standards dated 2012 as updated from time to time  Electric Standards and Specifications for Electric Installation and Use  Fire Dept – Title 11  AASHTO  MUTCD    P50 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 8 of 49 Chapter 1 Submittal Requirements  1.1 Plan Submittal Standards  1.1.1 General Requirements  All civil plans submitted for the Building/Engineering Department for permit / landuse  approvals shall be prepared as follows:  ● Under the direct supervision of the Engineer, professionally registered in the state  of Colorado, and licensed in areas covered in the plan, and it shall be signed, sealed,  and dated by the Engineer.  ● With adequate information and detail to evaluate submitted designs and ensure  accurate and functional construction of public improvements.  ● Drawings shall be submitted in both hard copy and electronic formats.  ● Plans are to be layered in electronic CADD format by improvement type as shown in  Appendix B. Separate layers shall be provided for individual improvement categories  including without limitation base mapping, transportation, landscaping, water,  wastewater, and storm water.  ● Hard‐copy drawing format shall measure 24 inches by 36 inches and must be clean,  clear, and free from objectionable background.  ● Symbols and line types shall comply with industry drafting standards, and shall  graphically distinguish between existing and proposed items.  ● All drawings are to be numbered in consecutive order with a “C” designation for all  civil drawings.  ● Abbreviations reflected on the construction plans are to correspond to those  presented in the drafting standards located in Appendix B.  ● No hand‐drawn or adhesively attached information, such as Kroy lettering, adhesive  backed reproductive film, or tape, may be placed on construction plans.  1.1.2 Drawing Layout  Plan Drawing  The plan view must be drawn to a scale which displays the plan in a way that is clearly  legible. Recommended scales include of 1‐inch equals 5, 10 or 20 feet.  P51 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 9 of 49 The Plan view contains the following information:  1 Existing and proposed improvements and structures, including without limitation all  grading, transportation, landscaping, City‐operated and non‐City operated public  utilities (including stormsewer, telephone, gas, electric, cable television, fiber  optics), irrigation ditches, floodways, floodplains, driveway locations, street lights,  roadway, sidewalk, curb and gutter, traffic signal polies and controllers, pavement  edges, trees and other significant features.  2 Match lines connecting information between drawings.  3 Utility information required according to following:  a Pipe type, size, class and joint restraint.  b Angles at alignment changes.  c Horizontal locations of soil borings.  d Horizontal locations of structures.  e Existing and proposed contours of at least 1‐foot intervals.  f Existing and proposed storm drainage facilities and details, including storm  sewers, inlets, manholes, culverts, swales, detention ponds and drainage ways.  g Horizontal and vertical locations and sizing of manholes and inlets for storm  drainage.  h Horizontal and vertical location of existing and proposed drainage outfall points.  4 Proposed and Existing Transportation, and surface improvements information  including without limitation:  a Survey lines and stations based on centerline or flowline stationing, cul‐de‐sacs,  horizontal curves, and other departures from normal street cross sections.  b Stations and elevations of flowlines at all existing and proposed curb returns,  such as horizontal points of curvature (PCs), points of tangency (PTs), and points  of compound curvature (PCCs); at the high or low point on all vertical curves; at  inlets (including invert); and at intervals of no more than 10 feet along the  streets. For larger projects the City may consider intervals up to 25 feet.  c Curb return radii.  d ADA ramps.  e Complete horizontal curve data: radius (R), delta (D), arc length (L), and tangent  length (T).  f All crown lines, where they depart from the normal cross sections (transitions to  existing roadways), with appropriate transition starting elevation.  g Centerline stations at all intersecting streets.  h Stations of drainage facilities, including inlets, manholes, and storm water  outfalls, and directional drainage flow arrows.  P52 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 10 of 49 i Full width of right‐of‐way, intersecting roadways, street cross sections,  sidewalks and trails, existing curb cuts, and other relevant features along all  roadways abutting the project.  j Traffic control devices, including striping, markings, signage, and signals.  Profile Drawing  1 The profile view is to be located directly below the plan view along a matching  survey line and stationing and is to be drawn at a horizontal scale that matches the  plan view and a vertical scale of 1 inch equals 5 feet. The Profile view shall contain  the following information:  2 Original and proposed ground elevations.  3 Stationing sequence, preferably left to right.  4 Elevations labelled on both left and right sides of the drawing sheet.  5 Match lines.  6 Elevations based on centreline (if needed), flow line, or invert of pipe. (Top of pipe is  acceptable only for existing utilities.)  7 Stations and elevations of existing and proposed grade breaks.  8 Crossings of existing and proposed utilities.  9 Elevations of inlets, top of curb, flowline, inverts, and connection locations.  10 Slopes or grades of storm water sewers.  11 Existing and proposed finished grades over utilities.  12 Street profiles, including:  a Stations and elevations of existing and proposed horizontal PC, PT, PCC, PRC.  b Vertical curves with VPI, VPC, VPT, high point or low point (not middle ordinate)  stations and elevations.  c Center line stations of all intersecting streets.  d Grades for all profiles.  e Curb flowlines  f Curb return profiles to ensure positive drainage at ramp locations.  13 Driveway Profile  Detail Drawings  Detail drawings are required for construction details for critical design features such as  concrete paving sections, mechanical pipeline connections, and detention ponding  release structures. Detail drawings are to include dimensioning, materials,  specifications, and specific construction notes appropriate to each construction detail.  P53 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 11 of 49 Cross‐Sectional Drawings  These drawings are required with all construction plans that include varying or  transitional features, such as street sections, fill slopes, and drainage channels. Cross‐ Sectional drawings reflect dimensions, elevations, stationing, and any other detailed  information necessary to ensure accurate construction this includes:  ● Cross sections through curb and gutter at 10 foot intervals  ● Cross sections through alleys at 10 foot intervals and at the centreline of each drive  entrance or and pedestrian access  1.2 Permit Plan and Report Submittal Requirements  All permit applications that must receive an engineering review as part of the Building  Permit Application process are required to schedule and participate in a Pre‐Application  Meeting with the Development Engineer. The owner’s representative and preferably the  engineer should attend this meeting. A sufficiency checklist and any necessary  supporting documents should be completed prior to this meeting, as they will be  reviewed during the meeting. The Development Engineer’s signature on this checklist is  required in order to submit a Building Permit Application.  Building permit submittals must include all required information from the sufficiency  checklist and requirements within this document. Construction shall not commence on  any improvements proposed or required until said engineering documentation have  been received and approved by the City Engineer. Incomplete permits will not be  accepted. Plan and report requirements are described below.  Landscape permit submittals must include all required information from the landscape  sufficiency checklist and requirements within this document. Construction shall not  commence on any improvements proposed or required until said engineering  documentation have been received and approved by the City Engineer. Incomplete  permits will not be accepted. Plan and report requirements are described below.  1.2.1 Survey Plan  Projects must submit a property survey based on Chapter 2 of these standards.  1.2.2 Site Grading Plan  Any proposed construction project that disturbs more than 200 square feet of exterior  area must comply with the grading plan requirements outlined in the URMP. Grading  plan requirements are located in Appendix A of the URMP. Additionally the grading plan  for building permits, landscape permits and landuse submittals (as required by Title 26)  must be in compliance with the Engineering Design Standards.  P54 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 12 of 49 1.2.3 Soils Report  All development and redevelopment projects in the City of Aspen must submit a soils  report stamped by a Colorado Professional Engineer, as required by the URMP, refer to  Section 1.3.9 of the URMP for the soils report requirements.  1.2.4 Excavation Stabilization Plan  An Excavation Stabilization Plan is required if either of the following is true:  ● Nearby Structures and Travel Ways: both (1) the depth of excavation will be deeper  than five feet AND (2) the proposed foundation walls (including light wells) are  within a horizontal distance less than the vertical depth of the excavation of any  existing travel way, structure, or property line. For this purpose, a travel way is  defined as any sidewalk, walkway, driveway, parking area, or street.  ● Nearby Trees: If excavation will occur within the drip line of a tree that is deemed  significant by the City Parks Department. To determine if a tree is considered  significant, contact the Parks and Open Space Coordinator of the City Parks  Department at 429‐2035.    The Excavation Stabilization Plan must adhere to the requirements listed in the  Excavation Stabilization Requirements checklist found in Appendix A and in Code, Title  2.12.051. Guidelines for excavation stabilization are not provided in this Manual but can  be found in OSHA Regulations (Standards – 29 CFR), Sloping and Benching – 1926  Subpart P, App. B (a link for this is provided at the City Engineering Department’s  webpage).  1.2.5 Drainage Plan and Report  Drainage plan and report requirements are outlined in the URMP.  1.2.6 Erosion Control Plan  An Erosion Control Plan shall be submitted per the requirements specified as part of the  Construction Management Plan.  1.2.7 Landscaping Plan  For Major projects as defined by the URMP, a landscape plan is required, additionally  when applications include streetscaping improvements or landscaping that has an  impact on public right‐of‐way or public easements, a landscaping plan is required. For,  Minor projects as defined by the URMP, the need for a landscape plan will be required  based on the extent of site disturbance. Refer to the URMP for these requirements.  The landscape plan is to be prepared in compliance with City of Aspen Municipal Code  Title 13, Parks Department requirements, the Construction and Excavation Standards,  P55 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 13 of 49 and these Design Standards. To ensure there are no drainage conflicts in the plan, the  Landscape plan must be overlaid on the drainage plan.  1.2.8 Utilities Plan  A utility plan shall be submitted when improvements are connections or abandonments  to utilities are proposed. Storm sewer shall be designed in accordance with the URMP.  Other utilities must be designed in accordance with the respective utility provider  standards.  1.2.9 Construction Management Plan  Construction projects that exceed 1,000 square feet of soil disturbance or 400 square  feet of building demolition, improvement, or renovation (interior and/or exterior) must  submit a construction management plan in accordance with the requirements found in  the Construction Management Plan Requirements Manual. The Construction  Management Plan is a combination of diagrams, documents, drawings, and  specifications that clearly define the steps that will be taken to demonstrate how the  impacts of the construction project to the community will be managed and minimized.  1.2.10 Transportation Striping and Signage Plan  When projects include transportation traffic control measures, such as stop signs,  centerline striping, and trail signage a Striping and Signage Plan must be submitted. The  plan is to be prepared in compliance with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices  and Section 4.8.  1.2.11 As‐Built Drawings  Surveyed as‐built drawings, stamped by a PE or PLS, are required for projects with storm  sewer installation, complicated drainage conditions, projects that install right‐of‐way  improvements or as determined by the City Engineer. Refer to the Grading and Drainage  Certificate for project closeout requirements prior to issuance of Certificate of  Occupancy or Certificate of Completion.  If required, as‐built drawings shall be submitted prior to issuance of Certificate of  Occupancy. Drawings shall be submitted in both hard copy and electronic, computer‐ aided design and drafting (CADD) formats to allow information to be transferred to the  Cities geographic information system and facilitate digital scanning. They shall also be  layered in electronic CADD format by improvement type as shown in Appendix B.  Separate layers shall be provided for individual improvement categories including  without limitation base mapping, transportation, landscaping, water, wastewater, and  stormwater.  Applicants must provide the information listed in the Grading and Drainage Certificate  found in the URMP.  P56 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 14 of 49 1.3 Landuse Plan and Report Submittal Requirements  The following information is required in order to adequately describe proposed utility  systems, drainage plans, surface improvements or other construction projects  contemplated within the proposed subdivision/project to assure that the proposed  subdivision/project is capable of being constructed without an adverse effect upon the  surrounding area.  This may include but is not limited to a traffic impact study (If required), drainage  report, mud flow study (if required), avalanche study (if required). Additional  information on geological or soil stability and similar matters as may be required.  1.3.1 Drainage  A conceptual drainage report and plan is required as outlined in the URMP. The purpose  is to provide preliminary engineering which adequately defines the drainage for the  project. This includes the following:  ● stormwater collection system, stormwater / water quality control facilities,  irrigation ditches flood control systems and street facilities.  ● Existing and proposed grading contour lines in one foot contours or five‐foot  intervals where the slope is in excess of thirty percent (30%).  ● Floodplain zone lines and floodway lines are to be delineated according to the  applicable Flood Insurance Rate Map as issued by the Federal Emergency  Management agency or other documents adopted by the City as part of the flood  plain zoning ordinance under Title 8, Chapter 8.50 of the municipal code.  ● Location of all drainage channels and surface and sub‐surface drainage structures  ● Under proposed conditions, all areas subject to sheet flooding at a depth of six  inches or greater during the 100‐year event, shall be shown as floodprone and  identified as subject to sheet flooding.  ● Constructed drainage facilities or areas reserved for drainage must have private  drainage easements provided or be classified as a separate type of common area  reserved for drainage.  ● All proposed dedications of stormwater control areas shall be identified as “ROW”  or “Easement ”.  1.3.2 Hazards  All projects shall be evaluated for all hazards described within this Chapter and any  other hazards that may pose a threat to public safety or the natural environment. This  includes the designation of all areas that constitute natural hazard areas including but  not limited to snowslides, avalanche, mudslide, rockslide  P57 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 15 of 49 1.3.3 Transportation  The following information is required in order to adequately describe the transportation  infrastructure associated with the project:  ● proposed Sidewalks or pedestrian access and circulation  ● All existing and proposed streets and alleys including, widths, centerline of roadway  pavement and road Right‐of‐Way (including curve data)  ● All existing and proposed streets shall be marked on the plans as being publicly or  privately maintained so that such responsibilities are clearly defined.  ● Access for the project shall be clearly marked  ● All proposed dedications of streets, easements, alleys shall be identified as “ROW”  or “Easement  ● Signing and striping plan  1.3.4 Other  The following information is required in on the plat:  ● Compliant COA survey (refer to engineering dept survey checklist)  ● The location and boundaries of the proposed subdivision/PUD.  ● The name, address and telephone number of the owner/applicant, designer of the  proposed subdivision and the licensed surveyor.  ● Any other significant manmade or natural features within or adjacent to the  proposed subdivision.  ● Proposed lot lines and areas or structures reserved or dedicated for public or  common use in the proposed project.  ● Final Landscaping Plan including, the location, size and type of existing vegetation  and other natural landscape features and the proposed limits of any excavation or  regrading in the proposed project, including the location of trees with a trunk  diameter of six (6) inches or more measured four and one‐half (4½) feet above the  ground and an indication of which trees are proposed to be removed. Where large  groves are to remain undisturbed, single trees need not be located.  ● Site data tabulation listing acreage of land in the proposed subdivision, number,  type and typical size of lots, structures and/or dwelling units; number of bedrooms  per dwelling unit; ground coverage of proposed structures and improvements  including parking areas, streets, sidewalks and open space and the amount of open  space that is being provided pursuant to Paragraph 26.480.040.C.5.a.  ● In the case of a division of land into condominium interests, apartments or other  multi‐family or time‐share dwelling units, the location of all proposed structures,  parking areas, structures and/or areas for common use.  P58 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 16 of 49 ● Where the proposed subdivision covers only a part of the applicant's adjacent  holdings, a sketch plan for such other lands shall be submitted and the proposed  streets, utilities, easements and other improvements of the tract under review shall  be considered with reference to the proposed development of the adjacent  holdings  ● A certificate by the registered land surveyor as to the accuracy of the survey and  plat and a statement that the survey was performed in accordance with Title 38,  Article 51, C.R.S. 1973, as amended from time to time.  ● A certificate by a Corporate Title insurer, that the person or persons dedicating to  the public the public right‐of‐way, areas or facilities as shown thereon are the  owners thereof in fee simple, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances.  ● Certificates showing review of the final plat by the City Engineer,  ● Certificates showing approval of the final plat by Community Development Director.  ● A certificate showing approval of the plat and acceptance of dedications and  easements by the City Council, with signature by the Mayor and attestation by the  City Clerk.  ● A certificate of filing for the County Clerk and Recorder.  1.3.5 Utilities  In order to assess the feasibility of providing utility service to any project or  development and identify impacts of any development application on the existing and  planned public utility systems, a utility plan shall be submitted when improvements are  connections or abandonments to utilities are proposed. The plan shall contain a note  stating: “Utilities shall comply with the City of Aspen Design and Construction Standards  and respective utility provider standards”.  Storm sewer shall be designed in accordance with the URMP. Other utilities must be  designed in accordance with the respective utility provider standards.  Letters must be submitted from the public or private utility companies that will service  the proposed subdivision with gas, electricity, telephones, sanitary sewer, water and fire  protection facilities stating they can service the proposed subdivision. Additionally any  agreements with utility or ditch companies must be submitted.  Plans shall show:  ● Easements, utility pipes and mains shall be marked on the plans as being publicly or  privately maintained so that such responsibilities are clearly defined.  ● Existing and proposed utilities  ● All utilities shall be identified as “ROW” or “Easement ”.  P59 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 17 of 49 1.3.6 Construction Management Plan  Although a complete construction mitigation plan is not required at Landuse. The  project must identify impacts during construction. This includes duration and length of  encroachments including parking and pedestrian walkways and duration schedule of  significant noise impacts.    P60 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 18 of 49 Chapter 2 Survey  2.1 General  2.1.1 Survey Control  Construction plans shall refer to the Colorado State Plane Coordinate System  horizontally to NAD88 and vertically to NAVD 29, and are to include at least one  horizontal and one vertical control points presenting appropriate x, y, and z coordinates.  Base map and survey control monument are to be tied to Cities control network and  should be used as a basis for construction plan drawings.  2.1.2 Survey Monuments  The external boundaries of all subdivisions, blocks and lots shall be monumented on the  ground by reasonably permanent monuments solidly embedded in the ground. These  monuments shall be set not more than fourteen hundred (1,400) feet apart along any  straight boundary line, at all angle points and at the beginning, end and points of change  of direction or change of radius of any curved boundaries.  All monuments shall be set in accordance with the provisions of Section 38‐51‐101  C.R.S. 1973, as amended from time to time, unless otherwise provided for in Title 26 of  the municipal code.  2.2 Surveys  All maps that require recordation shall be on mylars measuring 24" x 36" at the time of  approval. A minimum of two (2) sets of mylars and an electronic version as required by  Section 1.1.1 General Requirements shall be submitted (for maps that require  recordation) once the reviewer is satisfied that all redline corrections have been made.  The mylars shall have original signatures, notary stamps, and Colorado Professional Land  Surveyor (P.L.S.) seals on each set. All seals and stamps shall be in black, non‐smear‐able  ink and shall be legible. All lettering shall be solid black and a minimum of 11 pt. type.  The contents of maps that require recordation shall include a compliant COA survey  (refer to engineering dept survey checklist).  2.3 Plats  2.3.1 Condominium Subdivision Plat  When a development is to include a condominium form of ownership, a condominium  subdivision plat shall be on mylars measuring 24" x 36" at the time of approval. A  minimum of two (2) sets of mylars and one (1) compact discs (CDs) shall be submitted  once the reviewer is satisfied that all redline corrections have been made. The mylars  shall have original signatures, notary stamps, and Colorado Professional Land Surveyor  P61 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 19 of 49 (P.L.S.) seals on each set. All seals and stamps shall be in black, non‐smear‐able ink and  shall be legible. All lettering shall be solid black and a minimum of 11 pt. type. The  contents of the plat shall include:  ● Title on the top center of the front page with lettering not less than1 inch, purpose  under title that clearly describes the purpose of the plat, under the purpose a legal  description of the property  ● Contact Persons, the name of the owner  ● Surveyors name and address  ● Scale: The plan view must be drawn to a scale which displays the plan in a way that  is clearly legible. Recommended scales include of 1‐inch equals 5, 10 or 20 feet.  ● 1” = 20 feet  ● Survey performed or verified within the last 12 months.  ● Vicinity map showing the property surveyed in reference to nearby highway(s) or  major street intersections (shown at a legible scale).  ● Monuments placed (or a reference monument or witness to the corner) at all  corners of the boundary of the property, unless already marked or referenced by an  existing monument or witness to the corner.  ● Boundary, field and recorded bearing and distances around the property. All curves  shall be circular arcs and shall be defined by the radius, central angle, tangent, arc  and chord distances  ● Legend of symbols scale and north arrow.  ● Survey tied to two COA monuments.  ● Overlaps and gores along the exterior of the boundaries.  ● Existing building(s) locations and dimensions with ties.  ● Basis of bearing and point of beginning graphically  ● Label easements and encroachments add reference numbers as applicable.  ● Indication of access to a public right–of‐way on land such as curb cuts and  driveways, and to and from waters adjoining the surveyed tract.  ● Utility agreements, reference to associated agreements with utility providers or  ditch companies including reception numbers.  ● Comment elements, limited and general common elements (ie sidewalks, parking,  open space etc.)  ● List all documents used in the survey with recording information.  P62 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 20 of 49 2.4 Building Permit Surveys  2.4.1 General  Prior to submission of an application for building permit, all plats, plans, and agreements  required by Title 26 must be recorded according to City of Aspen Municipal Code Title26  and Section 2.4 of this document.  2.4.2 Survey for Building Permit  Unless waived by the City , applications for building permits must include an  improvement survey that complies with the Engineering Department Improvement  Survey Checklist.  2.5 Easements  2.5.1 General  All city‐operated public utilities, including without limitation, water, wastewater and storm  drainage systems, shall be located within public right‐of‐way or public utility easements.  Whenever a subdivision embraces any part of a planned utility, drainage system,  existing or planned street, or transit alignment designated on an adopted plan  designated on an adopted plan, an easement shall be provided to accommodate the  plan within the subdivision.  Trees planted in public utility easements shall be located at least 10 feet away from  existing or future utilities. Structures and other landscaping proposed in public utility  easements shall comply with the standards as set forth in City of Aspen Municipal Code  Title 21 and these Design Standards.  2.5.2 Utility Easement ‐ Dimensions  Where applicable, projects shall provide for Public utility easements.     Public utility easements are to be placed longitudinally along one side of any property  line. Dimensions for Public utility easements include the following:   Public utility easements shall provide a minimum parallel separation of 6 feet  between the edge of any utility line and the easement boundary.   Ten (10) feet in width on each side of all rear lot lines and five (5) feet in width on  each side of lot lines shall be provided where necessary.    Where the rear or side lot lines abut property outside of the subdivision on which  there are no rear or side lot line easements at least five (5) feet in width, the  P63 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 21 of 49 easements on the rear and side lot lines in the subdivision shall be twenty (20)  feet and ten (10) feet in width, respectively.    Water and sewer easements shall be a minimum of twenty (20) feet in width.  Wider easements may be required where the depth of a utility, or number of  utilities occupying the easement, requires additional width to satisfy standards  for utility separations, trenching excavations, or adequate maintenance access.    A variance may be considered if the setbacks for a property conflict with the easement  dimensions above and the applicant can demonstrate how the easements will be  alternatively accommodated.  2.5.3 Other Easements  Easement areas for retaining, mud, or debris walls, ski access, irrigation ditches or  channels, natural creeks or streams traverse shall be large enough to accommodate said  application (or structure) and allow ample access for maintenance purposes.  Emergency Access easements shall be twenty (20) feet in width and shall be provided  where required by the City Fire Marshal and Section 4.7 of this document.  "T" intersections and cul‐de‐sacs in which utilities or drainage improvements could be  extended, shall have an easement of twenty (20) feet in width.    P64 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 22 of 49 Chapter 3 Utilities  3.1 General  If a development requires that any public utilities, including water, wastewater, storm  drainage, gas, electric and telecommunications systems line lateral be installed,  relocated, replaced, or upgraded then the scope of this work must conform to the  minimum clearance standards mandated by each utility provider.  All improvements proposed to the City’s public utilities system shall conform to the  goals, policies, and standards adopted in the Water Distribution, Wastewater Collection,  Storm Water Master Plans and applicable City Department Guidelines.  3.2 Location  All utilities shall be placed underground, except transformers, switching boxes, terminal  boxes, meter cabinets, pedestals, and ventilation ducts.  3.3 Easements for Utilities  See Chapter 2 ‐ Survey  3.4 References  The following list of references (not exclusive) will help assist in the design of utilities  within the City of Aspen:  ● City of Aspen Municipal Code Title 22 – Utilities  ● City of Aspen Water Distribution Standards – 2012 (as updated from time to time)  ● Aspen Consolidated Sanitation District – www.aspensan.com  ● City of Aspen Municipal Code Sections 26.412.070 and 26.575.150 – Commercial  Lighting    P65 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 23 of 49 Chapter 4 Transportation Design  4.1 General  The City of Aspen emphases a balanced idea of street design by ranking the following goals :  1 Safety  2 Environmental  3 Pedestrian  4 Transportation  5 Parking    Practitioners (and the public) have learned that investment in high‐quality street  infrastructure can yield benefits well beyond simple mobility: public health, improved  physical environment, and economic benefits in the potential for increased property  values and retail activity.  This chapter is intended to provide minimum standards for streets and traffic control for  transportation improvements, as well as quality and consistency. It is expected that  design engineers will meet or exceed the minimum requirements to bring quality and  sustainable improvements to the community.  This chapter should be used in combination with COA Municipal Code Chapter 26.410  Residential Design Standards and Municipal Code Chapter 26.412 Commercial Design  Review. Code standards include, but are not limited to site design for building  orientation, setbacks, fences, parking, garages, carports, and signs.  Site Access  When evaluating the access for a project consideration should be given to the following:  ● Existence of any current traffic problems in the local area such as a high‐accident  location  ● Applicability of context‐sensitive design practices compatible with adjacent  neighborhoods or other areas that may be impacted by the project traffic.  ● Close proximity of proposed site driveway(s) to other driveways or intersections.  ● Adequacy of the project site design to fully satisfy truck loading demand on‐site.  ● Adequacy of the project site design to provide at least the minimum required throat  depth at project driveways.  ● Adequacy of on‐site vehicle, bicycle, and pedestrian circulation and provision of safe  pedestrian paths from residential areas to school sites, public streets to commercial  and residential areas, and the project site to nearby transit facilities.  ● Project site design resulting in adequate emergency access or response times.  P66 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 24 of 49 4.1.1 Access Compliance and Permitting  All accesses and curb cuts shall be designed and constructed in compliance with these  standards and the requirements set forth in City of Aspen Municipal Code. All accesses  and curb cuts proposed and constructed on City streets and alleys require permits, as  set forth in COA Municipal Code Title 21.  4.1.2 Number of Curb Cuts and Widths  In general curb cuts are discouraged and must comply with the Access Design  Specifications  below. When alley or private road access is not available curb cuts may  be considered.  Table 1 – Curb Cut Guidelines describes the number of curb cuts and  allocated widths for residential areas within the City of Aspen.  Table 1 – Curb Cut Guidelines  Area Residential  Frontage 60’, < 60’ > 60’  Number of Cuts (per property) 1 1  Length of Cut (feet) 10’ 10’ or *18’    *An 18’ curb cut length is allowed if the driveway services a two‐stall garage, two single‐stall garages, or two  parking spaces.  For Commercial and Lodge properties, curb cuts will not be allowed where there is alley or  private road access. For properties that do not have alley or private road access, one curb cut  will be considered after an evaluation of site access is performed (refer to previous section).   4.1.3 Access Design Specifications (non‐emergency)  All driveway ramp and curb cuts shall be designed according to the criteria below and  standard ramp driveway details provided in Appendix B  Access design specifications include the following criteria:  ● For all  uses that have access from an alley or private road the parking, garages, and  carports shall be accessed from an alley or private road.  ● Accesses shall intersect City streets at a 90‐degree angle.  ● An access cut on a corner lot shall be set back a minimum fifty (50) feet from the  corner.  ● A minimum of twenty‐five (25) feet shall exist between any two (2) curb cuts  whether on one (1) or more properties, except when common driveways may be  used on adjoining properties.  ● No driveway or other curb cut shall be allowed on State Highway 82.  ● Maximum allowable slope of a driveway shall not exceed 12% .  P67 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 25 of 49 ● Maximum allowable slope of a parking stall not exceed 7% within the City Right‐of‐Way.  ● Maximum allowable slope across a sidewalk is 2% within City Right‐of‐Way.  ● Driveways parallel to public sidewalks must be separated from such walks by a 5‐ foot landscaped area or a solid wall at least 3‐feet in height.   ● Guard rail, retaining walls or curbing must be provided for driveways that have  steep (ie 3:1 or greater) side slopes.  ● Culverts under driveways must have a minimum diameter of 15 inches.  ● For lots that have more than one street for access the access off of the local street  will be required. If both streets are local, then the engineering department will  determine the best street for access based on traffic volumes of each street and any  safety concerns about each street.  4.1.4 Site Distance  All access points and curb cuts shall provide adequate sight distance as set forth in  AASHTO. Intersection sight distance standards located in Appendix B.  4.2 Street Geometric Design  4.2.1 Classification of Streets  The streets in the City of Aspen are classified into alleys, local, commercial and collector  streets. Typical cross sections are shown in Appendix B.  An alley is a narrow street that usually runs through the middle of a block giving access  to the rear of lots or buildings and is typically not intended for general traffic circulation.  Alleys in Aspen are inverted (center is lower than sides) and approximately 20 ft wide.  They are typically gravel in the residential areas and paved in the commercial areas. For  snow removal and utility repair purposes, concrete is not permitted in alleys. This  includes concrete valley pans in the center of alleys. Alleys shall be provided in  subdivisions where commercial and industrial development is expected, except when  other provisions are made and approved for service access.  Local streets in the City of Aspen are designed to provide traffic service for residential  areas. They may have stop signs and are characterized by two moving traffic lanes that  are a minimum 11‐ft wide in each direction. The street cross‐section is symmetrical to  the street crown with a typical transverse slope across the traffic lanes ranging from 2 to  3.5%, increasing to 4% across the parking lane which is 8 feet wide. In a rural setting,  road side ditches collect the street runoff without curbs and gutters.  Residential/Collector streets in the City of Aspen are designed to provide service to  residential areas and to serve the main thoroughfares of the City. An example of a  residential/collector street is Cemetery Lane. The cross section of a residential/collector  P68 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 26 of 49 street is similar to a local street, except that there is potentially a parking lane – width is  8 feet for parallel parking or 18 feet for head‐in parking at an angle.  Commercial streets in the City of Aspen are designed to provide service to business  areas. A commercial street provides two moving traffic lanes of a minimum of 11 feet  wide in each direction. The street cross‐section is symmetrical to the street crown with a  transverse slope similar to local streets. Parking lanes are adjacent to the curbs and  gutters. There is a landscaping strip 5 feet or wider between sidewalks and parking  lanes.  4.2.2 Right‐of‐Way  Right‐of‐Way shall be dedicated for the entire width for all roadways. Refer to Appendix  B for typical roadway sections. Table 2 – Right‐of‐Way Widths is based on the typical  roadway sections in Appendix B.  Table 2 – Right‐of‐Way Widths  Design Standards Commercial Residential/Collector  Local Alley  Right‐of Way Width 89’ 72’ ‐ 89’ (depending on use) 72’ 20’    ● Half‐street dedications shall be prohibited unless they are for the purpose of  increasing the width of an inadequate existing right‐of‐way.  ● When a street is dedicated which ends on the subdivision or is on the perimeter of  the subdivision, the last foot of the street on the terminal end or outside perimeter  of the subdivision shall be dedicated to the City of Aspen in fee simple and shall be  designated using outlots. The City shall use the dedicated land for public road and  access purposes.  ● Sufficient right‐of‐way shall be dedicated to accommodate turn bypasses and turn  lanes when they are required.  4.2.3 Cul‐de‐sacs and Dead End Streets  Cul‐de‐sacs shall not exceed four hundred (400) feet in length and shall have a minimum  turnaround diameter of one hundred (100) feet. A cul‐de‐sac of less than two hundred  (200) feet in length in a single‐family detached residential area does not require a  turnaround if the City Engineer determines a “T”, “Y”, or other design is adequate  turnaround for the vehicles expected to use the cul‐de‐sac.  Dead End Streets (except cul‐de‐sacs) shall be prohibited unless they are designed to  connect with future streets on adjacent lands that have not been platted. In cases  where these type of dead end streets are allowed, a temporary turnaround of on  hundred (100) feet shall be constructed.  Refer to Section 2.5 – Easements for specification regarding easement size.  P69 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 27 of 49 4.2.4 Horizontal Alignment  Horizontal design standards for all city streets shall comply with Table 3 – Horizontal  Alignment Standards.  Table 3 – Horizontal Alignment Standards  Design Standards Commercial Residential/Collector  Local Alley  Design Speed 20 mph 20 mph 20 mph 10 mph  Minimum Travel Lane Widths 11’ 11’ 11’ 16’  Parking Lane (from curb face) 8’‐18’ 8’‐18’ 8’‐18’ NA  Minimum Curb Return Radius 15’ 15’ 15’ 10’    ● Streets shall conform to approved plans for street extensions and shall bear a logical  relationship to the topography and to the location of existing or planned streets on  adjacent properties.  ● Subdivision design shall minimize the number of local streets that intersect  residential/collector and commercial streets.  ● All streets shall intersect at right angles (90º) at a distance of 50’ from the edge of  intersection.  ● Curb return radii and corner setbacks for other types of intersections shall be based  upon the expected types of vehicle usage, traffic volumes and traffic patterns using  accepted engineering standards. In the case where streets intersect at acute angles,  appropriate increases in curb return radii shall be made for the necessary turning  movements.  ● Turn bypasses or left‐turn lanes shall be required at the intersections of commercial  or residential/collector streets if design conditions indicate they are needed.  ● Parking lanes shall not be located within twenty feet of a crosswalk at an  intersection or within thirty feet to any signal, stop sign or yield sign.  4.2.5 Vertical Alignment  Vertical design standards shall comply with Table 4 – Vertical Alignment Standards  Table 4 – Vertical Alignment Standards  Design Standards Commercial Residential/Collector  Local Alley  Design Speed 20 mph 20 – 30 mph 20 mph 10 mph  Minimum Grades 0.75% 0.75% 0.75% 0.75%  Maximum Grades 10% 10% 10% 12%  P70 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 28 of 49 4.2.6 Cross‐Slopes  The minimum rate of cross‐slope applicable to the traveled roadway is described in  Table 5 – Street Cross‐Slopes and in Appendix B.  Table 5 – Street Cross Slopes  Design Standards Commercial Residential/Collector  Local Alley  Minimum Cross‐slopes 2% 2% 2% 2%  Maximum Cross‐slopes 4% 4% 4% 5%    ● Superelevation design shall be in accordance with AASHTO and City Engineer  guidelines.  4.2.7 Drainage  All streets shall accommodate storm water drainage according to the City of Aspen  Urban Runoff Management Plan.  4.2.8 Site Distance  All streets and alleys shall provide adequate site distance as set forth in AASHTO  intersection sight distance standards located in Appendix B. .  4.3 Curb and Gutter  In accordance with the City’s, Curb and Gutter Plan, property owners are required to  install and maintain sidewalk, curb and gutter along the street frontage adjacent to their  properties. Properties within certain areas of the City are not required to install curb  and gutter. These locations are shown on the “No Curb and Gutter Zones” map located  in Appendix A.  Curb and gutter does not need to be installed as part of the project if (i) the property is  outside of the City’s sidewalk, curb and gutter zones, and (ii) the cost of installing the  curb and gutter exceeds 50 percent of the project cost excluding the cost of the  sidewalk, curb and gutter. For example, the project would not need to install curb and  gutter if the project cost is $20,000 and the cost to install the curb and gutter is greater  than $10,000. (iii) the property can demonstrate an alternative method to convey  drainage (ie swales).  For major projects as defined by the URMP, a drainage study must be provided that  delineates the drainage sub basin, runoff flows and the flow capacity of the curb and  gutter. Spread criteria for streets are located in Chapter 4 of the URMP. For  redevelopment projects, instead of providing the flow capacity, a project may choose to  not have an opening (door or window) lower than 12 inches from the flow line.  P71 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 29 of 49 Alternatively, the project can provide flood protection for openings subject to street  flooding.  Curb and Gutter must be installed according to the details located in Appendix B.   The minimum longitudinal slopes for Curb and Gutter are 0.75% and a clear space of 2  feet shall be maintained from the face of curb.  If no curb and gutter exists in the area or on the block, design of curb and gutter beyond  the immediately adjacent property may be necessary. Additionally if the grades for the  new curb and gutter do not match the grades of adjacent properties, the curb and  gutter will need to be designed for the adjacent property. This is necessary in order to  ensure that the location and elevation of the new curb and gutter is coordinated with  the future curb and gutter on adjacent properties.   Where minimum grades cannot be achieved, a variance request must be submitted.  4.4 Parking    4.4.1 Off‐street parking Design  Each off‐street parking space shall consist of an open area as measured in the table  below:  Table 6 – Parking Lot Design Standards  Angle of  Parking Space  Minimum One‐ Way Drive Aisle  Minimum Two‐ Way Drive Aisle  Minimum Parking Stall  Size and Clearance  0 (Parallel) 11’ 22’ 8.5’ x 22’  45 11’ 22’ 8.5’ x 18’  8’ x 16’ compact (up to 25% of required  parking in lots with more than 15 parking  spaces and clearly marked as such)  7’ height clearance for enclosed parking  60 16’ 24’ 8.5’ x 18’  8’ x 16’ compact (up to 25% of required  parking in lots with more than 15 parking  spaces and clearly marked as such)  7’ height clearance for enclosed parking  75 22’ 24’ 8.5’ x 18’  8’ x 16’ compact (up to 25% of required  parking in lots with more than 15 parking  spaces and clearly marked as such)  7’ height clearance for enclosed parking  P72 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 30 of 49 Angle of  Parking Space  Minimum One‐ Way Drive Aisle  Minimum Two‐ Way Drive Aisle  Minimum Parking Stall  Size and Clearance  90 24’ 24’ 8.5’ x 18’  8’ x 16’ compact (up to 25% of required  parking in lots with more than 15 parking  spaces and clearly marked as such)  7’ height clearance for enclosed parking  Cross‐over drive  aisle  18’ 24’ N/A  Drive aisle with  no parking  11’ 22’ N/A    ● Off‐street parking must be paved with all weather surfacing or be covered with gravel.  ● Parking spaces, aisles and turning areas shall be entirely within lot lines and shall  not encroach on any public right‐of‐way. No parked vehicle shall overhang any  public right‐of‐way.  ● All driveway and parking grades shall meet the requirements per Section 4.  ● Proper drainage and stormwater management shall be provided according to The  City of Aspen Urban Runoff Management Plan.  ● All required parking and access areas shall be designed to accommodate on‐site  snow storage per Section 5.8.  ● Wheel or bumper guards or other approved barrier shall be located so that no part  of any vehicle shall extend beyond the boundary lines of the parking area, intrude  on pedestrian ways, or come in contact with walls, fences, or plantings.  4.4.2 Off‐street Parking Location  Refer to Section 26.515 Off‐Street Parking for location requirements.  4.5 Pedestrian Facilities  This Section sets forth the minimum criteria to be used in the design of all sidewalks,  access ramps, and other pedestrian facilities within City Right‐of‐Way or public  easement areas. This Section should be used in combination with American Association  of State Highway and Transportation Official and Americans with Disabilities Act  “Standards For Accessible Design Requirements”. All pedestrian facilities proposed and  constructed require permits, as set forth in COA Municipal Code Title 21.  4.5.1 Sidewalk Master Plan  Property owners are required to install sidewalk along street frontage adjacent to their  property, unless the area of the city is considered “Sidewalk Free” in accordance with  the City Sidewalk. map located in Appendix A.  P73 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 31 of 49 Sidewalk does not need to be installed as part of the project if the cost of installing  sidewalk exceeds 50 percent of the project cost excluding the cost of the sidewalk. For  example, the project would not need to install sidewalk if the project cost is $20,000  and the cost to install sidewalk than $10,000.  4.5.2 Sidewalk Layout and Design  Sidewalks are an integral component to the City’s pedestrian friendly atmosphere.  However, the placement of sidewalks must be performed in a way that does not conflict  with the City’s Urban Forest goals. The City will allow variances from the layout and  design requirements below in an effort to save trees identified as important by the  City’s Forester. In these cases it is important to consult both with the Parks and  Engineering Departments to ensure that the placement of sidewalk meets both the  pedestrian and urban forest goals.  ● Sidewalks must be 4 inches thick and follow the details in Appendix B.  ● Sidewalks shall be placed so that there is a minimum buffer of 5 feet between the  back of curb and the sidewalk this is to allow for adequate landscaping and snow  storage buffer behind the curb gutters and travel paths. Attached sidewalks will not  be permitted, however the City does understand there may be circumstances where  it is unavoidable, in these circumstances a variance request must be submitted.  ● Minimum sidewalk width is required based on Table 7 – Minimum Sidewalk Width  Table 7 – Minimum Sidewalk Width  Adjacent Land Use Commercial/Residential Multi‐family Residential  Sidewalk Width 8 6 5    ● All sidewalks that cross over driveways and alleys shall be designed in accordance  with Details located in Appendix B.  ● Maximum cross slopes shall be 2%. Longitudinal slope of attached sidewalks shall be  consistent with the street slopes. Sidewalk detached form the curb, with greater  than 5% longitudinal slope, shall be constructed to meet ADA requirements.  ● When there exists site constrains, and minimum widths cannot be achieved, the  sidewalk width may be accomplished in landscape areas with the use of approved  materials (ie pavers) as approved by the City Engineer and Parks Department. This  includes the use of alternate materials in place of tree grates. However, the  alternate materials for the landscape area must be consistent with the same  materials for the sidewalk area. For example if there is an available width of 12‐ft  (usually within a commercial area) it will have a 7' sidewalk made of pavers and and  additional 1' pavers in the landcape area to create an 8‐ft walk width and the  remaining width of 4' will be dedicated to landscaping.  P74 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 32 of 49 4.5.3 Curb Returns  In certain area, to be determined by the City Engineer, the City may require the curb  return radius to be reduced from the values given in Table 3, to reduce pedestrian travel  time and distance.  4.5.4 Pedestrian Crossings  All crosswalks shall be marked in accordance with Section 4.8. Crosswalks will be  required at school areas and high pedestrian areas as designated by the City Engineer.  4.5.5 Pedestrian Ramps  Pedestrian ramps must be installed at intersections for all construction, reconstruction  or major projects as defined by the URMP. Pedestrian ramps for streets with curb and  gutter must be constructed at all intersections with sidewalk and curb returns in  accordance with the details in Appendix B. All street intersections with sidewalk, must  have directional crossing ramps. Diagonal ramps will not be permitted. Height of the  curb in front of the ramp section must be depressed to flow line elevation (no lip).  4.6 Bike Paths  4.6.1 Paths  All off street multi‐use bike paths shall be 12 feet in width and designed according to  Aspen Parks Department Requirements.  4.6.2 Ramps  Bike path ramps follow the same design approach as Section 4.5.5 except that the width  of the ramp will match the width of the bike path.  4.7 Emergency Access Design  All developments shall provide adequate emergency vehicle access by meeting all  applicable standards set forth in COA Municipal Code Title 11 and the following criteria:  Adequate emergency access is a minimum maintained 20‐foot wide unobstructed fire  apparatus access road with an unobstructed clearance of 13.5 feet, and capable of  supporting the weight  (54,000 lbs on two axles) of fire apparatus  Emergency access lane shall be provided whenever a structure is located more than 150’  from the road (ie public road, privately maintained roadway..)   Emergency access lanes shall provide the shortest practical direct access to points of  concern, and be entirely contained within a minimum, continuous 20 foot wide  emergency access easement or public right‐of‐way.  P75 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 33 of 49 An emergency access lane shall consist of either of the following (provided that  everything accessed from the lane is sprinkled:   Two concrete strips at least 4 feet wide, with a 4 foot separation between them  and a two foot shoulder on each side.  Vegetation other than grass shall not be  permitted in the separation area or on the shoulder areas.   A minimum continuous paved surface width of 16 feet.   Access lane shall provide a minimum inside turning radius of 29 feet.   If the length of the emergency access lane exceeds 150 feet (without an  emergency vehicle outlet), then a turn around with a minimum radius of 45 feet  shall be provided.   The grade for an emergency vehicle shall not exceed 10%.  Any alternation from the above guidelines shall require specific written approval from  the Fire Marshal of the Aspen Fire Protection District.  4.8 Traffic Signs and Striping  4.8.1 Application  A complete signing and striping plan(s) shall be submitted as part of project or  development construction plans, to be approved by the Engineering Department prior  to installation. The plan shall include sign and pavement types, location details  (horizontal and vertical), reflectorization, and lighting (if needed). Unless any signing or  striping is affected by the project, residential projects are exempt from this  requirement.  The applicant for construction approval shall be responsible for the installation of all  traffic control devices, street name signs, and markings prior to the opening of  roadways, bike paths, etc. All signs, sign materials, and barricade warning lights shall  conform to the standards set forth in the “Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices”  (current edition), and these standards.  4.8.2 Signing and Striping Types  Highway signs are of three general types: regulatory signs, used to indicated the rules  for traffic movement; warning signs, used to indicate conditions that may involve risk to  highway users; and guide signs, used to direct traffic along a route or toward a  destination.  Pavement markings types include centerline stripes, lane lines, edge striping,  obstructions, stop lines, crosswalk lines, and various word and symbol markings.  P76 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 34 of 49 New street signs shall be designed to match existing street signs.    P77 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 35 of 49 Chapter 5 Grading  5.1 General  This section provides a summary of grading standards within the City of Aspen. All  grading is subject to design review to determine compatibility with Engineering  Department Standards, existing topography, to review the extent of existing vegetation  removal, and to preserve significant features on the site.  The design and location of any proposed structure, building envelope, road, driveway,  trail, or similar development must be compatible with significant natural or scenic  features of the site.  The Engineering Department requires all grading plans for major projects as defined by  the URMP to be stamped by a Colorado professional engineer (PE).  5.2 Grading Standards  All temporary grading shall be in compliance with currently adopted OSHA standards.   Finished grades of 1:1 and 2:1 will not support vegetation growth and is subject to  erosion. The maximum finished grade is 3:1 (horizontal:vertical) unless otherwise  approved by the City Engineer with surface stabilization and providing that no grading  exceeds one to one (1:1).   Grading around existing vegetation to be preserved on site shall be outside the critical  root zone, unless otherwise approved by the City Forester. The critical root zone may be  defined as a radius equal to one foot (1') for each inch of caliper measured one foot (1')  above the natural grade, or as defined by the City Forester. A tree removal permit must  be obtained from the City Parks Department before any trees or other vegetation is  removed or altered.  Grading that is detrimental to existing natural features is discouraged. Those areas of a  site that are determined to remain in a natural state shall be protected during  construction. A site specific construction disturbance plan shall be prepared, outlining  the areas to be disturbed and the methods and devices used to protect the remaining  portions of the site. The disturbance plan shall be included with the building permit  plans along with the Construction Management Plans.  5.3 Retaining Walls  5.3.1 Application  All retaining walls are reviewed by the City to determine compatibility to the existing  topography and the materials in use. New and existing structures should be able to  accomplish their various construction needs within the confines of their property  boundaries and required setbacks. The City is aware that from time to time a project  P78 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 36 of 49 may be constrained to the point where occupation of the public right‐of‐way is  unavoidable.  5.3.2 Height Guidelines  Retaining walls located within a public right of way but must be approved according to  City of Aspen Municipal Code Title 21.  Within a property, retaining walls shall not exceed height limitations set forth at  26.575.020 – Calculations and Measurements.  5.3.3 Submittal Requirements  Retaining wall requirements for private property are outlined in the International  Building Code.  For walls located in the Right‐of‐Way, the plans, profiles, sections, details, and  engineering analyses and calculations for each wall type shall be stamped by a licensed  Colorado Professional Engineer if the wall height exceeds 4 feet, measured from finish  grade.  All engineered retaining wall submittals for the Right‐of‐Way shall include:  ● A typical section detail for each type of wall proposed.  ● Calculated factor of safety for overturning and sliding.  ● Design parameters such as , , c, etc.  ● Any necessary design assumptions such as unique drainage conditions, load  surcharge, etc.  ● Height, batter, adjacent slopes, bench widths, etc.    Furthermore, for walls located in the Right‐of‐Way and at the request of the City  Engineer, additional submittal requirements may be imposed including but not limited  to; comprehensive design calculations, wall profiles, and additional sections. In general,  these supplemental requirements will be requested for multi‐tier, steep‐slope, load  surcharged walls, or walls of extended length. Additionally walls within the Right‐of‐way  must comply with the requirements outlined in the International Building Code.  5.3.4 Location of Wall  Retaining walls shall be located within the property and setback areas unless otherwise  approved by the City Engineer and Community Development Department.  5.3.5 Boulder Retaining Walls  Boulder retaining walls in the Right‐of‐Way, shall comply with the standards of this  Section but the height listed for retaining walls is the exposed height of either a single or  P79 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 37 of 49 combined height of combination walls. If the batter (slope of the face of the wall) is  greater than one to one (1:1), a PE stamp is required.  5.3.6 Combination Retaining Walls  A retaining wall in the Right‐of‐Way should be considered a combination wall if the  upper wall falls within a prism defined as starting one foot (1') behind the face of the  lower wall at the lowest finished grade line and then back at a 1.5:1 angle from this  starting point. Combination retaining walls shall comply with the standards in this  section, but the minimum bench of combination retaining walls shall be four feet (4'). All  combination retaining walls shall have a PE stamp.  5.4 Sylva Cells  5.4.1 Application  Sylva Cells are applicable in situations where tree rooting potential is insufficient in  designated planter areas adjacent to sidewalks. They are generally required where a  non‐compacted continuous root zone cannot be provided, including when in the City  Right of Way or as may be required in private properties as a condition of the  development review approval. Refer to the details located in Appendix B  5.4.2 Definition  Sylva Cells are a horticultural medium which can meet pavement design and installation  requirements yet possess qualities that allow tree roots to grow in a continuous base  course under pavements thereby minimizing the potential for sidewalk heaving.  5.4.3 Design  The volume of soil required depends on the expected size of the tree. The Details in  Appendix B provides guidelines for the minimum amount of soil required based on tree  size at maturity. The City Engineer, City Forester or his or her designee shall make final  determination as to the requirement for Sylva Cells.  5.4.4 Approval and Inspections  Final approval of the preparation of the Sylva cells and installation shall be required and  shall be made by the City Engineer, City Forester or his or her designee. The City may  also require testing of material, onsite inspections, and/or documentation from  installers as deemed necessary to ensure proper application of the Sylva Cells.  5.5 Earth Retention  New and existing structures should be able to accomplish their various construction  needs within the confines of their property boundaries and required setbacks. The City  P80 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 38 of 49 is aware that from time to time a project may be constrained to the point where  occupation or disturbance of the public right‐of‐way is unavoidable. Of particular  concern to the City is the utilization of public right‐of‐way for the purpose of earth  retention associated with the project site. The City may allow earth retention systems to  encroach into the right‐of‐way provided that the terms of Section 21.12.140 of the  municipal code are conformed to as determined by the City Engineer or City Council.  5.6 Snowmelt Systems  Surface runoff originating from snowmelt systems shall meet all criteria set forth in the  Urban Runoff Management Plan. Portions of snowmelt systems located over utility  easements require a separate mechanical zone.  5.6.1 Located on City Right‐of‐Way  Proposed snowmelt systems located on public right‐of‐way require Engineering  Department approval and must be on a separate zone. All snowmelt systems on the  right‐of‐way shall not drain to an unheated portion of sidewalk or roadway. All  snowmelt systems in the ROW require a permit according to City of Aspen Municipal  Code Title 21 and a separate mechanical zone.  5.6.2 Located On Private Property  Snowmelt systems on private property shall not drain to the ROW. Additionally any  snowmelt system located in an utility easement must have a separate zone for that  portion on the easement.  5.7 Landscaping  Tree species shall be selected based upon site conditions. Large shade trees are favored  if adequate space above and below ground is available. Appropriate tree species for the  City of Aspen can be found in the Aspen Arbour Guide located on line or at the Parks  Department.  Unless otherwise authorized by the City Forester, the following species and types of  trees and woody plants shall not be planted or allowed to grow upon public street right‐ of‐way within the City of Aspen unless in existence prior to January 1, 1990.  ● Most of the poplar species (Populus sp. ), including but not limited to Aspen, Silver  Poplar and Lombardy Poplar.  ● Any of the Willow species (Salix sp.).  ● Any weeping or pendulous type tree (i.e. Weeping Birch).  ● Any tree with bushy growth habit which cannot be maintained to a single leader or  trunk.  P81 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 39 of 49 ● Any shrub or hedge which by its habit of growth would obstruct, restrict, or conflict  with necessary and safe use of the public right‐of way.  ● Any Coniferous Tree including but not limited to Pine, Spruce, Fir and Juniper.    To ensure trees have adequate room to grow and for public safety reasons, properties  must meet the following requirements:  ● Unless otherwise authorized by the City Forester, all newly planted street trees shall  be planted midway between the sidewalk and the curb, when available at least 3  feet from back of curb. Most trees, unless authorized by the City Forester, shall be  planted on 15 to 20 feet over center from the adjacent trees, dedicated by the  available space with in the improved right‐of‐way.  ● No trees will be planted closer than 5 feet to any driveway or alley, nor shall it be  planted in such a manner that eventual growth cannot be reasonably maintained so  as to avert interference with, or obstruction to, any improvements installed for the  public benefit such as traffic and street signs and lights, fire hydrants, overhead  utility wires, street lights, utility poles, etc.  ● No landscaping higher than 36 inches shall be placed within the site triangle of an  intersection. The site triangle shall be measured from edge of payment and extend  30 feet from the intersection. Refer Appendix B.  ● At edges of streets where a space of less than 3 feet in width exists between the  curb and the abutting private property line, no trees or woody plants shall be  planted on the public area, unless approved by the city forester.  ● Planting areas at sidewalk grade adjoining the curb shall be a minimum of five (5)  feet in width.  ● Gravel, crushed stone, washed rock and similar materials shall not be allowed in the  sidewalk area at grade. Such materials shall not be allowed in lieu of landscaping  unless approved as part of an overall plan.  ● All landscaping shall be properly irrigated.    All trees planted with in the City ROW inside of a hard surface parkway must design and  install the trees with in a Sylva Cell or equivalent as approved by the Parks Dept.  Specifications are located in Section 5.4 of these Design Standards. These specs allow for  the planting of trees and proper base for side walk installation, pavers, driveways, etc.  For projects with existing trees that will remain, Sylva Cells may still be required. These  cases will be evaluated by the City Forester as they come up.  All landscaping plans must be approved by the Parks Dept.  P82 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 40 of 49 5.8 Snow Storage  A minimum functional area equalling 30% of the paved area shall be provided  contiguous to the paved area and designed to accommodate snow storage (Unheated  areas). For heated areas the functional area can be reduced to 10%.    P83 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 41 of 49 Chapter 6 Hazard Mitigation  6.1 General  Properties within the City limits are susceptible to natural hazards that require adequate  planning and design to mitigate. Structures, both new and renovated, should plan  accordingly for every natural hazard applicable to their location. In addition to the  information contained herein, projects must also conform to City of Aspen Municipal  Code 26.435 – Development in Environmentally Sensitive Areas (ESA) and 26.440  Specially Planned Area (SPA).  6.2 Definition  A geological hazard is one of several types of adverse geological condition capable of  causing damage or loss of property and life. The types of hazards include: Fault ruptures,  landslides, rock falls, rock slides, debris flow, mudslides, and other hazards that involve  the composition, structure, physical properties, dynamics of earth materials.  6.3 Hazard Mitigation Submittal Requirements  All projects shall be evaluated for all hazards described within this Chapter and any  other hazards that may pose a threat to public safety or the natural environment.  Resources that can help with property evaluations include:  ● The City of Aspen Surface Drainage Master Plan – 2001.  ● Geologic maps published by the U.S. Geological Survey  ● Engineering Department Plat# 1000‐008  6.3.1 Mudflow and Flooding  Guidance on mudflow requirements within the City of Aspen can be found in Chapter 7  – Mudflow Analysis of the Urban Runoff Management Plan. Guidance on flooding  requirements within the City of Aspen can be found in Chapter 6 – Floodplains of the  Urban Runoff Management Plan.  6.3.2 Avalanche  Within the City limits are various slopes that under the right conditions will produce  avalanches. General information regarding avalanche prone slopes can be found in  engineering department plat# 1000‐008. If a project is in close proximity to an  avalanche area, a detailed evaluation and mitigation plan shall be required from the  development and included at the initial permit submittal.  P84 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 42 of 49 6.3.3 Fault Ruptures, Landslides, Rock Falls, Rock Slides, and Debris Flows  Submit a site‐specific engineering geology report that includes hazard mitigation  measures that include slope stabilization methods, avoidance, or other measures that  will achieve hazard mitigation. The engineering geology report must be prepared, and  signed, by a geologist with hazard mitigation technique experience.   Areas with slopes greater than 40% will require a slope stability study performed by the  Colorado Geological Survey (800‐945‐0451). The City may also request a soils report that  meet requirements set forth in Section 1.2.3.    P85 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 43 of 49 Appendix A Checklists and Maps     P86 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 44 of 49   CITY OF ASPEN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT  Excavation Stabilization Requirements    All drawings must be 24" x 36" in size. All Excavation Stabilization plans must be  included in the permit sets.  As an alternative to the use of stabilization elements (i.e. soil nails, etc.), stabilization  may be achieved using techniques outlined in OSHA Regulations (Standards – 29 CFR),  Sloping and Benching – 1926 Subpart P, App. B (a link for this is provided at the City  Engineering Department’s webpage).  The permit application needs to include an Excavation Stabilization Plan, prepared and  stamped by a Colorado Professional Engineer. (Refer to OSHA Department of Labor  Sloping and Benching Requirements 1926 Subpart P Appendix B for guidance) This is a  general list of required information. More information may be required as each project  is individually evaluated. The plans objective is to reduce the likelihood that building  excavations may damage adjacent properties or trees or cause road closures.  ● extent of the excavation  ● cross section(s) of the excavation cut  ● spot elevations of the top and bottom of cuts  ● location of construction fences  ● site‐specific construction drawings of excavation stabilization measures  ● necessary erosion control measures  Neighbor Notification  The Contractor must comply with neighbor notification requirements stated in Section  3307 of the 2003 International Building Code.  Stabilization elements are allowed in the ROW and are subject to Sec. 2.12.051 of the  Aspen Municipal Code.  Stabilization elements (i.e. soil nails, etc.) are allowed in setbacks; but, they must be  covered.  P87 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 45 of 49     CITY OF ASPEN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT  Survey Checklist    ● Survey performed or verified within the last 12 months.  ● Surveyor’s certificate stating that the error of closure is less than 1/15,000.  ● Vicinity map showing the property surveyed in reference to nearby highway(s) or  major street intersections (shown at a legible scale).  ● Monuments placed (or a reference monument or witness to the corner) at all  corners of the boundary of the property, unless already marked or referenced by an  existing monument witness to the corner.  ● Legend of symbols, scale, and north arrow.  ● Survey tied to USGS, NGS or local government monument system. List datum used.  ● Overlaps and gores along the exterior of the boundaries.  ● Legal description of property.  ● Existing building(s) locations and dimensions with ties.  ● All improvements within five feet extending beyond the property boundaries,  including parking areas.  ● Gross land area to the nearest thousandth of an acre.  ● One foot contours and the datum of the elevations.  ● Basis of bearing and point of beginning graphically.  ● Roads (edge of pavement as applicable), Rights‐of‐Way and distance to the nearest  intersecting street if within 200’ of property.  ● Label easements and encroachments add reference numbers as applicable.  ● Indication of access to a public rights–of‐way on land such as curb cuts and  driveways, and to and from waters adjoining the surveyed tract.  ● List setbacks and building envelopes.  ● Names of adjoining owners of platted lands or subdivision names.  ● Location, species, trunk diameter of trees at 4 ½’ from the ground, and extents of  drip line.  P88 VIII.a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 46 of 49 ● Natural hazards: Identify the areas that constitute natural hazard areas including  but not limited to snow slide, avalanche, mudslide, and rockslide. References  include: the City on the 2001 Surface Drainage Master Plan and the 2009 Percent  Slope Map. Differentiate and tabulate areas with slopes from 0% – 20%, 20% ‐ 30%,  30% – 40%, and areas with slopes greater than 40%.   ● Flood zone designation (with proper annotation based on federal Flood Insurance  Rate Maps or the state or local equivalent, by scaled map location and graphic  plotting only.)  ● Location of all utilities existing on or serving the surveyed property as determined  by observed evidence and observed evidence together with evidence from plans  obtained from utility companies or provided by client, and markings by utility  companies and other appropriate sources (with reference as to the source of  information).  ● List all documents used in the survey with recording information.     P89 VIII.a BRE NDEN C T D O O L I T T L E CIR EASTWOOD DR WILKINSON LOWER R D N S P R UC E S T S MILL ST GRO V E C T OAK LN ROARING FORK R D R I O G R A N D E P L N 2ND ST G I LL ESPIE ST TEAL C T NEALE AVE E COOPER AVE S SPRUCE ST S O U T H A V E UTE AV E N MILL ST E DURANT AVE P O W E R P LANT R D ALPIN E C T MEADOWS RD REGENT ST N 7TH ST S A L P S R D H W Y 82 W WAT E R P L S 1ST ST LACET CT N 4TH ST S S P RING ST N 3RD ST N ASPEN ST S 5TH ST W COOPER AVE S M U GGLER MTN RD CHANC E C T W BLEEKER ST W HALLAM ST BE N N ETT PL M C S K IM M I N G R D GIBS O N A V E BAY ST TWI N RIDGE DR L A K E AVE DEAN ST E JUANITA ST E SNARK ST KATHR YN S W AY RO BIN S O N R D A LI CE LN INDEPENDENCE PL C E M E T E R Y L N M T N OAKS PL RIDGE PL WILLOUGHBY WAY DALE AVEE HYMAN AVE W O O D D U CK L N F RED L N NORTH ST OBERMEYER PL A CE DR TRAI N O R S LANDING HARBOUR L N SMUGGLER GROVE RD BROWN LN WILLIAMS RANCH CT S K I M M IN G L N E HOPKINS AVE E FRANCIS ST B A R N A R D P A R K C T W SMUGGLER ST H W Y 8 2 SAWMILL CT B L A C K B I R C H DR PE AR L C T W MAIN ST SUMMIT ST E HALLAM ST W FRANCIS ST W HYMAN AVE E MAIN ST WI L L I A M S W AY W HOPKINS AVE E BLEEKER ST GILBERT ST W NORTH ST ARDMORE D R C OWENH O V E N CT ASP EN GROVE LN M AS COTTE LN MIN E R S TR AIL RD JUAN ST S A L V A TIO N C IR HUNTER C R E E K C U T OFF R D QUEE N ST LITTLE C L O U D TR L F R EE S IL V E R C T W ESTV I E W DR ROARING FO RK DR W AL NUT ST KING ST AJAX AVE COTTONWOOD LN W I L L I A M S R A N C H D R PU P P Y S MIT H ST S RIVERSIDE AV E P L A C E R LN SHADY L N C A S T L E C R E E K R D M AR O L T P L SNEAKY LN PITKIN WAY ASP E N M TN C U T O FF R D HU NTE R C R E E K R D PO W DE R LN MAYF L O W ER CT R IV E R S ID E D R S ORIGINAL ST L A C E T L N LONE PINE RD M AT C HLESS DR S GARMISCH ST N 8TH ST D O O L IT T L E DR N 6TH ST R E D M T N R D S MONARCH ST S 3RD ST M I D L A N D AV E S 2ND ST S GALENA ST N GARMISCH ST S 7TH ST CLEVELAND ST S ASPEN ST N MONARCH ST N 5TH ST S WEST END ST N 1ST ST S 4TH ST S 6TH ST PARK AVE N SPRING ST N GALEN A ST U T E C T RIDGE RD RIV E R D R RE C YCLE CIR N RIVERSIDE AVE PARK CIR SIL V E R L O D E D R ART P K Y CRYSTAL LAKE R D A C C E S S LOOP ME A D O WS T R U S T EE A S PEN MTN RD E W A T E R P L ARDMORE CT O V E R L O O K D R T O B Y L N RACE ST SESAME ST MID L A ND PAR K PL NICHOLAS LN A S P E N M E A D O WS V I N E S T MAPLE LN UTE PL WATERS AVE C A S T L E C R E E K D R ZONE 5 ZONE 4 ZONE 1 ZONE 3 ZONE 2 ZONE 6 Hunter Creek Castl e C r e ek Roaring Fork River Roaring Fork River The Sidewalk Deferred Zones were adopted by the Aspen City Council on ___, per Resolution __ - 2003. For the most current sidewalk regulations please contact the Engineering Office at 970-920-5080. © 2005 City of Aspen GIS 6 4 1 32 5 Sidewalk Locations and Sidewalk Deferred Zones 02505007501,000125 Feet Area Shown Trail Edge of Pavement Creeks Rivers & Ponds Structures Parcels City Boundary Sidewalk Deferred Zones Existing Sidewalk Defective Sidewalk City Responsibility Private Responsibility P9 0 VI I I . a Ro aring Fork River Hun ter C re e k Castl e Cree k Castle Creek C B A A OAK LN C E M E T E R Y LN R OARING FORK R D RIO G R A N D E P L N 2ND ST GILLE SPIE S T TEAL C T NEALE AVE E COOPER AVE S SPRUCE ST S O U T H AV E UTE AV E N MILL ST E DURANT AVE P O W E R P L A N T R D ALPINE C T MEADOWS RD REGENT ST N 7TH ST S A L P S R D FOUNDER S P L W WATE R P L S 1ST ST LACET CT N 4TH ST S SPRING ST N 3RD ST N ASPEN ST S 5TH ST MOORE DR W COOPER AVE CH ANC E C T W BLEEKER ST W HALLAM ST GIBS O N A V E B U NNY CT BAY ST TWIN RIDGE DR B EN N ETT PL L A K E AVE DEAN ST E JUANITA ST E SNARK ST K ATHRYN S W AY ROBIN S O N R D IN DEPENDENCE PL MT N OAKS PL RIDGE PL DALE AVE ARDMORE CT E HYMAN AVE W OOD DU CK LN ALT A VIS T A DR F RED L N NORTH ST TRAINO R S LANDING HARBOUR L N SMUGGLER GROV E R D B ROWN LN WILLIAMS RANCH CT E HOPKINS AVE E FRANCIS S T B A R N A R D P A R K C T W SMUGGLER ST BENNETT CT SAWMILL CT BLAC K B IR C H D R P EA RL CT W MAIN ST SUMMIT ST E HALLAM ST W FRANCIS ST W HYMAN AVE E MAIN ST WI L LI A M S W A Y W HOPKINS AVE E BLEEKER ST GILBERT ST W NORTH ST A V S C R D ARDMORE DR CO W ENH OVEN C T MASCOTTE LN MINERS TRAIL R D JUAN ST S A L V A TI O N C I R SIE RRA VISTA DR L A U R E L L N M A R O O N C R E E K R D Q UE E N ST LITTLE C L O U D TR L FR EE S IL V E R CT HUNTER C R E E K C U TOFF RD SPR U C E C T W RIGH T S R D SILVER KIN G D R WALN UT ST BLUEBONNET TRL F A L C O N RD GLEN EAGL ES DR CINN A M ON C T KING ST AJAX AVE COTTONWOOD LN DRAW DR PRIMROSE PATH WI LLIA M S R A N C H D R PU P P Y S MIT H ST S RIVERSIDE AV E BONITA DR PI T KI N M E S A D R PL A C E R LN RED BUTTE DR MTN VIEW DR BENNETT BENCH RD HOMESTAKE DR SHADY L N MAR O L T P L SNEAKY LN PITKIN WAY AS PE N M T N C U T OFF R D HWY 82 POWD E R LN R IV E R SI D E D R TRUSCOTT PL S ORIGINAL ST L A C E T L N CAS C ADE L N LONE PINE RD M AT CHLESS DR S GARMISCH ST N 8TH ST D O O L IT T LE DR N 6TH ST CASTLE C RE E K R D R E D M T N R D S MONARCH ST S 3RD ST MID L A N D AV E S 2ND ST S GALENA ST N GARMISCH ST S 7TH S T CLEVELAND ST S ASPEN ST N MONARCH ST N 5TH ST S WEST END ST N 1ST ST S 4TH ST S 6TH ST PARK AVE N SPRING ST ME A DO WOO D DR N GALEN A ST U T E C T RID G E R D RIV E R D R R ECYCL E CIR N RIVERSIDE AVE BUS BARN LN PARK CIR MAGNIFICO RD SIL V E R L O D E D R S A G E C T SIEVE R S CIR SHAVA NO DR ART PKY SMUGGLER MTN RD FIV E T R E E S L N A C C E S S LOOP MEADO W S T R U S T EE SNOWBUNNY LN A S P EN MTN RD E W AT E R P L O V E R L O O K D R T O B Y L N CO TTON W O OD CIR RACE ST SESAME ST MIDLAND PARK PL BUS LN NICHOLAS LN AS P E N M E A D O WS V IN E ST MAPLE LN UTE PL WATERS AVE HERRON HOLLOW RD C A S T L E C R E E K D R CRYS TAL LAKE RD WILLOUGHBY WAY D O O L IT T L E CIR HIGH SCH O O L RD HEATHER L N N S PR UC E ST L A R K S P U R L N H UN T E R C R E E K R D S MILL ST This map was prepared by the City of Aspen GIS Department, July 19, 2005. The curb & gutter location information indicated was collected by the Engineering Department during the summer of 2001 and updated in July 2005. © 2005 City of Aspen GIS C A B Curb & Gutter Locations and Curb & Gutter Deferred Zones 02505007501,000125 Feet Area Shown Existing Curb & Gutter Creeks Rivers & Ponds Structures Roads Parcels City Boundary Proposed Curb and Gutter Free Zones P9 1 VI I I . a City of Aspen: Engineering Design Standards October 2013 Page 49 of 49 Appendix B Details    P92 VIII.a 2' - 2.5' 1.0' 2" 5.5" BARRIER CURB & GUTTER - TYI (Catch Type for Typical Edge of Street) 1.0' 1.5' 5.5"0.5" 0.5' BARRIER CURB & GUTTER - TYII (Spill Type for Raised Medians) Note: Concrete must conform to CDOT Class "D" (minimum 28-day compressive strength of 4500 psi). 80% of this strength must be gained in the first 7 days. R=1.5" R=1.5" 0.5" 0.5' 0.02' R=0.25" R=0.25" R=0.25" R=0.25" CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO PHONE: (970) 920-5080 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT REVISION #: DETAIL #: ENG - 201T(A) STANDARD DETAILS DATE CREATED: 10/17/13 BARRIER CURB AND GUTTER DETAILS DATE REVISED: STANDARD P93 VIII.a 2' 10" 1.0' 2" 6" MOUNTABLE CURB & GUTTER - TYI (Catch Type for Typical Edge of Street) 1.0' 1' 10" 6"12" 0.5' MOUNTABLE CURB & GUTTER - TYII (Spill Type for Raised Medians) Note: Concrete must conform to CDOT Class "D" (minimum 28-day compressive strength of 4500 psi). 80% of this strength must be gained in the first 7 days. R=1.5" R=1.5" 4" 4" 6" 0.5' 0.02' R=0.25" R=0.25" R=0.25" R=0.25" CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO PHONE: (970) 920-5080 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT REVISION #: DETAIL #: ENG - 201T(B) STANDARD DETAILS DATE CREATED: 10/17/13 MOUNTABLE CURB AND GUTTER DETAILS DATE REVISED: STANDARD P94 VIII.a 2'-6" Varies 5' (min) 2' 5' (min) Property Line Pr o p e r t y L i n e 2%(max) 2% ( m a x ) 12:1 (max) 12 : 1 ( m a x ) 10:1 ( m a x ) 1 0 : 1 ( m a x ) Street Light Varies Va r i e s A A 5% (max) 5' (minimum)Varies 2' 2"2% (max)5% (max) Section A - A Flow Line10:1 (max ) 5' (min) Varies 4" 4" Varies Front Cross Section View of 5% max 12:1 (ma x ) 2% (max) 2%-5% 6" ABC CL-6 Landscaped Snow Storage Space Landscaped Snow Storage Space 2% (max) 2% (max) Detectible Warning, Curb and Gutter Side Cross Section View of Detectible Warning, Curb and Gutter Plan: 6" 4" 6" ABC CL-6 Notes: 1. The rate of change of grade between the gutter and the ramp shall not exceed 11% over a 2 foot interval 2. Cross slope shall not exceed 2% and adequate drainage shall be maintained 3. Attached ramp details may only be used where attached sidewalk currently exists or where detached ramps are unfeasible (to be determined by the city engineer) 4. Street light installation locations shall be confirmed with coa electric and streets department prior to installation 5. Detectable warning pad shall be placed 0-2 inches behind back of curb 6. Concrete conforming to cdot class "d" shall be used for all flatwork construction. all sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of 4 inches 7. Base for flatwork shall be a minimum of 6 inches cdot abc cl-6, compacted to 95% of modified proctor density within 2% of optimum moisture using astm d-1557 method "c" 3/4" crushed screened rock. sub base shall be scarified and compacted 8. Coarse broom finish shall be provided perpendicular to the direction of pedestrian travel on sidewalk and ramps and pendicular to the direction of water flow on curb and gutter 9. City of aspen engineering department to determine if construction of inlet(s) adjacent to pedestrian ramp(s) may be necessary 10. See standard detail #:203-t for details associated with sidewalk and curb and gutter installation 11. See standard detail #:202-t(g) for details associated with detectable warning 12. Deeproot ub18-2 root barrier shall be installed along sidewalk edge when planting trees adjacent to sidewalk. 5% ( m a x ) 5%(max) CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO PHONE: (970) 920-5080 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT REVISION #: DETAIL #: ENG - 202-T(A) STANDARD DETAILS DATE CREATED: 10/17/13 BI-DIRECTIONAL DETACHED SIDEWALK DATE REVISED: STANDARD 5' X 5' LANDING(MIN) P9 5 VI I I . a Varies2'-6" 5' (min) 2' Property Line Pr o p e r t y L i n e Street Light (typ) Va r i e s 2% (max) 5% (max) 12:1 (max) 2% ( m a x ) 2% (max) 12 : 1 (m a x ) 2% ( m a x ) Varies A A 6" 2'2" Varies 8' min) 6" ABC CL-6 2% (max) Section A - A Flow Line10:1 (ma x ) 5' (min) Varies 4" Varies Front Cross Section View of 2% (max) Detectible Warning, Curb and Gutter 10:1 (max) 4" 5% max 12:1 (ma x ) 2% (max) 2%-3.5% Side Cross Section View of Detectible Warning, Curb and Gutter Plan: Notes: 1. The rate of change of grade between the gutter and the ramp shall not exceed 11% over a 2 foot interval 2. Cross slope shall not exceed 2% and adequate drainage shall be maintained 3. Attached ramp details may only be used where attached sidewalk currently exists or where detached ramps are unfeasible (to be determined by the city engineer) 4. Street light installation locations shall be confirmed with coa electric and streets department prior to installation 5. Detectable warning pad shall be placed 0-2 inches behind back of curb 6. Concrete conforming to cdot class "d" shall be used for all flatwork construction. all sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of 4 inches 7. Base for flatwork shall be a minimum of 6 inches cdot abc cl-6, compacted to 95% of modified proctor density within 2% of optimum moisture using astm d-1557 method "c" 3/4" crushed screened rock. sub base shall be scarified and compacted 8. Coarse broom finish shall be provided perpendicular to the direction of pedestrian travel on sidewalk and ramps and perpendicular to the direction of water flow on curb and gutter 9. City of aspen engineering department to determine if construction of inlet(s) adjacent to pedestrian ramp(s) may be necessary 10. See standard detail #:203-t for details associated with sidewalk and curb and gutter installation 11. See standard detail #:202-t(g) for details associated with detectable warning 12. Deeproot ub18-2 root barrier shall be installed along sidewalk edge when planting trees adjacent to sidewalk. 10:1 (max) 10:1 (max) 10 : 1 (m a x ) 5' (min)  OKP 6" ABC CL-6 CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO PHONE: (970) 920-5080 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT REVISION #: DETAIL #: ENG - 202-T(B) STANDARD DETAILS DATE CREATED: 10/17/13 BI-DIRECTIONAL RAMP FOR WIDE (>8')ATTACHED SIDEWALK DATE REVISED: STANDARD 5'X5' LANDING P9 6 VI I I . a 3' (min) 5' (min) 2' 2'-6"5' (min) Property Line Pr o p e r t y L i n e 12:1 (max) 5% (max) 10:1 (ma x ) 1 0 : 1 ( m a x ) Va r i e s 2% (max) 10:1 (max) Varies 2% ( m a x ) 2% (max) Tree (typ.) 2% (max) 2% ( m a x ) Tree (typ.) Street Light (typ.) Section A - A Flow Line10:1 (ma x ) 5' (min) Varies 4" Varies Front Cross Section View of 2% (max) Detectible Warning, Curb and Gutter 10:1 (max) 4" 5% max 12:1 (max) 2% (max) 2%-3.5% 4" (min) Side Cross Section View of Detectible Warning, Curb and Gutter 2' 6" 2"1% (min)2% (max) 4" (min) 12 : 1 (m a x ) A A Plan: Notes: 1. The rate of change of grade between the gutter and the ramp shall not exceed 11% over a 2 foot interval 2. Bold dashed line depicts ramp limits of payment 3. Cross slope shall not exceed 2% and adequate drainage shall be maintained 4. Attached ramp details may only be used where attached sidewalk currently exists or where detached ramps are unfeasible (to be determined by the city engineer) 5. Street light installation locations shall be confirmed with coa electric and streets department prior to installation 6. Detectable warning pad shall be placed 0-2 inches behind back of curb 7. Concrete conforming to cdot class "d" shall be used for all flatwork construction. all sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of 4 inches 8. Base for flatwork shall be a minimum of 6 inches cdot abc cl-6, compacted to 95% of modified proctor density within 2% of optimum moisture using astm d-1557 method "c" 3/4" crushed screened rock. sub base shall be scarified and compacted 9. Coarse broom finish shall be provided perpendicular to the direction of pedestrian travel on sidewalk and ramps and perpendicular to the direction of water flow on curb and gutter 10. City of aspen engineering department to determine if construction of inlet(s) adjacent to pedestrian ramp(s) may be necessary 11. See standard detail #:203-t for details associated with sidewalk and curb and gutter installation 12. See standard detail #:202-t(g) for details associated with detectable warning 13. Deeproot ub18-2 root barrier shall be installed along sidewalk edge when planting trees adjacent to sidewalk. 6" ABC CL-6 CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO PHONE: (970) 920-5080 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT REVISION #: DETAIL #: ENG - 202-T(C) STANDARD DETAILS DATE CREATED: 10/17/13 BI-DIRECTIONAL RAMP FOR NARROW (<8') ATTACHED SIDEWALK DATE REVISED: STANDARD OPTION 1 5'X5' LANDING P9 7 VI I I . a A A 5' (min)2'-6" 5' (min) 2' 6" 2% (max) 12 : 1 ( m a x ) 12 : 1 ( m a x ) 2% ( m a x ) 12:1 (max)12:1 (max)2% (m a x ) 2% ( m a x ) Property Line Pr o p e r r y L i n e Section A - A Flow Line12:1 (ma x ) 5' (min) Varies 4" Varies Front Cross Section View of 2% (max) Detectible Warning, Curb and Gutter 4" Section B - B 2' 6" 2"1% (min)2% (max) 4" (min) 2% (max)Varies Va r i e s 2% ( m a x ) B B 1% (typ) 6"x 12" ped. curb 2% (max)5% (max)2%-5%Existing Road Base 2'5'-6" (min) 6" ABC CL-6 5' (min) 5' (min) 5' (min) Concrete Ped. Curb Notes: 1. The rate of change of grade between the gutter and the ramp shall not exceed 11% over a 2 foot interval 2. Cross slope shall not exceed 2% and adequate drainage shall be maintained 3. Attached ramp details may only be used where attached sidewalk currently exists or where detached ramps are unfeasible (to be determined by the city engineer) 4. Street light installation locations shall be confirmed with coa electric and streets department prior to installation 5. Detectable warning pad shall be placed 0-2 inches behind back of curb 6. Concrete conforming to cdot class "d" shall be used for all flatwork construction. all sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of 4 inches 7. Base for flatwork shall be a minimum of 6 inches cdot abc cl-6, compacted to 95% of modified proctor density within 2% of optimum moisture using astm d-1557 method "c" 3/4" crushed screened rock. sub base shall be scarified and compacted 8. Coarse broom finish shall be provided perpendicular to the direction of pedestrian travel on sidewalk and ramps and perpendicular to the direction of water flow on curb and gutter 9. City of aspen engineering department to determine if construction of inlet(s) adjacent to pedestrian ramp(s) may be necessary 10. See standard detail #:203-t for details associated with sidewalk and curb and gutter installation 11. See standard detail #:202-t(g) for details associated with detectable warning 12. Deeproot ub18-2 root barrier shall be installed along sidewalk edge when planting trees adjacent to sidewalk. Plan: Street Light (typ) 6"x12" Ped. Curb CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO PHONE: (970) 920-5080 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT REVISION #: DETAIL #: ENG - 202-T(D) STANDARD DETAILS DATE CREATED: 10/17/13 BI-DIRECTIONAL RAMP FOR NARROW (<8') ATTACHED SIDEWALK DATE REVISED: STANDARD OPTION 2 P9 8 VI I I . a 2% (max) 8.3% MA X . 8.3 % M A X . 2. 0 % M A X . 2.0% M A X . 2 . 0 % M A X . 8.3% MA X . 2 . 0 % M A X . 2. 0 % M A X . 8. 3 % M A X . 8. 3 % M A X . 8. 3 % M A X . 8. 3 % M A X . 8. 3 % M A X . 2. 0 % M A X . 8.3% MA X . 8.3 % M A X . 10.0% M A X . 10.0% M A X . 10.0 % M A X . 2.0% M A X . 2.0% M A X . 2.0% M A X . 2.0% M A X . 2.0% M A X . 2. 0 % M A X . 2.0% M A X . 2. 0 % M A X . 2.0% M A X . 2. 0 % M A X . 2.0% M A X . 2. 0 % M A X . 2.0% M A X . 2. 0 % M A X . 8. 3 % M A X . TYPE 1 TYPE 4 TYPE 7 TYPE 8 TYPE 5 TYPE 2 TYPE 3 TYPE 6 PLANTING OR OTHER NON-WALKING SURFACE MATCHING CURB ELEVATION 5'X5' MIN. LANDING PLANTING OR OTHER NON-WALKING SURFACE MATCHING CURB ELEVATION PLANTING OR OTHER NON-WALKING SURFACE MATCHING CURB ELEVATION 5'X5' MIN. LANDING (3" MIN HEIGHT) 5'X5' MIN. LANDING 5'X5' MIN. LANDING 5'X5' MIN. LANDING 5'X5' MIN. LANDING 5'X5' MIN. LANDING 5'X5' MIN. LANDING PLANTING OR OTHER NON-WALKING SURFACE MATCHING CURB ELEVATION PLANTING OR OTHER NON-WALKING SURFACE MATCHING CURB ELEVATION PLANTING OR OTHER NON-WALKING SURFACE MATCHING CURB ELEVATION PLANTING OR OTHER NON-WALKING SURFACE MATCHING CURB ELEVATION Notes: 1. The rate of change of grade between the gutter and the ramp shall not exceed 11% over a 2 foot interval 2. Bold dashed line depicts ramp limits of payment 3. Cross slope shall not exceed 2% and adequate drainage shall be maintained 4. Attached ramp details may only be used where attached sidewalk currently exists or where detached ramps are unfeasible (to be determined by the city engineer) 5. Street light installation locations shall be confirmed with coa electric and streets department prior to installation 6. Detectable warning pad shall be placed 0-2 inches behind back of curb 7. Concrete conforming to cdot class "d" shall be used for all flatwork construction. all sidewalk shall have a minimum thickness of 4 inches 8. Base for flatwork shall be a minimum of 6 inches cdot abc cl-6, compacted to 95% of modified proctor density within 2% of optimum moisture using astm d-1557 method "c" 3 4" crushed screened rock. sub base shall be scarified and compacted 9. Coarse broom finish shall be provided perpendicular to the direction of pedestrian travel on sidewalk and ramps and perpendicular to the direction of water flow on curb and gutter 10. City of aspen engineering department to determine if construction of inlet(s) adjacent to pedestrian ramp(s) may be necessary 11. See standard detail #:xxxx for details associated with sidewalk and curb and gutter installation 12. See standard detail #:xxx for details associated with detectable warning 5' MIN (TYP) 5' MIN (TYP) 5' MIN (TYP) 5' MIN (TYP) 5' MIN (TYP) 5' MIN (TYP) 5' MIN (TYP) 5' MIN (TYP) 5' MIN (TYP) 5' MIN (TYP) 5' MIN (TYP) 5' MIN (TYP) 5' MIN (TYP) 5' MIN (TYP) CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO PHONE: (970) 920-5080 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT REVISION #: DETAIL #: ENG - 202-T(E) STANDARD DETAILS DATE CREATED: 10/17/13 SINGLE DIRECTION CURB RAMPS DATE REVISED: STANDARD P9 9 VI I I . a 8. 3 % M A X . 2.0% M A X . 2. 0 % M A X . 8.3% M A X . 2.0% M A X . 8.3% M A X . 8.3 % M A X . 5'X5' MIN. LANDING (3" MIN HEIGHT)2.0 % M A X . 8.3% M A X . 2.0% MAX. 2. 0 % M A X . 2.0 % M A X . 2.0% M A X . 2.0% M A X . 2. 0 % M A X . 8.3% M A X . 10 . 0 % M A X . 8.3% MAX RAMP SLOPE (TYP) (SEE NOTE XX) 2. 0 % M A X . 5% MAX CROSS SLOPE (SEE NOTE XX) PLANTING OR OTHER NON-WALKING SURFACE MATCHING CURB ELEVATION 8. 3 % M A X . 2.0% M A X . 3'(MIN) 3 4" VERTICAL DISPLACEMENT (MAX) :ƒ%(9(/ 5' MIN (TYP) TYPE 12 TYPE 10 TYPE 11 5'X5' MIN. LANDING PLANTING OR OTHER NON-WALKING SURFACE MATCHING CURB ELEVATION 5' MIN (TYP) 10 . 0 % M A X . 3 4" VERTICAL DISPLACEMENT (MAX) :ƒ%(9(/ 5' MIN (TYP) Notes: 1. The rate of change of grade between the gutter and the ramp shall not exceed 11% over a 2 foot interval 2. Bold dashed line depicts ramp limits of payment 3. Cross slope shall not exceed 2% and adequate drainage shall be maintained 4. Attached ramp details may only be used where attached sidewalk currently exists or where detached ramps are unfeasible (to be determined by the city engineer) 5. Street light installation locations shall be confirmed with coa electric and streets department prior to installation 6. Detectable warning pad shall be placed 0-2 inches behind back of curb 7. Concrete conforming to cdot class "d" shall be used for all flatwork construction. all sidewalk shall have a minimum thickness of 4 inches 8. Base for flatwork shall be a minimum of 6 inches cdot abc cl-6, compacted to 95% of modified proctor density within 2% of optimum moisture using astm d-1557 method "c" 3 4" crushed screened rock. sub base shall be scarified and compacted 9. Coarse broom finish shall be provided perpendicular to the direction of pedestrian travel on sidewalk and ramps and perpendicular to the direction of water flow on curb and gutter 10. City of aspen engineering department to determine if construction of inlet(s) adjacent to pedestrian ramp(s) may be necessary 11. See standard details #:201t(a) - 202t(d) for details associated with sidewalk and curb and gutter installation 12. See standard detail #:202t(g) for details associated with the detectable warning *Measured perpendicularly from landing area edge to flowline 5'X5' MIN. LANDING (3" MIN HEIGHT)* CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO PHONE: (970) 920-5080 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT REVISION #: DETAIL #: ENG - 202-T(F) STANDARD DETAILS DATE CREATED: 10/17/13 ALTERNATIVE BI-DIRECTIONAL CURB RAMPS DATE REVISED: STANDARD P1 0 0 VI I I . a A A Part of Wing or Curb Width of Ramp Part of Wing or Curb 2' Cast Iron Detectible Warning Pavers 3"Domes (typ) 4" Plan: Section A - A: Dome and Layout Details: Elevation View: .9" - 1.4" 50% - 65% of Base Diameter .2" Plan View: * Shall be equal in both directions NOTES: 1. Detectible warning pad shall be installed at all curb ramps. It shall be located 6-8" behind back of curb. 2. Detectible warning pad shall be two feet in length and shall cover the width of the ramp. Pad shall be cast iron, with a truncated dome surface and dimensions and layout as shown. 3. Longitudinal ramp slopes (including detectible warning pad) shall not be steeper than 12:1. Cross slopes may not be steeper than 2%. 4. Detectible Warning shall be cast iron material 1.6" - 2.4"*1.6" - 2.4"* 12:1 (max) CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO PHONE: (970) 920-5080 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT REVISION #: DETAIL #: ENG - 202-T(G) STANDARD DETAILS DATE CREATED: 10/17/13 DETECTABLE WARNING PAD DETAILS DATE REVISED: STANDARD P1 0 1 VI I I . a 10:1 (max) 12% (MAX) 12% (MAX) 5' (min)2'-6"Varies 2% (max) Va r i e s 12 : 1 ( m a x ) 2% (max) 12 : 1 ( m a x ) 2% (max) Va r i e s Landscaped or Paved Area Landscaped or Paved Area Alley or Driveway A A Plan: Property Line (Alley) Pr o p e r t y L i n e ( A l l e y ) Pr o p e r t y L i n e ( A l l e y ) Property Line (Alley) Section A - A 1% (min)2% (max) Varies5' (min)6" 2'2" Edge of Asphalt12:1 (max)2% (max) B B 5'-6" (min)2' Top of Sidewalk 5% ( m a x ) Section B - B 5% max12:1 (max) Side Cross Section View of C C 2' O.C. (max) 6" ABC CL-6 4" Section C - C 2' OC (max) 2' OC (max) #4 Grade 60 2' OC (max) 2'5'-6" (min) 2% (max)12% (max) 8" ABC CL-6 (min) NOTES: 1. This detail is to be used only where site conditions prohibit installation of detached sidwalk. Prohibitive site conditions must be verified by City Engineering Staff. 2. Reinforcement is to consist of #4 Grade 40 rebar placed a maximum of 24" O.C. Rebar shall be placed a minimum of 3" above bottom of slab and minimum of 2" below top of slab. 3. Base for sidewalk out of vehicle travel path is to consist of 6"(min) of ABC CL-6 over scarified and compacted subbase. Base for reinforced section is to consist of 8" (min) of ABC CL-6 over scarified and compacted subbase. Base is to be compacted to 95% of modified proctor density as defined by ASTM D-1557 method "C" or 3 4" crushed screened rock. 4. The minimum slope necessary to maintain drainage is to be used throughout. Ramp longitudinal slope is not to exceed 12:1. Sidewalk cross slope is not to exceed 2%. Street slope is not to exceed 10%. 5. Concrete conforming to CDOT class "D" is to be used for all flatwork construction. Minimum thickness shall be 4" for sidewalk, 8" for ramp and reinforced section. 6. Rebar splices shall have a minimum 12" overlap. 7. There must be a minimum of 12" vertical rise between flowline of gutter and lowest point on any adjacent structure. 8. Landscaping features shall be located outside the sight triangle, as described within the City of Aspen Design Standards. SEE DESIGN STANDARDS Ramp and Crossing 6" 4' (typ) 2" #4 Grade 40 Rebar 6" 2" Clear (Min) 2" Clear (Min) 2% (Max) 8" (MIN) CL-D CONC CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO PHONE: (970) 920-5080 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT REVISION #: DETAIL #: ENG - 202-T(H) STANDARD DETAILS DATE CREATED: 10/17/13 ALLEY/DRIVEWAY RAMP DESIGN FOR ATTACHED SIDEWALK DATE REVISED: STANDARD P1 0 2 VI I I . a 5' (min) Varies 2'-6" Landscaped Area Landscaped Area Property Line (Alley) Pr o p e r t y L i n e ( A l l e y ) Property Line (Alley) Pr o p e r t y L i n e ( A l l e y ) 2% (max) 2% (max) 2% (max) 2% (max) 2% (max) 12% (max)12% (max) 12% (max)12% (max) Va r i e s Va r i e s A A B B Varies 3' (typ) 3' (typ) Plan: 5' (minimum)Varies2' 2"2% (max)5% (max) Section A - A 6" ABC CL-6 6" Section B - B ž OKP 8CTKGUž 2" 2% (max) 12% (max) 8" (min) ABC CL-6 Existing Road Base 12% max 12 : 1 ( m a x ) 12 : 1 ( m a x ) 2' OC (max) 2' OC (max) 2' OC (max) #4 Grade 60 Rebar NOTES: 1. This detail is to be used where detached sidewalk is present or where attached sidewalk can be swept out to conform to this plan. 2. Reinforcement is to consist of #4 Grade 40 rebar placed a maximum of 24" O.C. Rebar shall be placed a minimum of 3" from bottom of slab and minimum of 2" from top of slab. 3. Base for sidewalk out of vehicle travel path is to consist of 6"(min) of ABC CL-6 over scarified and compacted subbase. Base for reinforced section is to consist of 8" (min) of ABC CL-6 over scarified and compacted subbase. Base is to be compacted to 95% of modified proctor density as defined by ASTM D-1557 method "C" or 3 4" crushed screened rock. 4. The minimum slope necessary to maintain drainage is to be used throughout. Ramp longitudinal slope is not to exceed 12:1. Sidewalk cross slope is not to exceed 2%. Street slope is not to exceed 12%. 5. Concrete conforming to CDOT class "D" is to be used for all flatwork construction. Minimum thickness shall be 4" for sidwalk, 8" for ramp and reinforced section. 6. Rebar splices shall have a minimum 12" overlap. 7. There must be aminimum 12" vertical rise from flowline to lowest point on any adjacent structure. 8. A coarse broom finish is to be provided perpendicular to water flow on curb and gutter and perpendicular to the direction of pedestian travel on sidewalk. 9. Landscape features shall not be located outside the sight triangle, as described in the City of Aspen Design Standards. 10. DeepRoot UB18-2 Root Barrier shall be installed along sidewalk edge when trees planted adjacent to sidewalk. Alley or #4 Grade 60 Rebar 5% (max) 12:1 (max) Side Cross Section View of 2' O.C. (max) 4" Ramp and Crossing 8" ABC CL-6 (min) Driveway 2" Clear (Min) 2% (max) (DRIVEWAY SHALL NOT HAVE CONCRETE WINGS) 5% (max) 5% (max) 8" (min) CL-D Concrete CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO PHONE: (970) 920-5080 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT REVISION #: DETAIL #: ENG - 202-T(I) STANDARD DETAILS DATE CREATED: 10/17/13 ALLEY/DRIVEWAY RAMP DESIGN FOR DETACHED SIDEWALK DATE REVISED: STANDARD P1 0 3 VI I I . a A A 6" 24" Curb Return Varies With Street Width 24" (Max) 24" (Max) Plan View #4 Rebar 24" O.C. NOTES: 1.Steel reinforcement is #4 Grade 40 rebar placed a maximum of 24" O.C. 2.Rebar splices must maintain a 12" minimum overlap. 3.Base shall be either 3 4" crushed screened rock or ABC CL-6 compacted to 95% of maximum modified proctor density within 2% of optimum moisture as defined by ASTM 1557 Method "C". 4.Sub-base must be scarified and re-compacted and pass a proof rolling by a fully loaded tandum axle dump truck. Proof rolling must be witnessed and documented by Engineering Department staff. 5.Concrete must conform to CDOT class "D" (minimum 28-day compressive strength of4500psi). 80% of this strength must be gained in the first 7 days. Section A - A 8' 2" 24" (Max)3"2" Clear Distance 8" 8" (Min) Scarified and Recompacted Sub-base Non-corrosive support (chair) CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO PHONE: (970) 920-5080 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT REVISION #: DETAIL #: ENG - 202-T(J) STANDARD DETAILS DATE CREATED: 10/17/13 CROSS PAN WITH CURB RETURNS DATE REVISED: STANDARD P104 VIII.a PRIVATE PROPERTY PROPERTY LINE SEE DESIGN STANDARDS5' (MIN)2'-6"STREET 2% (MAX) 4" (MIN) DEEPROOT UB18-2 ROOT BARRIER 6" - ABC CL-6 OR 3/4" CRUSHED SCREENED ROCK SCARIFIED AND RECOMPACTED SUB-BASE NOTES: 1.Base for flatwork shall be at least 6" of CDOT ABC CL-6 compacted to 95% of modified proctor density within 2% of optimum moisture using ASTM D-1557 Method "C" or compacted 3 4" crushed screened rock 2.Detached sidewalk shall be placed immediately adjacent the property line. 3.Sub-base soils must be scarified and compacted to prevent settling. 4.Where detached sidewalk is found to be unfeasible, determination of landscape buffer width shall be made by city engineering staff. SEE SYLVA CELL DETAIL 5% (MAX) CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO PHONE: (970) 920-5080 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT REVISION #: DETAIL #: ENG - 203-T STANDARD DETAILS DATE CREATED: 10/17/13 DETACHED SIDEWALK DETAILS DATE REVISED: STANDARD P105 VIII.a 25' (min) SEE DESIGN STANDARDS 3' CURB TAPER SEE DESIGN STANDARDS 6' Radius Driveway Driveway Driveway Driveway No Curb Curb NOTES: 1.Drive ramp details are availible from the Engineering Department as part of drawing set ENG 202-T. 2.A driveway or curb cut on a corner lot shall be set back a minimum of ten (10) feet from the property line at the corner and shall be a minimum of five (5) feet from the end of the curb radius. 3.There shall be a minimum of twenty-five (25) feet between any two (2) curb cuts whether on one (1) or more properties, except common driveways may be used on adjoining properties. 4. No driveway or curb cut shall be allowed on State Highway 82 or other designated arterial where public alley access exists, anything to the contrary notwithstanding. 25' (min) 3' CURB TAPER BOTH SIDES OF DRIVEWAY BOTH SIDES OF DRIVEWAY CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO PHONE: (970) 920-5080 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT REVISION #: DETAIL #: ENG - 204-T STANDARD DETAILS DATE CREATED: 10/17/13 CURB CUT LAYOUT DETAILS DATE REVISED: STANDARD P106 VIII.a 5'(MIN)5' (MIN) 6" 8'-18'11'-12'5'(MIN)5' (MIN) 6" 8'-18'11'-12' 5%(MAX) 2%-3.5%2%(MAX)2%-3.5% CENTER LINE 61'-83' ROW HMA and ABC Layer Depth According to Exhibit F (Construction and Excavation Standards) 6" ABC CL-6 NOTES: 1.This design is to be used on residential streets where an urban design is appropriate. 2.Materials and finishing are to be governed by COA Engineering Design and Construction Standards, most recent edition. 3.Travel lane width dependent on existing lane widths and site conditions. 4.Sidewalk width dependent on zoning designation. See City of Aspen Design Standards. Sidewalk Landscaping Parking Lane Travel Lane Travel Lane Parking Lane Sidewalk Space or 3/4" crushed screened rock 5% (MAX)2% CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO PHONE: (970) 920-5080 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT REVISION #: DETAIL #: ENG - 205-T(A) STANDARD DETAILS DATE CREATED: 10/17/13 LOCAL/RESIDENTIAL/COMMERCIAL STREET CROSS SECTION (W/ C&G) DATE REVISED: STANDARD P1 0 7 VI I I . a 11'-12'11'-12' CENTER LINE HMA and ABC Layer Depth According to Exhibit F (Construction and Excavation Standards) Travel Lane Travel Lane 8'8'5'8'8'5' (MIN) Parking Lane Parking LaneSwale Swale Park or Walkway Strip 26'-28' (Asphalt Width)6'6' NOTES: 1.This design is to be used on residential streets where a rural design is appropriate. 2.Materials and finishing are to be governed by COA Engineering Design and Construction Standards, most recent edition. 3.Travel lane width dependent on existing lane widths and site conditions. 64'-66' ROW 4%2%-3.5%2%-3.5%4%2% (typ) 3:1 MA X 3 : 1 M A X 3:1 M A X 3:1 M A X CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO PHONE: (970) 920-5080 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT REVISION #: DETAIL #: ENG - 205-T(B) STANDARD DETAILS DATE CREATED: 10/17/13 RESIDENTIAL/LOCAL STREET CROSS SECTION (W/OUT C&G) DATE REVISED: STANDARD P1 0 8 VI I I . a Property Line (Typical) Lip of Gutter or Edge of Pavement CE N T E R L I N E CENTERLINE Stop Sign 30' (TYP) 30' (TYP) NOTES: 1.This detail is to be applied to developments of properties adjacent to intersections. 2.Clear Sight Triangle will be free of obstructions 36" or higher as measured from existing ground elevation. Exceptions include streetlights and traffic control devices. 3.For situations not covered by this detail set, contractor/designer must show compliance with the Intersection Design Section of AASHTO's Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets, most recent edition. Stop Sign (MUTCD R1-1) Clear Sight Triangles CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO PHONE: (970) 920-5080 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT REVISION #: DETAIL #: ENG - 206-T STANDARD DETAILS DATE CREATED: 10/17/13 CLEAR SIGHT TRIANGLES DATE REVISED: STANDARD (FOR DEVELOPMENT ADJACENT TO INTERSECTIONS) P109 VIII.a 8" MIN8" MIN 12" 6" 1.5 1 2" 3" 24" From Edge of Trench or Any Cracked Pavement HMA 5" Minimum Thickness Placed in Two Lifts As ShownExisting Pavement Structural Backfill (Including Bedding) Graded and Compacted Backfill in Lifts Not to Maximum Slope: Notes: 1.Trench must be sloped as shown or braced for the safety of construction workers. Trenching will be subject to most recent Confined Space and OSHA regulations 2.Existing pavement shall be sawcut and replaced to create the full depth replacement shown. Sawcutting must occur after backfilling and before paving. "T" patch may be an acceptable alternative. 3.Stress cracking of existing pavement may occur during excavation for a variety of reasons. If this occurs, the contractor must sawcut at leat 12" beyond the limit of visible cracks and remove all stressed pavement. 4.Hot bituminous patch shall be a minimum of 5" thick and placed in two lifts as shown. Thicker patches may be necessary depending on the type of street -- see table 2.3.1 for more information. 5.For a major utility project, a full set of modified proctor curves must be submitted, and backfill must be compacted to within 92%-96% of maximum density within 2% of optimum moisture as defined by ASTM 1557 Method "C". If curves are not submitted, backfill for trench and base for patch shall conform to CDOT's aggregate base course class 6 (ABC CL-6) designation and shall be compacted to 92%-96% of maximum density within 2% of optimum moisture. Flow fill may be used as an alternative, but must contain at least 80 lbs. of cement per cubic yard and retain a 9" maximum slump. Use of flow fill must be approved by utility provider and City of Aspen Engineering Department. 6.Bedding for flexible lines shall be 3 4" crushed screened rock, free of fines. Or per direction of utility provider. 7.Trench bottom must be scarified and recompacted after excavation or after any dewatering action to ensure adequate support of utility bedding. 8.Patching of trenched areas within the City of Aspen Right of Way must also meet the requirements set forth in the Construction and Excavation Standards. Exceed 12" (Suitable Screened Scarified and Recompacted Trench Bottom Scarified and Recompacted Roadway Base Material Native Material May be Permitted) BASE COARSE = 18" - CL6 ABC (All Edges of Trench) CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO PHONE: (970) 920-5080 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT REVISION #: DETAIL #: ENG - 207-T STANDARD DETAILS DATE CREATED: 10/17/13 TRENCH AND PATCHING DETAILS DATE REVISED: STANDARD P110 VIII.a Varies 51 2" 61 2" 8" 3" 16" 15" 8" 30" 8" HMA Depth According to Table 2.3.1 6" 6"18" Notes: 1. Concrete must conform to CDOT class "D" (minimum 28-day compressive strength of4500psi). 80% of this strength must be gained in the first 7 days. 2. Base course under manhole must be compacted to 95% of maximum modified proctor density within 2% of optimum moisture as defined by ASTM 1557 Method "C". 3. Steel reinforcement: x #4 rebar 9" O.C. x 9" O.C. for floor slab x #4 rebar 9" O.C. horizontally and vertically for walls x #5 rebar 6" O.C. in both directions for top slab x #5 rebar bent rectangularly with 8" overlap to support frame and grate opening x Rebar splices must maintain a 12" minimum overlap 4. Inlets >5' deep shall have non-slip steps down one side a maximum of 16" O.C. Outlet 9" O.C. 6" O.C. 9" (typ) 3" Clr. Approved Flexible Joint Sealant CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO PHONE: (970) 920-5080 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT REVISION #: DETAIL #: ENG - 301-D STANDARD DETAILS DATE CREATED: 10/17/13 STORM DRAIN INLET DETAIL DATE REVISED: STANDARD P111 VIII.a Tree KEY PLAN (for reference only) Sidewalk Concrete barrier separating back of curb and tree grate (Alternative materials may be approved) 0.5' 1.5' Varies 1"-3" Geotextile, 1.5' minimum overlap past excavation 1" air space between Silva Cell deck and planting soil Curb & Gutter / Roadway prep per COA Engineering Standards Tree trunk, size varies Tree root ball, size varies Angle of repose, varies per project specifications Planting soil below root ball Undisturbed Soil á á 3" Mulch above tree pit Use tree grate as needed. If used, lower top of root ball 6" á á á 4.0' DeepRoot UB18-2 Root barrier 2.0' Notes: 1. Silva Cell may not be required in areas where there is a landscape buffer between the sidewalk and the building. Silva Cell installation in these cases will be determined by the Parks Department. 2. Installation to be completed in accordance with manufacturers specifications. Refer to the following website for additional details and specifications: http://www.deeproot.com/products/silva-cell/resources.html 3. Consult the City of Aspen Engineering Department if alternative walkway surfaces may be used and/or if installation of silva cells are to be constructed within areas experiencing vehicular loading. Silva Cell base slope to max. 5% Planting soil per Silva Cell specifications, installed in 8" lifts (2 lifts per cell) Geotextile on compacted subgrade Anchor each Silva Cell to ground with (4) 10" spike, see Cell base for spike hole Backfill, installed in 8" lifts, within 4"-6" from top of decks, compacted to 95% modified proctor density 316" x 14" zip ties, attaching Geogrid to Silva Cells at each level and at cell deck Screw cell decks to frames after snapping in place (typ) 4" - 3 4" Crushed Screened Rock 4" Concrete walk (Sidewalk application) 3.6' 4" -3 4" Crushed Screened Rock, compacted to 95% Modified Proctor Density CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO PHONE: (970) 920-5080 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT REVISION #: DETAIL #: ENG - 302-D(A) STANDARD DETAILS DATE CREATED: 10/17/13 RIGHT OF WAY PLANTING SCENARIOS - SILVA CELL STANDARD DATE REVISED: STANDARD SCENARIO 1A: TREE PLANTING ADJACENT TO SIDEWALK, STREET, AND BUILDING P1 1 2 VI I I . a Tree KEY PLAN (for reference only) Sidewalk Concrete barrier separating back of curb and tree grate (Alternative materials may be approved) 0.5' 1.5' Varies 1"-3" Silva Cell base slope to max. 5% Planting soil per Silva Cell specifications, installed in 8" lifts (2 lifts per cell) Geotextile on compacted subgrade Geotextile, 1.5' minimum overlap past excavation 1" air space between Silva Cell deck and planting soil Curb & Gutter / Roadway prep per COA Engineering Standards Tree trunk, size varies Tree root ball, size varies Angle of repose, varies per project specifications Planting soil below root ball Anchor each Silva Cell to ground with (4) 10" spike, see Cell base for spike holeUndisturbed Soil Grass / Landscaping Top soil 4" - 3 4" Crushed Screened Rock 4" Concrete walk (Sidewalk application) á á 3" Mulch above tree pit Use tree grate as needed. If used, lower top of root ball 6" á á á 4.0' DeepRoot UB18-2 Root barrier Notes: 1. Silva Cell may not be required in areas where there is a landscape buffer between the sidewalk and the building. Silva Cell installation in these cases will be determined by the Parks Department. 2. Installation to be completed in accordance with manufacturers specifications. Refer to the following website for additional details and specifications: http://www.deeproot.com/products/silva-cell/resources.html 3. Consult the City of Aspen Engineering Department if alternative walkway surfaces may be used and/or if installation of silva cells are to be constructed within areas experiencing vehicular loading. 2.0' 3.6' Backfill, installed in 8" lifts, within 4"-6" from top of decks, compacted to 95% modified proctor density 316" x 14" zip ties, attaching Geogrid to Silva Cells at each level and at cell deck Screw cell decks to frames after snapping in place (typ) 4" -3 4" Crushed Screened Rock, compacted to 95% Modified Proctor Density CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO PHONE: (970) 920-5080 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT REVISION #: DETAIL #: ENG - 302-D(B) STANDARD DETAILS DATE CREATED: 10/17/13 RIGHT OF WAY PLANTING SCENARIOS - SILVA CELL STANDARD DATE REVISED: STANDARD SCENARIO 1B: TREE PLANTING ADJACENT TO SIDEWALK, STREET, AND LANDSCAPING P1 1 3 VI I I . a P114VIII.a Exhibit B – Ordinance 42 - Title 29 P115 VIII.a Page 1 of 7    ORDINANCE No. 42 (Series of 2013)    AN ORDINANCE OF THE ASPEN CITY COUNCIL ADOPTING TITLE 29 – ENGINEERING DESIGN STANDARDS.   WHEREAS, The Engineering Design Standards provide policies and design guidelines to city agencies, design professionals, private developers, and community groups for residential and commercial development that ensure the public welfare, preserve the community aesthetic, and promote efficient development within the City limits of Aspen; and, WHEREAS, the City Engineer has recommended approval of the proposed Title 29 – Engineering Design Standards; and, WHEREAS, the Aspen City Council finds that this Ordinance furthers and is necessary for the promotion of public health, safety, and welfare; and NOW, THEREFORE BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO THAT:   Section 1: Title 29 – Engineering Design Standards, shall read as follows: TITLE 29. ENGINEERING DESIGN STANDARDS Chapter 29.01 Sections: 29.01.010 Purpose and Intent 29.01.020 Adoption of Engineering Design Standards. 29.01.030 Applicability 29.01.040 Review Authority 29.01.050 Review Procedure 29.01.060 Variations 29.01.070 Appeals P116 VIII.a Page 2 of 7    29.01.010 Purpose and Intent The purpose of this Chapter is to ensure development in the City of Aspen meets minimum engineering standards. It is the City’s intent to establish Engineering Design Standards that will ensure the public health, safety and welfare, preserve the community aesthetic, and promote efficient development within the City limits of Aspen. The Engineering Design Standards, as adopted pursuant to Section 29.01.020, shall apply to all construction, development, redevelopment, any work within the right of way, and Title 26 development applications and plats, annexations and vacations. 29.01.020 Adoption of Engineering Design Standards. Pursuant to the powers and authority conferred by the Charter of the City, there is hereby adopted and incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth those standards contained in the Engineering Design Standards, as may be amended from time to time by City Council Resolution. At least one (1) copy of the Engineering Design Standards shall be available for public inspection at the Community Development Department and Engineering Department. 29.01.030 Applicability This Chapter applies to all construction, development, redevelopment, modifications and additions to existing developments, any work within the right of way, and Title 26 development applications and plats, annexations and vacations. Unless specifically exempted, the provisions of this Chapter shall supplement any and all existing laws and shall apply to all persons, without restriction, and to conditions arising after the adoption thereof, to conditions not legally in existence at the time of adoption of this title, and to conditions which, in the opinion of the city engineer or designee, constitute a distinct hazard to life or property. The Design Standards provide policies and design guidelines to city agencies, design professionals, private developers, and community groups for residential and commercial development that ensure the public welfare, preserve the community aesthetic, and promote efficient development within the City limits of Aspen. The City of Aspen shall use the policies, criteria and information including specifications and standards in the latest edition of the Engineering Design Standards for the proper implementation of the requirements of this Title. The Engineering Design Standards may be periodically amended as necessary to provide additional clarity or to reflect procedural revisions or changes in construction or engineering practices. Such revisions to these Standards may consist of either “procedural” revisions or “technical” revisions. Any other amendments to the Engineering Design Standards shall be adopted by City Council Resolution. Examples include revisions that are considered major changes, changes in law and changes that will cause significant increased cost or controversy. P117 VIII.a Page 3 of 7    29.01.040 Review Authority The City Engineer, or designee, is authorized to make and enforce the rules and regulations contained in the Engineering Design Standards in order to carry out the intent of the standards and this Chapter. Where no specific or applicable rules, regulations, or standards appear to be set forth in the Engineering Design Standards, other rules, regulations, standards, guidelines, and recommended practices, as published by professional associations, technical organizations, model code groups, and similar entities, may be used by the City for guidance. 29.01.050 Review Procedure A. Review Process. The City Engineer shall have the authority on behalf of the City of Aspen to determine that all design and construction is completed to a level that is equal to or exceeds the requirements set forth in this Chapter and the Engineering Design Standards. 29.01.060 Variances A. Authority. The City Engineer may grant variances to the design standards. Variances are deviations from the terms of this Chapter which would not be contrary to the public interest. B. Standards. In order to authorize a variance from the design standards the following standards shall be met: 1. There exist practical difficulties and unnecessary hardships inconsistent with the purpose and intent of the design standards. 2. The issuance of a variance shall not compromise the safety of a site or structure. C. Application. Requests for variances from the standards, policies or submittal requirements of this document shall be submitted in writing with appropriate documentation and justification to the City Engineer. An application for a variance from the design standards shall include, at a minimum, the following information: 1. The criteria from which the applicant seeks a variance. 2. A written justification outlining why the criterion cannot be met. 3. An alternate criteria or standard that is proposed to comply with the intent of the criteria from which the variance is sought. 4. Supporting documentation, including necessary calculations, etc. 5. An explanation of any potential adverse impacts of the proposed variance to adjacent landowners. 6. An analysis of the variance request must be signed and stamped by a Professional Engineer licensed in the state of Colorado. Upon receipt of a complete application for a variance, the City Engineer shall prepare a statement, approving, approving with conditions, or denying the variance. During the course of reviewing the requested variance, the City Engineer may request additional information needed to make a decision. The City Engineer may also request modifications of the proposed variance. P118 VIII.a Page 4 of 7    D. Expiration. Except as otherwise established in this Title or through vesting of a site specific development plan pursuant to Title 26, a variance granted under this Chapter shall automatically expire after twelve (12) months from the date of approval unless a building permit application submittal is accepted by the Chief Building Official. The City Engineer may grant an extension to an approved variance. All requests for extensions must be submitted prior to the expiration of the variance, must demonstrate good cause showing the extension is necessary, and must demonstrate that the circumstances for granting the variance are still applicable. E. Appeals. An applicant may appeal a variance decision pursuant to Section 29.01.070, Appeals. 29.01.070 Appeals A. Initiation. An applicant aggrieved by an order, requirement, decision, or determination of the City Engineer may be appealed to the Administrative Hearing Officer, pursuant to the procedures set out in Chapter 26.108 of this Code except to the extent set forth herein. The notice of appeal shall be filed with the City Engineer within fifteen (15) days following the date of such order, requirement, decision, or determination. The notice of appeal shall state in detail the action appealed, the grounds for the appeal, and the relief sought. Failure to file such a notice of appeal within the prescribed time shall constitute a waiver of any rights under this Chapter to appeal any order, requirement, decision, or determination. B. Effect of filing an appeal. The filing of a notice of appeal shall stay any proceedings in furtherance of the action appealed from unless the City Engineer certifies in writing to the Administrative Hearing Officer that a stay poses an imminent peril to life or property, in which case the appeal shall not stay further proceedings. The Administrative Hearing Officer may review such certification and grant or deny a stay of proceedings. C. Timing of appeal. The Administrative Hearing Officer shall consider the appeal within thirty (30) days following the date of filing the notice of appeal, or as soon thereafter as is practical under the circumstances. D. Action by Administrative Hearing Officer. The Administrative Hearing Officer shall review the record of the action taken by the City Engineer, and provide a decision to the Applicant in writing. The Administrative Hearing Officer may reverse or affirm wholly or partly the order, requirement, decision or determination appealed from and shall enter such order, as they deems appropriate under the circumstance. Section 2: Chapter 26.580 Engineering Department Regulations is here by repealed in its entirety. All citations to 26.580 within the municipal code shall be amended to cite Title 29. Section 3: Effect Upon Existing Litigation. This ordinance shall not affect any existing litigation and shall not operate as an abatement of P119 VIII.a Page 5 of 7    any action or proceeding now pending under or by virtue of the ordinances repealed or amended as herein provided, and the same shall be conducted and concluded under such prior ordinances. Section 4: Severability. If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase, or portion of this ordinance is for any reason held invalid or unconstitutional in a court of competent jurisdiction, such portion shall be deemed a separate, distinct and independent provision and shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions thereof. Section 5: Effective Date. In accordance with Section 4.9 of the City of Aspen Home Rule Charter, this ordinance shall become effective thirty (30) days following final passage. P120 VIII.a Page 6 of 7    Section 6: A public hearing on this ordinance shall be held on the ___ day of ________, 2013, at a meeting of the Aspen City Council commencing at 5:00 p.m. in the City Council Chambers, Aspen City Hall, Aspen, Colorado, a minimum of fifteen days prior to which hearing a public notice of the same shall be published in a newspaper of general circulation within the City of Aspen. INTRODUCED, READ AND ORDERED PUBLISHED as provided by law, by the City Council of the City of Aspen on the ____ day of ____________, 2013. Attest: __________________________ ____________________________ Kathryn S. Koch, City Clerk Steven Skadron, Mayor FINALLY, adopted, passed and approved this ___ day of ______, 2013. Attest:   __________________________  ___________________________  Kathryn S. Koch, City Clerk   Steven Skadron, Mayor      P121 VIII.a Page 7 of 7    Approved as to form:              ___________________________         City Attorney           P122 VIII.a Engineering Design Standards Page 1 of 2 MEMORANDUM TO: Mayor and City Council FROM: Trish Aragon, P.E., City Engineer THRU: Scott Miller, Capital Asset Director RE: Second Reading Ordinance 43 – Title 21 Code Amendments and associated revisions to the Construction and Excavation Standards DATE OF MEMO: October 20, 2013 MEETING DATE: October 28, 2013 REQUEST OF COUNCIL: This is the second reading of Ordinance 43 - revisions to Title 21 and associated revisions to the Construction and Excavation Standards. PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION: On October 15th Council approved the first reading of Ordinance 43 - revisions to Title 21 and associated revisions to the Construction and Excavation Standards. During the first reading council requested incorporation of a Complete Street concept in Title 21 along with lighting standards for the Right-of-Way for second reading. DISSCUSION: As a result of the creation of the Design Standards ( refer to Ordinance 42), Title 21 along with the Department’s Construction and Excavation Standards needed to be updated so they were consistent with the new Standards. During first reading Council directed Staff to incorporate a Complete Street policy in the municipal code. This purpose of the policy is to ensure that transportation improvements are planned, designed and constructed to encourage walking, bicycling and transit use while promoting safe operations for all users. As a result Staff has included a new Chapter in the Municipal Code —21.26 COMPLETE STREETS. Summary of changes to Title 21 include:  Revision to variance process so that it is consistent with Title 29  Require compliance with the Engineering Design Standards  Cleanup of landscape requirements so that they are consistent with the Engineering Design Standards along with the Construction and Excavation Standards  A Complete Street policy so that transportation improvements are planned, designed and constructed to encourage walking, bicycling and transit use while promoting safe operations for all users. Exhibit A contains a redline version of Title 21 and the associated ordinance is included in Exhibit B. The redline version of the Construction Standards is included in Exhibit C. P123 VIII.b Engineering Design Standards Page 2 of 2 Additionally during the first reading, Council directed Staff to incorporate lighting standards for the Right of Way. Staff has done some initial investigation into lighting standards however, before standards can be incorporated, the City will need to establish a Master Lighting Plan that would include the adoption of Lighting Zones and:  Goals of street lighting in the City by Lighting Zone  Assessment of the safety and security issues in the City by Lighting Zone  Environmentally judicious use of resources by Lighting Zone  Energy use and efficiency by Lighting Zone In addition to the Master Lighting Plan, the City will also need to establish a warranting process to determine when lighting is required. Because of the additional public and staff input that is needed for lighting standards, Staff is recommending to come back to Council in a work session to further discuss future Lighting Standards for the City. RECOMMENDED ACTION: Because this is the first time the Complete Street Policy has been presented to Council, Staff recommends continuing the second reading of Ordinance #43 Title 21 Code Amendments, and associated revisions to the Construction and Excavation Standards. Additionally Staff is recommending a future work session to discuss the potential lighting standards for the Right of Way. PROPOSED MOTION: “I move to continue the second reading of Ordinance #43, Title 21 Code Amendments and associated revisions to the Construction and Excavation Standards” CITY MANAGER COMMENTS: EXHIBITS: Exhibit A – Redline version of Title 21 Code Amendments Exhibit B – Ordinance 43 - Title 21 Code Amendments Exhibit C – Construction and Excavation Standards Amendments P124 VIII.b Exhibit A – Redline version of Title 21 Code Amendments P125 VIII.b     Sec. 21.04.050. Occupancy of public right-of-way prohibited without encroachment license; application fee; appeals.   (a) No person shall occupy, construct, place or maintain within any public right-of-way any building, structure or appurtenance, fence, tree, vegetation or other obstruction without first having obtained an encroachment license from the City Engineer. Any person seeking an encroachment license must submit an application on forms provided by the City Engineer, accompanied by an administrative fee in an amount prescribed by Subsection 2.12.050(e) of this Code. The City Engineer may specify the terms and conditions under which any encroachment license is to be issued so as to protect the best interests of the City. All encroachment licenses granted under this Section whether delineated as temporary or permanent shall be revocable by the City with or without cause at any time.   (b) Any person aggrieved of a decision by the City Engineer under this Section may seek an appeal of the same to the Administrative Hearing OfficerBoard of Adjustment. All appeals must be submitted in writing to the City Engineer within fifteen ten (1510) days of the decision being appealed from. The City Engineer shall promptly forward all appeals to the Administrative Hearing OfficerBoard of Adjustment, which shall schedule and conduct a hearing thereon within thirty (30) days. The Administrative Hearing OfficerBoard of Adjustment shall utilize the following standards in determining whether to affirm, reverse or modify the decision of the City Engineer:   (1) Whether the requested encroachment is the minimum encroachment necessary to make possible the reasonable use of the parcel, building or structure in question.   (2) Whether denial of the encroachment would cause the applicant unnecessary hardship or practical difficulty.   (3) Whether there are special circumstances or conditions which are unique to the parcel, building or structure in question which are not applicable to other parcels, buildings or structures.   All decisions of the Administrative Hearing OfficerBoard of Adjustment under this Section shall be reduced to writing.   (c) Nothing contained in this Section shall be construed to apply to improvements or activities undertaken within a public rights-of-way by the City, its employees or agents, the placement of temporary safety barricades or structures around excavations, construction within a public right-of-way or the placement of other devices or structures that may be required to be placed in a public right-of-way by reason of state or federal law or regulation of Section 21.04.060 below. (Code 1971, §19-5; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 68- 1975, §1; Ord. No. 41-1985, §1; Ord. No. 11-1992, §1; Ord. No. 77-1992, §8; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §1. Ord. No. 31-2008)     P126 VIII.b       Chapter 21.12   CONSTRUCTION AND EXCAVATION WITHIN PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY Sec. 21.12.010. Permit required. It shall be unlawful for any person to undertake any construction or repair within or dig up, open, disturb, grade, excavate, or otherwise alter any public right-of-way or use, occupy, or stage construction materials in any public right-of-way in the City without first having obtained a permit or license for such work from the City Engineer. A separate permit shall be required for each construction or excavation project. New and existing structures should be able to accomplish their various needs within the confines of their property boundaries and required setbacks. All right-of-way permit and encroachment license applications shall comply with the most current edition of the Engineering Department's construction and excavation standards along with the design standards for work in the public rights-of-way. All encroachment licenses granted under this Section whether delineated as temporary or permanent shall be revocable by the City with or without cause at any time. (Code 1971, §19-46; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 11-1977, §1; Ord. No. 20-1990, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2; Ord. 31-2008)   Sec. 21.12.020. Application.   Application for a right-of-way permit or encroachment license, either temporary or permanent, shall be made no later than one (1) week prior to the planned commencement of the work. The applicant must have a valid builder's or excavating license issued by the City of Aspen/Pitkin County Building Department. The City Engineer may allow the permittee to obtain a permit or license sooner than one (1) week prior to the planned commencement of the work if the scope of work is deemed to be minimal. Emergency situations will be exempt; however a permit must be obtained as soon as is possible and no later than the next business day.   (Code 1971, §19-47; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 11-1977, §1; Ord. No. 20-1990, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2; Ord. No. 31-2008)   Sec. 21.12.030. Plans and specifications required for construction.   No permit for construction within any City right-of-way shall be issued until plans have been submitted to and approved by the City Engineer. (Code 1971, §19-48; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 11-1977, §1; Ord. No. 20-1990, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.040. Fees and bonding. P127 VIII.b   No permit shall be issued unless the applicant has first signed the required agreement, paid the required fees and filed the appropriate bond as follows:   (a) An indemnity and hold harmless agreement as approved by the City Attorney. (b) A permit fee in an amount prescribed by Subsection 2.12.050(e) of this Code. (c) A maintenance bond in an amount equal to the total cost of construction, including labor and materials, or two thousand five hundred dollars ($2,500.00), whichever is greater. The maintenance bond shall guarantee that the material and equipment are furnished and used, and the workmanship employed in the performance of the work described in the right-of-way permit will be of such character and quality as to ensure it to be free from all defects and in continuous good order and in a condition satisfactory to the City Engineering Department for a period of two (2) years from the date of issuance of the final inspection log, indicating one hundred percent (100%) satisfactory completion of the work. The maintenance bond shall be noncancelable for two (2) full years from the date of issuance of satisfactory completion.   (d) The applicant may request to substitute a maintenance bond with a letter of credit or cash-in- lieu payment contingent upon approval of the City Engineer.   (e) If the City must replace the improvements within two (2) years of acceptance of the work, the City shall execute the maintenance bond or letter of credit. This will encourage the contractor to take the initiative to replace the defective improvements. The City will not replace improvements unless the contractor chooses not to replace them. (Code 1971, §19-49; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 11-1977, §1; Ord. No. 88-1979, §1; Ord. No. 37-1985, §1; Ord. No. 20-1990, §1; Ord. No. 77-1992, §9; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.050. Permittee may replace paved improvements.   For construction and excavation in paved areas, the permittee may elect, subject to the approval of the City Engineer, to replace the defective paved improvements in lieu of having the maintenance bond executed. The pedestrian mall brick pavement area shall be reconstructed under the supervision of the Parks Director. Where bricked or other specialized sidewalks are encountered outside of the pedestrian mall, the permittee shall undertake complete restoration of the surface. All bricks or other specialized sidewalk materials shall be removed with care and stockpiled for reuse if at all possible. The replacement of the paved improvements shall be in accordance with all City specifications and subject to inspections and final approval by the City Engineer (see excavation and construction standards). (Code 1971, §19-50; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 11-1977, §1; Ord. No. 20-1990, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.060. Licensing and insurance required.   All permittees under this Chapter must be licensed and insured pursuant to Chapter 8.12. (Code 1971, §19-51; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 11-1977, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.070. Conditions and special requirements for issuance.   Permits under this Chapter shall be issued subject to all the regulations and specifications in Sections 21.12.120 through 21.12.390 of this Chapter, the City's construction and excavation standards, the engineering design standards and any special requirements that the City Engineer deems necessary in order to maintain the health, welfare, safety and convenience of the public. (Code 1971, §19-52; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 11-1977, §1; Ord. No. 20-1990, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2) P128 VIII.b   Sec. 21.12.080. Change in scope of work; duty to notify.   If there is any change in the scope or extent of the work described in the approved right-of-way permit, the permittee shall immediately notify the City Engineer before proceeding. (Code 1971, §19-53; Ord. No. 30- 1975, §1; Ord. No. 11-1977, §1; Ord. No. 20-1990, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.090. Issuance of permit in certain months restricted.   No permit required by this Chapter shall be issued for any construction or excavation within any City right-of-way for the period from November 1 through March 31, except in case of an emergency. In addition, from June 1 through Labor Day weekend for the Commercial Core and Main Street Corridor, no construction or excavation within any City right-of-way will be permitted except in case of an emergency.   (Code 1971, §19-54; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 11-1977, §1; Ord. No. 46-1989, §1; Ord. No. 20- 1990, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2; Ord. 31-2008)   Sec. 21.12.100. Permit to be kept and exhibited at site.   The permit required by this Chapter shall be kept at the site of the excavation while the work is in progress and shall be exhibited upon request to the City Engineer or any police officer. (Code 1971, §19-55; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 11-1977, §1; Ord. No. 20-1990, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.110. Record keeping required.   The City Engineer shall keep a record of all permits issued. (Code 1971, §19-56; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 11-1977, §1; Ord. No. 20-1990, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.120. Street closures not permitted.   Street closures are not permitted. The City Engineer may permit lane closures. When lane closures are permitted, the applicant must:   (a) Verify the closure specified on the permit with the Engineering Department, the School District and the Roaring Fork Transit Authority (RFTA) at least one (1) week in advance.   (b) Notify the Aspen Communication Center at (970)920-5310 one (1) day prior to closure and at the time of re-opening.   (c) Set and maintain, at the applicant's expense, necessary barricades, flashers, construction signs and flaggers; and take all necessary precautions in accordance with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD).   (d) Hours of work will be in compliance with Title 18 or Title 8 or both. Utility work must be completed between 7:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday and between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. on Saturday, unless approved otherwise by the City Council.   (Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2; Ord. No. 31-2008)   Sec. 21.12.130. Limitations on use of public streets, alleys and sidewalks for construction materials.   (a) Purpose. It shall be the purpose of this Section to regulate the use of public streets, alleys and sidewalks for construction material storage and placement of pedestrian barricades. This regulation is intended to ensure adequate snow removal in City streets, alleys and sidewalks, allow for safe flow of P129 VIII.b   pedestrian and vehicular traffic and maintain the image of the City as a resort community, while also accommodating construction activity.   (b) Definitions.   Construction material storage means parking of construction trailers or construction equipment, storage of construction materials for any purpose related to the construction activity.   Pedestrian barricades means any structure authorized by the City Engineer to permit the safe passage of pedestrians past construction sites.   Paved street means that portion of the right-of-way between curbs or drainage swales.   Sidewalk means that portion of the right-of-way between a curb or drainage swale and a property line.     Staging means any construction related activity that lasts less than one working day.   (c) Limitations.   (1) The following limitations shall be enacted on the use of the public right-of-way during the period of November 1 to March 31:   a. Storage of construction materials shall be prohibited in all paved streets, alleys and sidewalks in the City.   b. Placement of pedestrian barricades shall be prohibited in all paved streets and alleys in the City.   c. Placement of pedestrian barricades shall not be permitted in sidewalks in the City Core.   (2) The following limitations shall be enacted on the use of the public right-of-way during the period of April 1 to June 1 and Labor Day to November 1:   a. Storage of construction materials shall be prohibited in all paved streets, sidewalks and alleys in the City.   b. Placement of pedestrian barricades shall be permitted in paved streets, alleys and sidewalks in the City by obtaining a temporary revocable encroachment license from the City Engineer.   (3) The following limitations shall be enacted on the use of the public right-of-way during the period of June 1 through Labor Day:   a. Storage of construction materials shall be prohibited in all paved streets, sidewalks and alleys in the City.   b. Placement of pedestrian barricades shall be prohibited within the Commercial Core and Main Street Corridor.   c. Placement of pedestrian barricades shall be permitted in paved streets, alleys and sidewalks in the City by obtaining a temporary revocable encroachment license from the City Engineer.   (4) Exceptions. P130 VIII.b   a. The City Engineer or City Council may make exceptions to this Section when special circumstances are present where strict compliance of these regulations would jeopardize the public safety or the expeditious continuation of the project and granting the exception is in the public interest.   b. Construction staging may occur with limited activities and limited work hours. (d) Permits. (1) The City Engineer shall have the sole responsibility for issuance of permits and licenses pursuant to this Section. Reserved construction parking permits shall comply with Section 24.16.240.   (2) In determining whether to issue a permit, the City Engineer shall consider the following:   a. For the placement of pedestrian barricades in the public right-of-way, the applicant shall demonstrate that the barricade: cannot be functionally located on private property; provides for safe passage of pedestrians according to International Building Code Chapter 33 and City Engineer; will be maintained in a usable, safe and attractive manner; and is located so as to minimize the loss of public parking spaces to the extent practicable.   b. For the storage of construction materials in City rights-of-way, the applicant shall: demonstrate that the materials cannot be functionally located on private property; provide a pedestrian walkway to replace the sidewalk when it is blocked by construction materials; and ensure that the period of storage is the minimum necessary to accomplish necessary construction activities.   (Code 1971, §19-57; Ord. No. 12-1988, §1; Ord. No. 20-1990, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2; Ord. No. 31-2008)   Sec. 21.12.140. Limitations to soil stabilization methods.   As a general policy, it is not in the City’s interest to grant permanent encroachments, thereby providing public property for private use. New and existing structures should be able to accomplish their various needs within the confines of their property boundaries and required setbacks. Variances from this requirement may be granted by the City Engineer or City Council. Criteria which may be considered by the City Engineer for granting a variance from this requirement include, but are not limited to:       1. Encroachments into the right-of-way associated with soil earth retention (pilings, soils nails, etc) may be authorized by the City Engineer under the following proposed regulations which include, but are not limited to: a. The associated structure is commercial or mixed commercial/residential b. The applicant must prove extenuating circumstances preclude using other methods of stabilization that can be contained entirely within project property boundaries. c. The earth retention fixture is sacrificial and can be removed after subsequent structural elements are completed. d. The earth retention structure does not extend past the back of curb of any abutting roadway or into the driving surface of any alley and is installed 5’ below any utilities. e. In no circumstance shall any encroaching fixture be within the first 7’ below grade. f. The applicant shall pay a fee in accordance with section 2.12.051of the Municipal Code. The fee will encompass the total horizontal and vertical extent of the appurtenance P131 VIII.b   measured from the property line and shall be in effect for the duration that the appurtenance is in service for its intended use.   2. Encroachments into the right-of-way associated with public infrastructure improvements that provide a public benefit. (Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2; Ord. No. 31-2008)   Sec. 21.12.150. Construction and excavation subject to inspection.   All work requiring a permit pursuant to the provisions of this Chapter shall be subject to inspection, in compliance with City codes, at all times by the City Engineer. It shall be unlawful to obstruct or hinder any lawful inspection. It is the responsibility of the applicant to contact the Engineering Department twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the construction schedule for required inspections. The applicant must explain all existing conditions and proposed work on the permit application form. All inspections must be scheduled during regular office hours at City Hall, which are from the hours of 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding holidays.   Field tests of construction materials shall be required by the Engineering Department to ascertain compliance with specifications. An independent testing firm must make tests, and the applicant shall pay all testing and re-testing expenses. A written copy of all test reports must be submitted to the Engineering Department within twenty-four (24) hours following completion of field and laboratory material tests (see construction and excavation standards). (Code 1971, §19-69; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 11-1977, §1; Ord. No. 20-1990, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.160. Time limitations for excavations.   No excavation shall be left open overnight. In the event of unforeseen extenuating circumstances, a permittee may apply for an extension to this limitation and, after investigation, the City Engineer may grant such an extension if the reasons and circumstances justify an extension (see construction and excavation standards). (Code 1971, §19-70; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 11-1977, §1; Ord. No. 20-1990, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.170. Emergency access required.   No construction shall be performed or excavation made in such manner as to prohibit access by emergency vehicles to any building, structure or dwelling unit abutting the street or public right-of-way. It shall be the responsibility of the permittee to notify the Police Department when any construction or excavation obstructs the roadway from sunset to sunrise. ( Code 1971, §19-71; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 11-1977, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.180. Safety measures and barricades required.   (a) It shall be unlawful for any person to perform any work requiring a permit pursuant to the provisions of this Chapter without providing sufficient warning lights and safety barricades or fencing around the construction or excavation from sunset to sunrise to prevent persons, animals and vehicles from sustaining injury or damage.   (b) From sunrise to sunset, safety barricades or fencing shall be maintained but warning lights are not required. P132 VIII.b   (c) Flagmen, signals, special traffic signing, walkways, ramps, canopies or other similar safety precautions shall be required when the City Engineer deems necessary in order to maintain the health, welfare, safety and convenience of the public, and shall conform to current MUTCD guidelines.   (d) All state laws, provisions of this Code or other City ordinances dealing with measures for the safety of workmen and the public shall be observed by permittees in addition to any regulations contained in this Chapter (see construction and excavation standards). (Code 1971, §19-72; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 11- 1977, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.190. Protection of street improvements, utilities and adjacent property.   Any person performing any work requiring a permit pursuant to the provisions of this Chapter shall provide shoring, bracing, piling or other necessary devices and shall use the necessary precautions to protect street improvements, utilities and adjacent property from damage or disturbance. It shall be the responsibility of the permittee to obtain the location of any underground utilities (see construction and excavation standards). (Code 1971, §19-73; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 11-1977, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.200. Responsibility to protect street improvements, utilities or property and report their damage.   It is the responsibility of the permittee to sustain, secure and protect any pipes, poles, mains, cables, street improvements or property from damage or disturbance that was not previously authorized. If damage occurs, the permittee shall immediately notify the City Engineer and the affected utility. (Code 1971, §19-74; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 11-1977, §1; Ord. No. 20-1990, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.210. Removal of paved improvements.   All cuts in asphalt shall be made in a neat manner by saw-cutting, rotomilling or other approved method which assures cuts with square edges and straight lines to the required depth of cut. Asphalt pavement cuts shall be such that no longitudinal joint lies within the wheel track. All cuts in concrete shall be sawed; and sidewalk, curb and gutter shall be removed to the nearest joint if, in the opinion of the City Engineer, the portion otherwise remaining would be too small to function satisfactorily. Additional mall brick pavement structure shall be removed to allow at least one (1) foot of exposed subgrade on all sides of the excavation to ensure proper restoration of the surface. Mall bricks shall not be cut, but shall be removed from the brick pattern intact and stockpiled for reuse. Damaged bricks shall not be reinstalled but must be replaced in accordance with the fee schedule in Section 21.12.040 of this Chapter (see construction and excavation standards). (Code 1971, §19-75; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 11-1977, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.220. Disposal and handling of excavation material.   All excavated material shall be removed from the site and disposed of by the permittee as the excavation is made when the City Engineer deems it necessary due to traffic or other conditions. Any excavated material not removed immediately shall be stockpiled in a location approved by the City Engineer. (Code 1971, §19- 76; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 11-1977, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.230. Backfill.   All backfill shall be free from muck, debris, paving, frozen material or organic matter and shall be placed uniformly and at optimum moisture content for the required density. Compaction shall be by mechanical tamping unless water jetting or flooding is specifically approved by the City Engineer. The completed and compacted backfill shall project slightly in a rounded surface above the original grade except where a temporary patch is required. For excavations less than one hundred (100) cubic yards, the permittee P133 VIII.b P134 VIII.b (see construction and excavation standards). (Code 1971, §19-77; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 11-1977, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.240. Select backfill.   All excavations, cuts, openings or trenches shall be backfilled with imported material unless native material is approved by the City Engineer (see construction and excavation standards and engineering design standards).   All trenches shall have a granular subbase or flowable backfill material, free from organic matter and lumps or balls of clay, consisting of hard, durable particles or fragments of stone or gravel and a filler of sand or other finely divided mineral matter. Subbase material shall be compacted and placed in lifts compliant with City standards (see construction and excavation standards and engineering design standards). (Code 1971, §19-78; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 11-1977, §1; Ord. No. 20-1990, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.250. Cleanup of work site.   The permittee shall remove all excess excavated material, boulders, barricades, signs, supplies, equipment, rubbish and debris from the work site within three (3) working days. The work site shall be left in a neat and clean appearance. It is strongly recommended that the permittee take photos of the condition of the site prior to excavation. In the event that the City cleans up for the permittee, if for any reason the maintenance bond is inadequate to cover the cost of the work performed by the City or its contractor to clean the site, the amount of such deficiency or damage shall be certified to the Finance Director, who shall collect the same from the person to whom the permit was issued. No further permits shall be granted to that person or anyone else on the person's behalf until the amount of such deficiency has been paid. (Code 1971, §19-79; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 11-1977, §1; Ord. No. 20-1990, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.260. Responsibility of permittee to provide patch.   Temporary or permanent asphalt patches shall be placed over all backfill for excavations within paved roadways within twenty-four (24) hours of trench backfilling. Whenever permanent patches are not constructed within twenty-four (24) hours following trench backfilling operations, temporary pavement patches must be placed to provide the required number of paved travel lanes. Temporary pavement patches may be left in place for a maximum of five (5) working days following completion of backfilling operations unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. In paved improvements other than roadways, the temporary patch shall be provided only when required by the City Engineer (see construction and excavation standards). (Code 1971, §19-80; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 11-1977, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.270. Maintenance of backfill and temporary patch.   All backfill and any pavement or improvement shall be maintained in a satisfactory condition, and all places showing signs of settlement shall be filled and maintained for a period of twenty-four (24) months following the date of satisfactory acceptance. When the permittee is notified by the City Engineer that any backfill, patch or paved improvement is hazardous, he or she shall correct such hazardous condition at once. If the hazardous condition is not repaired within three (3) working days after notification, the City may elect to repair the hazardous condition. The expense of such repair shall be the responsibility of the permittee. Repair by the City will not release the permittee from responsibility for subsequent failures.   Backhoe equipment outriggers shall be fitted with rubber pads or other like protective material whenever outriggers are placed on any paved surface. Tracked vehicles that may damage pavement surfaces shall not be permitted on paved surfaces unless specific precautions are taken to protect the surface. The P135 VIII.b     permittee shall be responsible for any damage caused to the pavement by the operation of such equipment. Should the permittee fail to make such repairs within three (3) days to the satisfaction of the City, the City may repair any damage and charge the permittee.   Any utilities or paved improvements damaged by settlement shall be repaired at once by the permittee to the satisfaction of the City Engineer. If the damage is not repaired within three (3) working days after notification, the City may elect to repair the damage. The expense of such repair shall be the responsibility of the permittee. Repair by the City will not release the permittee from responsibility for subsequent damage by settlement.   In addition, the permittee shall be responsible for the cost to the City of all claims for damages made and actions brought against the City for and on account of such damage. (Code 1971, §19-81; Ord. No. 30- 1975, §1; Ord. No. 11-1977, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.280. Responsibility of City to replace paved improvements.   The City shall be responsible for replacing all paved improvements which are damaged or removed as soon as practicable unless the permittee has elected to do so pursuant to Section 21.12.050 of this Chapter. (Code 1971, §19-82; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 11-1977, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.290. Compliance required.   Any work performed which is not in strict conformity with this Chapter shall, within ten (10) days after notice to the owner or person who performed the work, be made to conform to this Chapter at the expense of the owner or responsible party, or the same shall be corrected or removed by the City at the expense of the owner or responsible party (see construction and excavation standards and engineering design standards). (Code 1971, §19-83; Ord. No. 30- 1975, §1; Ord. No. 11-1977, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.300. Warranty period.   Any repaving, restoration or improvement shall be warranted by the permittee against all defects for a period of two (2) years from the completion of such work. (Code 1971, §19-84; Ord. No. 20-1990, §2; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.310. Termination of project if not expeditiously completed.   All work authorized by a permit shall be commenced at the time specified on the permit and shall be diligently and continuously performed until completed, with a maximum allowable time of thirty (30) days. In the event that weather, process of law or any other unexpected obstacles cause work to be stopped for so long that public travel is unreasonably obstructed, the City Engineer may order the excavation refilled, compacted and repaved as if the work contemplated in the permit were actually completed. (Code 1971, §19-85; Ord. No. 20-1990, §2; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.320. Repair to paved streets.   All excavated streets that contain a layer of paving fabric shall be replaced with paving fabric. Specifications for the paving fabric may be obtained from the City Engineer (see construction and excavation standards). (Code 1971, §19-86; Ord. No. 20-1990, §2; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.330. Placement of ribbon in utility trenches. P136 VIII.b   cable, pipe or conduit. This applies to all exposed utilities. The tape may be obtained from the utilities. The color of the tape shall be per industry standards. (Code 1971, §19-87; Ord. No. 20-1990, §2; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.340. Repaving.   In the case of excavations requiring repaving, the permittee shall follow all applicable City standards. The City Engineer shall have sole discretion concerning the quality and acceptance of a paved improvement. No certificate of occupancy shall be issued for a project that has unacceptable paved improvements or patches (see construction and excavation standards and engineering design standards). (Code 1971, §19-88; Ord. No. 20-1990, §2; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.350. Restrictions to protect pedestrian and vehicular traffic.   No opening or excavation shall be undercut or have a greater width at the bottom than the top. In no case shall more than one-half (½) of the width of any street, alley or other public place be opened or excavated at any one (1) time and, in all cases, one-half (½) of such street, alley or other public place shall remain untouched for the accommodations of traffic until the other one-half (½) is restored for safe use unless otherwise authorized by the City Engineer. All such work shall be performed in such a way as to cause minimum inconvenience and restriction to the public and both pedestrian and vehicular traffic. (Code 1971, §19-89; Ord. No. 20-1990, §2; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.360. As-built drawings required.   The Community Development Department will furnish the applicant with a map of the area proposed for development. UponAfter completion of an approved the project, the applicant shall furnish a mark-up of the map showing all utilities encountered during the excavation, their size, identification and location, based on swing ties to fixed monuments such as manholes, streetlights, curbs and their depths below the surface of the street, alley or sidewalk area. This mark-up shall also identify any new improvements made to the area, including but not limited to utility connections, sidewalks, driveways, etc. These as-builts may also be submitted in a digital format acceptable to the EngineeringCommunity Development Department. (Code 1971, §19-90; Ord. No. 20-1990, §2; Ord. No. 54-1995, §5; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.370. Excavation under existing curb, gutter and sidewalk.   If any excavation occurs under existing curb, gutter or sidewalk, that curb and gutter and sidewalk shall be removed and replaced. The replacement shall be from the nearest concrete joint. The curb, gutter and sidewalk must be replaced within seven (7) working days after the excavation is complete. The permittee may bore under curb, gutter and sidewalk and not have to replace it if approved by the City Engineer (see construction and excavation standards). (Code 1971, §19-91; Ord. No. 20-1990, §2; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.380. Dust control.   It shall be the permittee's responsibility to control dust at the excavation site. Dust control measures shall occur as often as necessary as determined by the City Engineer. (Code 1971, §19-92; Ord. No. 20-1990, §2; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)   Sec. 21.12.390. Violation; penalty.   Any violations of this Title are punishable by a fine, imprisonment or both a fine and imprisonment, as set forth in Section 1.04.080 of this Code, or revocation of the violator's builder's or excavating license, or any combination of such fine, imprisonment and revocation.   Each such person is guilty of a separate offense for each and every day during any portion of which any violation of any provision of the ordinances of the City is committed, continued or permitted by any such person and shall be punished accordingly. (Code 1971, §19-93; Ord. No. 20-1990, §2; Ord. No. 12-1996, §12; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2) P137 VIII.b     Chapter 21.16   SIDEWALK, DRIVEWAY, CURB AND GUTTER Sec. 21.16.010. Permit required. No sidewalk, driveway, curb, gutter or related street improvement required by this Chapter shall be constructed or repaired without complying with the requirements of Chapter 21.12. (Code 1971, §19-96; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §3)   Sec. 21.16.020. Construction to comply with standard specifications.   All sidewalk, driveway, curb and gutter construction shall be in accordance with the City's construction and excavation standards along with the engineering design standards for the same on file in the office of the City Engineer. Any sidewalk, driveway, curb and gutter construction that does not comply with the standards set forth by the Engineering Department, at the sole determination of the City Engineer, shall be replaced with compliant construction. (Code 1971, §19-97; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §3)   Sec. 21.16.030 Construction of sidewalk, curb and gutter required for all new construction in certain districts.   The Building Inspector shall not issue a certificate of occupancy or certificate of completion for any new construction in the CC, C-1, NC, L and CL Zone Districts or other area as designated on the adopted sidewalk, curb and gutter plan unless sidewalk, curb and gutter have been constructed as required by the engineering design standards. in the right-of-way adjoining the building site. (Code1971, §19-98; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 27-1982, §2; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §3)   Editor's note—It should be noted that current Title 26 does not contain zones designated as L-1 and L-2.   Sec. 21.16.040. Reservation of funds for construction of sidewalk, curb and gutter.   If the weather prevents construction of the improvements required by Section 21.16.030 above at the time of completion of the principal improvements, the Building Inspector may issue a certificate of occupancy after funds have been escrowed for the construction of the same. The amount of the escrow shall be determined by the City Engineer and shall be at least one hundred percent (100%) of the current cost of construction. The escrow agreement shall in no way relieve the owner of the responsibility for construction of the improvements when it shall become practicable. (Code 1971, §19-99; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §3)   Sec. 21.16.050. Procedures when not feasible to construct sidewalk, curb and gutter.   If the City Engineer deems that the construction of improvements required by Section 21.16.030 above is inappropriate at the time of completion of the principal improvements due to existing conditions or future City plans, the Building Inspector may issue a certificate of occupancy after the owner of the property has complied with one (1) of the following: P138 VIII.b   released, and the owner shall enter into an agreement as required in Subparagraph (b) of this Section.   (b) If existing improvements or conditions make construction of sidewalk, curb and gutter within three (3) years unfeasible, the owner shall have entered into an agreement with the City whereby he or she shall agree to construct or pay for the construction of said improvements when the City deems their construction necessary and feasible. This agreement shall be a covenant running with the land. (Code 1971, §19-100; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §3)   Sec. 21.16.060 Driveway and curbcut specifications.   All driveway and curbcut plans shall conform to City standards (see construction and excavation standards and engineering design standards).   In Residential Districts R-6, R-15, R-30, R-40 and RR, and in Conservation (C) District, there shall be allowed only a single point of vehicular access, which includes a single curbcut/driveway per lot.   In specially planned districts and districts other than: Neighborhood Commercial (NC), Service/Commercial/Industrial (S/C/I), Commercial Lodge (CL), Lodge (L), Office (O) and (O-2), Residential-Multiple Family (RMF), Residential Districts R-6, R-15, R-30, R-40 and RR and Conservation (C) District, the number and size of curbcuts shall be subject to review.   No driveway or curbcut shall be allowed on State Highway 82 or other designated arterial where public alley access exists, anything to the contrary notwithstanding.   All newly constructed or rebuilt driveways shall conform to slope requirements specified in the City's construction and excavation standards (see construction and excavation standards). (Ord. No. 15, 2007, §3)   Editor's note—It should be noted that current Title 26 does not contain zoning designated as R-40, L-1, L-2, O, O-2. It should also be noted that there are no zone districts (L-1) or (L-2); cross references have been changed accordingly to (L) Lodge.   Sec. 21.16.070. Variations in driveways and curbcuts allowed for unusual conditions.   Under unusual conditions of topography, drainage, existing landscaping or improvements on City rights-of-way, existing buildings or improvements on private property or special use requirements for the property, a variance from the requirements in Section 21.16.060 above for driveways and curb cuts may be given by the City Engineer upon filing a written application and a plot plan showing the building site and special conditions existing thereon. Any person aggrieved of a decision by the City Engineer under this Section may seek a variance from the Administrative Hearing OfficerBoard of Adjustment pursuant to the procedures set out in Chapter 26.108 of this Code except to the extent set forth herein. (Code 1971, §19-102; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 76-1990, §3; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §3)   Sec. 21.16.080. Responsibility to repair sidewalks, driveways and gutters.   When notified that any sidewalk, driveway, curb, gutter or any combination thereof, in front of, abutting upon or servicing any premises shall be in need of repair, the City Engineer shall cause notice to be served upon the owner or other person in charge of or having the control and supervision of the premises to repair such sidewalk, driveway, curb or gutter within thirty (30) days. It shall be unlawful for any person to fail or refuse to comply with such notice to repair. Upon a failure or refusal to comply with such a notice to repair, the City Engineer may repair the same by day's work or by contract, and the cost of such repair may be assessed upon and made a lien upon the land so benefited. In addition thereto, the City may cause an action to P139 VIII.b     be instituted against the owner or the person in charge of the premises upon whom such notice was served in any court of competent jurisdiction to recover such costs. All such remedies shall be cumulative. (Ord. No. 42-1999, §1 [part]; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §3)   Sec. 21.16.090. Definition of sidewalk in need of repair.   For the purpose of this Chapter, a sidewalk in need of repair shall mean a sidewalk in any of the following conditions:   (a) Concrete that is spalling or crumbling.   (b) Vertical displacement of the adjoining sidewalk section is in excess of three-quarters (¾) inch; (c) Lateral displacement of adjoining sidewalk section is in excess of one (1) inch; or (d) The sidewalk has a transverse slope in excess of one (1) inch per foot or the combination of transverse and longitudinal grade is insufficient for adequate drainage of the sidewalk causing accumulation of water and ice. (Ord. No. 42-1999, §1 [part]; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §3)   2 Editor's note—Ord. No. 42-1999, §1, repealed former §21.16.090 and enacted a new §21.16.090. Former §21.16.090 was derived from Code 1971, §19-104, as amended by Ord. No. 30-1975, §1.   Chapter 21.26 COMPLETE STREETS Sec. 21.26.010. Purpose. To ensure that all residents and visitors of Aspen can safely walk, bicycle and have easy access to transit as part of their daily routine. To improve quality of life and community character by minimizing and mitigating the impacts of vehicle traffic on residents and visitors. To support the City’s environmental stewardship goals of improving air quality, lowering greenhouse gas emissions, reducing noise and increasing renewable energy use. To ensure the safety of motorists. Sec. 21.26.020. Principals. The following guiding principles are to ensure that transportation improvements are planned, designed and constructed to encourage walking, bicycling and transit use while promoting safe operations for all users: (a) Plan for, design and construct all new transportation improvement projects to provide appropriate accommodation for pedestrians, bicyclists, transit riders, and persons of all abilities, while promoting safe operation for all users. (b) Operate and maintain the transportation network to improve travel conditions for bicyclists, pedestrians, transit, and motorists in a manner consistent with, and supportive of, the surrounding community; (c) Improvements will include an array of facilities and amenities including: street and sidewalk lighting; pedestrian and bicycle safety improvements; intersection improvements; access improvements, including compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act; public transit facilities accommodation including, but not limited, to pedestrian access improvement to transit stops and stations; street trees and landscaping; drainage; and street amenities; P140 VIII.b   (d) Implement these policies with the construction, reconstruction or other changes of transportation facilities on all streets including capital improvements and maintenance recognizing that all streets are different and in each case user needs must be balanced Sec. 21.26.030. Evaluation of New Projects. The Pedestrian and Bike Safety Team ( which consists of various internal departments including Engineering, Police, Parking, Streets, Asset, Environmental Health, and Transportation departments) will provide input on new projects as to how pedestrians, bicycles and transit use can be accommodated. This will include but not be limited to street and sidewalk lighting; pedestrian and bicycle safety improvements; intersection improvements; access improvements, including compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act; public transit facilities accommodation including, but not limited, to pedestrian access improvement to transit stops and stations; street trees and landscaping; drainage; and street amenities; After a new project, improvement or recommendation is implemented, staff will evaluate its impacts which may include issues such as: traffic speeds; traffic diversion onto other streets; pedestrian or bicycle conflicts or other issues. Any unacceptable impacts will be identified and evaluated with recommendations made to correct problems.       P141 VIII.b Exhibit B – Ordinance 43 - Title 21 Code Amendments P142 VIII.b     ORDINANCE No. 43 (Series of 2013)    AN ORDINANCE OF THE ASPEN CITY COUNCIL AMENDING TITLE 21 – STREETS SIDEWALKS AND OTHER PUBLIC PLACES   WHEREAS, Title 21 needed code amendments to include the Engineering Design Standards which provide policies and design guidelines to city agencies, design professionals, private developers, and community groups for residential and commercial development that ensure the public welfare, preserve the community aesthetic, and promote efficient development within the City limits of Aspen; and, WHEREAS, The City wants to ensure that transportation improvements are planned, designed and constructed to encourage walking, bicycling and transit use while promoting safe operations for all users, WHEREAS, the City Engineer has recommended approval of the proposed Title 21 – Streets, Sidewalks and Other Public Places; and, WHEREAS, the Aspen City Council finds that this Ordinance furthers and is necessary for the promotion of public health, safety, and welfare; and NOW, THEREFORE BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO THAT:   Section 1: The following sections of Title 21 – Streets, Sidewalks and Other Public Places, shall read as follows: Sec. 21.04.050. Occupancy of public right-of-way prohibited without encroachment license; application fee; appeals.   (a) No person shall occupy, construct, place or maintain within any public right-of-way any building, structure or appurtenance, fence, tree, vegetation or other obstruction without first having obtained an encroachment license from the City Engineer. Any person seeking an encroachment license must submit an application on forms provided by the City Engineer, accompanied by an administrative fee in an amount prescribed by Subsection 2.12.050(e) of this Code. The City Engineer may specify the terms and conditions under which any encroachment license is to be issued so as to protect the best interests of the City. All encroachment licenses granted under this Section whether delineated as temporary or permanent shall be revocable by the City with or without cause at any time.   (b) Any person aggrieved of a decision by the City Engineer under this Section may seek an appeal of the same to the Administrative Hearing Officer. All appeals must be submitted in writing to the City Engineer within fifteen (15) days of the decision being appealed from. The City Engineer shall promptly forward all appeals to the Administrative Hearing Officer, which shall schedule and conduct a hearing thereon within thirty (30) days. The Administrative Hearing Officer shall utilize the following standards in determining P143 VIII.b whether to affirm, reverse or modify the decision of the City Engineer:   (1) Whether the requested encroachment is the minimum encroachment necessary to make possible the reasonable use of the parcel, building or structure in question.   (2) Whether denial of the encroachment would cause the applicant unnecessary hardship or practical difficulty.   (3) Whether there are special circumstances or conditions which are unique to the parcel, building or structure in question which are not applicable to other parcels, buildings or structures.   All decisions of the Administrative Hearing Officer under this Section shall be reduced to writing.   (c) Nothing contained in this Section shall be construed to apply to improvements or activities undertaken within a public rights-of-way by the City, its employees or agents, the placement of temporary safety barricades or structures around excavations, construction within a public right-of-way or the placement of other devices or structures that may be required to be placed in a public right-of-way by reason of state or federal law or regulation of Section 21.04.060 below. (Code 1971, §19-5; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 68- 1975, §1; Ord. No. 41-1985, §1; Ord. No. 11-1992, §1; Ord. No. 77-1992, §8; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §1. Ord. No. 31-2008)         Chapter 21.12   CONSTRUCTION AND EXCAVATION WITHIN PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY Sec. 21.12.010. Permit required. It shall be unlawful for any person to undertake any construction or repair within or dig up, open, disturb, grade, excavate, or otherwise alter any public right-of-way or use, occupy, or stage construction materials in any public right-of-way in the City without first having obtained a permit or license for such work from the City Engineer. A separate permit shall be required for each construction or excavation project. New and existing structures should be able to accomplish their various needs within the confines of their property boundaries and required setbacks. All right-of-way permit and encroachment license applications shall comply with the most current edition of the Engineering Department's construction and excavation standards along with the design standards for work in the public rights-of-way. All encroachment licenses granted under this Section whether delineated as temporary or permanent shall be revocable by the City with or without cause at any time. (Code 1971, §19-46; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 11-1977, §1; Ord. No. 20-1990, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2; Ord. 31-2008)     Sec. 21.12.070. Conditions and special requirements for issuance.   Permits under this Chapter shall be issued subject to all the regulations and specifications in Sections 21.12.120 through 21.12.390 of this Chapter, the City's construction and excavation standards, the engineering design standardsand any special requirements that the City Engineer deems necessary in order to maintain the health, welfare, safety and convenience of the public. (Code 1971, §19-52; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 11-1977, §1; Ord. No. 20-1990, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2) P144 VIII.b       Sec. 21.12.240. Select backfill.   All excavations, cuts, openings or trenches shall be backfilled with imported material unless native material is approved by the City Engineer (see construction and excavation standards and engineering design standards).   All trenches shall have a granular subbase or flowable backfill material, free from organic matter and lumps or balls of clay, consisting of hard, durable particles or fragments of stone or gravel and a filler of sand or other finely divided mineral matter. Subbase material shall be compacted and placed in lifts compliant with City standards (see construction and excavation standards and engineering design standards). (Code 1971, §19-78; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 11-1977, §1; Ord. No. 20-1990, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)     Sec. 21.12.290. Compliance required.   Any work performed which is not in strict conformity with this Chapter shall, within ten (10) days after notice to the owner or person who performed the work, be made to conform to this Chapter at the expense of the owner or responsible party, or the same shall be corrected or removed by the City at the expense of the owner or responsible party (see construction and excavation standards and engineering design standards). (Code 1971, §19-83; Ord. No. 30- 1975, §1; Ord. No. 11-1977, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)     Sec. 21.12.340. Repaving.   In the case of excavations requiring repaving, the permittee shall follow all applicable City standards. The City Engineer shall have sole discretion concerning the quality and acceptance of a paved improvement. No certificate of occupancy shall be issued for a project that has unacceptable paved improvements or patches (see construction and excavation standards and engineering design standards). (Code 1971, §19-88; Ord. No. 20-1990, §2; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)     Sec. 21.12.360. As-built drawings required.   After completion of an approved project, the applicant shall furnish a mark-up of the map showing all utilities encountered during the excavation, their size, identification and location, based on swing ties to fixed monuments such as manholes, streetlights, curbs and their depths below the surface of the street, alley or sidewalk area. This mark-up shall also identify any new improvements made to the area, including but not limited to utility connections, sidewalks, driveways, etc. These as-builts may also be submitted in a digital format acceptable to the Engineering Department. (Code 1971, §19-90; Ord. No. 20-1990, §2; Ord. No. 54- 1995, §5; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §2)     Sec. 21.16.020. Construction to comply with standard specifications.   All sidewalk, driveway, curb and gutter construction shall be in accordance with the City's construction and excavation standards along with the engineering design standards for the same on file in the office of the City Engineer. Any sidewalk, driveway, curb and gutter construction that does not comply with the standards set forth by the Engineering Department, at the sole determination of the City Engineer, shall be replaced with compliant construction. (Code 1971, §19-97; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §3)   Sec. 21.16.030 Construction of sidewalk, curb and gutter required for all construction in certain districts.   The Building Inspector shall not issue a certificate of occupancy or certificate of completion for any construction unless sidewalk, curb and gutter have been constructed as required by the engineering P145 VIII.b design standards. (Code1971, §19-98; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 27-1982, §2; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §3)   Editor's note—It should be noted that current Title 26 does not contain zones designated as L-1 and L-2.     Sec. 21.16.060 Driveway and curbcut specifications.   All driveway and curbcut plans shall conform to City standards (see construction and excavation standards and engineering design standards).     No driveway or curbcut shall be allowed on State Highway 82 or other designated arterial where public alley access exists, anything to the contrary notwithstanding.     Editor's note—It should be noted that current Title 26 does not contain zoning designated as R-40, L-1, L-2, O, O-2. It should also be noted that there are no zone districts (L-1) or (L-2); cross references have been changed accordingly to (L) Lodge.     Sec. 21.16.070. Variations in driveways and curbcuts allowed for unusual conditions.   Under unusual conditions of topography, drainage, existing landscaping or improvements on City rights- of-way, existing buildings or improvements on private property or special use requirements for the property, a variance from the requirements in Section 21.16.060 above for driveways and curb cuts may be given by the City Engineer upon filing a written application and a plot plan showing the building site and special conditions existing thereon. Any person aggrieved of a decision by the City Engineer under this Section may seek a variance from the Administrative Hearing Officer pursuant to the procedures set out in Chapter 26.108 of this Code except to the extent set forth herein. (Code 1971, §19-102; Ord. No. 30-1975, §1; Ord. No. 76-1990, §3; Ord. No. 15, 2007, §3) Chapter 21.26 COMPLETE STREETS Sec. 21.26.010. Purpose. To ensure that all residents and visitors of Aspen can safely walk, bicycle and have easy access to transit as part of their daily routine. To improve quality of life and community character by minimizing and mitigating the impacts of vehicle traffic on residents and visitors. To support the City’s environmental stewardship goals of improving air quality, lowering greenhouse gas emissions, reducing noise and increasing renewable energy use. To ensure the safety of motorists. Sec. 21.26.020. Principals. The following guiding principles are to ensure that transportation improvements are planned, designed and constructed to encourage walking, bicycling and transit use while promoting safe operations for all users: P146 VIII.b   (a) Plan for, design and construct all new transportation improvement projects to provide appropriate accommodation for pedestrians, bicyclists, transit riders, and persons of all abilities, while promoting safe operation for all users. (b) Operate and maintain the transportation network to improve travel conditions for bicyclists, pedestrians, transit, and motorists in a manner consistent with, and supportive of, the surrounding community; (c) Improvements will include an array of facilities and amenities including: street and sidewalk lighting; pedestrian and bicycle safety improvements; intersection improvements; access improvements, including compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act; public transit facilities accommodation including, but not limited, to pedestrian access improvement to transit stops and stations; street trees and landscaping; drainage; and street amenities; (d) Implement these policies with the construction, reconstruction or other changes of transportation facilities on all streets including capital improvements and maintenance recognizing that all streets are different and in each case user needs must be balanced Sec. 21.26.030. Evaluation of New Projects. The Pedestrian and Bike Safety Team ( which consists of various internal departments including Engineering, Police, Parking, Streets, Asset, Environmental Health, and Transportation departments) will provide input on new projects as to how pedestrians, bicycles and transit use can be accommodated. This will include but not be limited to street and sidewalk lighting; pedestrian and bicycle safety improvements; intersection improvements; access improvements, including compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act; public transit facilities accommodation including, but not limited, to pedestrian access improvement to transit stops and stations; street trees and landscaping; drainage; and street amenities; After a new project, improvement or recommendation is implemented, staff will evaluate its impacts which may include issues such as: traffic speeds; traffic diversion onto other streets; pedestrian or bicycle conflicts or other issues. Any unacceptable impacts will be identified and evaluated with recommendations made to correct problems.     Section 2: Effect Upon Existing Litigation. This ordinance shall not affect any existing litigation and shall not operate as an abatement of any action or proceeding now pending under or by virtue of the ordinances repealed or amended as herein provided, and the same shall be conducted and concluded under such prior ordinances. Section 3: Severability. If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase, or portion of this ordinance is for any reason held invalid or unconstitutional in a court of competent jurisdiction, such portion shall be deemed a separate, distinct and independent provision and shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions thereof. Section 4: Effective Date. In accordance with Section 4.9 of the City of Aspen Home Rule Charter, this ordinance shall become effective thirty (30) days following final passage. P147 VIII.b Section 5: A public hearing on this ordinance shall be held on the ___ day of ________, 2013, at a meeting of the Aspen City Council commencing at 5:00 p.m. in the City Council Chambers, Aspen City Hall, Aspen, Colorado, a minimum of fifteen days prior to which hearing a public notice of the same shall be published in a newspaper of general circulation within the City of Aspen. INTRODUCED, READ AND ORDERED PUBLISHED as provided by law, by the City Council of the City of Aspen on the ____ day of ____________, 2013. Attest: __________________________ ____________________________ Kathryn S. Koch, City Clerk Steven Skadron, Mayor FINALLY, adopted, passed and approved this ___ day of ______, 2013. Attest:   __________________________  ___________________________  Kathryn S. Koch, City Clerk   Steven Skadron, Mayor      Approved as to form:              ___________________________         P148 VIII.b   City Attorney         P149 VIII.b Exhibit C – Construction and Excavation Standards Amendments P150 VIII.b Landscape Areas 1. Excessive, unnecessary disturbance to landscaping and other existing improvements may result in a stop work order until repairs are made to the satisfaction of the city engineer or designee. 2. Landscape restoration shall be completed within two (2) weeks of completion of work at each site, weather permitting. 3. Irrigation shall be maintained throughout construction to ensure that no landscaping is affected during the construction phase. 4. A permittee shall work with adjacent property owners to coordinate any construction activity that disrupts adjacent property owners landscaping. 5. Existing trees and landscape: a. All trees growing in the public right‐of‐way must be shown on the plans. If requested, it will be determined if the trees may be removed as part of the redevelopment project. The City of Aspen must approval a tree removal permit with required mitigation plan prior to approval and issuance of a permit. b. A vegetation protection fence shall be erected at the drip line of each individual tree or groupings of trees remaining on‐site during the improvements. No excavation, storage of materials, storage of construction backfill, storage of equipment, foot or vehicle traffic allowed within the drip line of any tree on site. This fence must be inspected by the city forester or his/her designee (920‐5120) before any construction activities are to commence. 6. Tree Permit and landscaping in the right‐of‐way permit: a. Permits must be issued prior to any tree planting, pruning or removal. b. Failure to obtain a permit prior to installation of landscaping improvements will result in a fine and the possibility of removal of to date work. 7. Tree sSpecies shall be selected based upon site condtions. Large shade trees are favored if adequate speace abov and below ground is available. Appropriate tree species for the City of Aspen can be found in the Aspen Arbor Guide located on line or at the Parks Department.: The following are some of the recommended street trees: Box Elder Autumn Blaze Maple Norway Maple Green and White Ash Varieties Version March 2007, pg. 15 Cottonwood (when historically appropriate) Spring Snow Crabapple (fruitless) P151 VIII.b Thorn less Cockspur Hawthorn Mountain Ash Japanese Tree Lilac Unless otherwise authorized by the City Forester, the following species and types of trees and woody plants shall not be planted or allowed to grow upon public street rights‐of‐way within the City of Aspen unless in existence prior to January 1, 1990. a. Most of the poplar species (Populus sp. ), including but not limited to Aspen, Silver Poplar and Lombardy Poplar. b. Any of the Willow species (Salix sp.). c. The Silver Maple tree (Acer negundo). d. The Siberian (Chinese) Elm (Ulmus pumila). e. Any weeping or pendulous type tree (i.e. Weeping Birch). f. Any tree with bushy growth habit which cannot be maintained to a single leader or trunk. g. Any shrub or hedge which by its habit of growth would obstruct, restrict, or conflict with necessary and safe use of the public rights‐of way. h. Any Coniferous Tree including but not limited to Pine, Spruce, Fir and Juniper. i. No plant material which would eventually exceed 36ʺ in height will be allowed within the vision triangle of any intersection. Contact the Engineering Department or reference the Standards guide for more information on the vision triangle. 8. Regulations pertaining to spacing of trees to be planted on public rights of‐way To ensure trees have adequate room to grow and for public safety reasons, plans are approved based upon the following spacing requirements: a. Unless otherwise authorized by the City Forester, all newly planted street trees shall be planted midway between the sidewalk and the curb, when available at least 3 feet from back of curb. Most trees, unless authorized by the City Forester, shall be planted on 15 to 20 feet over center from the adjacent trees, dedicated by the available space with in the improved right‐of‐way. b. No trees will be planted closer than 5 feet to any driveway or alley, nor shall it be planted in such a manner that eventual growth cannot be reasonably maintained so as to avert interference with, or obstruction to, any improvements installed for the public benefit such as traffic and street signs and lights, fire hydrants, overhead utility wires, street lights, utility poles, etc. c. At edges of streets where a space of less than 3 feet in width exists between the curb and the abutting private property line, no trees or woody plants shall be planted on the public area, unless approved by the city forester. d. Where the combination sidewalk‐curb and gutter have been installed, no tree plantings are to be made closer than 5 feet from the edge of any concrete installation. d. Planting areas at sidewalk grade adjoining the curb shall be a minimum of five (5) feet in width. e. Gravel, crushed stone, washed rock and similar materials shall not be allowed in the sidewalk area at grade. Such materials shall not be allowed in lieu of landscaping unless approved as part of an overall plan. P152 VIII.b f. All landscaping shall be properly irrigated. 9. All trees planted with in the City ROW inside of a hard surface parkway must design and install the trees with in a tree trench or Sylva Cells. Specifications Tree trench specs are located in the Engineering Design Standardsavailable from the City Parks Department. These specs allow for the planting of trees and proper structural soil base for side walk installation, pavers, driveways, etc. 10. All landscaping plans must be approved by the city of aspen parks department. 11. Prior to probationary acceptance by the city engineer, the permittee shall provide a letter from each property owner adjacent to the work site stating that all landscaping has been restored. 12. Any additional landscaping required for screening above‐ground structures shall be coordinated with and approved by the adjacent property owner responsible for landscape maintenance. Note yellow highlight indicated portion of code placed into the Design Standards. P153 VIII.b MEMORANDUM TO: Mayor and City Council THRU: Chris Bendon, Community Development Director FROM: Jennifer Phelan, Deputy Planning Director RE: South Aspen Street Subdivision/PUD – Amendment to existing approvals, 2nd Reading of Ordinance No. 23 (Series of 2013), Public Hearing MEETING DATE: October 28, 2013 OVERVIEW: The Applicant is making additional changes to the development proposal and needs additional time to submit the amended materials and also provide adequate time for staff review. RECOMMENDATION: Staff recommends that the hearing on Ordinance No. 23 be continued to November 11th. PROPOSED MOTION: “I move to continue the hearing on Ordinance No. 23, S. Aspen Street Subdivision/PUD to November 11th. CITY MANAGER COMMENTS:_____________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ P155 VIII.c Subdivision Code Amendment, 2nd Reading Page 1 of 3 MEMORANDUM TO: Mayor Skadron and City Council FROM: Chris Bendon, Community Development Director RE: Subdivision Code Amendments Ordinance No. 37, Series of 2013, 2nd Reading DATE: October 28, 2013 SUMMARY: The proposed ordinance updates the City’s subdivision requirements. The amendment substantially overhauls the subdivision regulations, implementing processes and requirements reflective of today’s development conditions. This ordinance is in response to City Council direction provided in late June. Staff is reviewing final changes with the City Attorney. There are various requirements and limitations that need to correlate with State Statute. Depending on the extent of changes that are requested by the Attorney’s office, staff may ask that this ordinance be modified during the meeting or be continued. Staff has conducted outreach to the development community. There is support for the proposed ordinance. STAFF RECOMMENDATION: Staff recommends approval of the proposed ordinance. LAND USE REQUESTS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES: This meeting is to review potential changes to the Subdivision regulations of the City. Pursuant to Land Use Code Section 26.310, City Council is the final review authority for all code amendments. All code amendments are subject to a three-step process. This is the second step in the process: 1. Public Outreach 2. Policy Resolution by City Council indicating if an amendment should the pursued 3. Public Hearings on Ordinance outlining specific code amendments. BACKGROUND & OVERVIEW: The City’s Subdivision regulations have not been overhauled since 1988. The character of development requests and the needs of the City have changed significantly since then and staff is proposing a substantial overhaul of the subdivision regulations to reflect modern expectations. Many projects are currently subject to a full subdivision review, even if they are not physically dividing property. For instance, downtown buildings that divide a building into individual ownership interests are subject to a review with P&Z and City Council, in the same way that a P157 VIII.d Subdivision Code Amendment, 2nd Reading Page 2 of 3 large subdivision where land is physically divided does. With the recent advent (past ~5 years) of Commercial Design review and the Council call-up procedures, subdivision reviews for downtown projects, where no lot lines are changing, are significantly redundant. One of the common criticisms from members of the community and applicants is that all forms of “subdivision” are reviewed by City Council, including actions that do not appear to be a subdivision. There is a significant difference between an actual subdivision of land, such as Burlingame Ranch, and the addition of a residence within a mixed-use building. Currently both of these actions are treated equally, subject to the same process and criteria. Staff believes this is due to the term “subdivision” being defined too broadly – essentially capturing everything. Tailoring the City’s process and requirements more closely to the character of the development activity will simplify many reviews. Staff believes a process and standards for vacating or amending public rights-of-way is needed. The City does not have a codified process now and relies on a combination of State Statute and administrative policy to consider these requests. The City has multiple code sections defining requirements for plats, plans, and development agreements – all with different requirements. Staff is proposing a new Chapter of the Land Use Code defining all development documents associated with development, including standardizing the City’s bonding requirements for public improvements. This will also be an opportunity to better define the level of detail needed for each type of document to be recorded. P&Z COMMENTS: The Commission had a number of comments related to subdivision, with a particular focus on simplifying the process. The Commission supported the idea of creating different tiers of subdivision reviews. For example, large subdivisions that actually divide land into new lots, like Burlingame, would go through the current Subdivision process with reviews by P&Z and Council, while a project that divides a single building into multiple ownership interests, like a downtown mixed-use building, would through an administrative review such as condominiumization. The P&Z felt that downtown buildings are subject to an extensive design reviews and growth management reviews, where the massing and use issues are addressed, and that the subdivision review creates confusion for all involved because it re-addresses issues that have been previously approved. The Commission expressed a desire that the City use the Commercial Design Review process more effectively to address any issues or concerns related to massing, heights, building placements, materials, landscaping, etc. The Commission also expressed a desire to have clearer review criteria for all levels of subdivision reviews. There were also some comments related to encouraging a landscape buffer between the sidewalk and street, particularly for downtown projects. The Commission supported creating clear standards for this throughout town. PUBLIC OUTREACH / PRIVATE PLANNER COMMENTS: Staff met with a group of private planners and architects prior to the meeting with P&Z. That group provided detailed comments on potential code amendments to Subdivision. The group had similar comments regarding P158 VIII.d Subdivision Code Amendment, 2nd Reading Page 3 of 3 Subdivision as the P&Z did. In fact, changing the subdivision process was their top priority for this round of code amendments. The group strongly supported the creation of different tiers of subdivision review. In particular, projects where a single building is divided into different ownership interested and actual land is not being divided should only be required to go through an administrative condominiumization process. They felt the Commercial Design review process addresses the issues raised at Subdivision reviews, and that using the Commercial Design process to evaluate mass and scale of buildings is more appropriate and predictable. Finally, the group stated that one of the tiers of review should allow property boundary changes and exchanges between properties when property owners agree to it. Today, the only property boundary changes allowed are those to correct surveying errors. Staff has distributed the language in the proposed ordinance. Staff has received positive response to the proposed ordinance. STAFF RECOMMENDATION: Staff recommends adoption of the attached Ordinance. Staff may request a few amendments to the ordinance based on review by the Attorney’s office. If the amendments are extensive, staff will ask for a continuation. RECOMMENDED MOTION (ALL MOTIONS ARE PROPOSED IN THE AFFIRMATIVE): “I move to approve Ordinance No. ___, Series of 2013, amending the City’s Subdivision regulations.” CITY MANAGER COMMENTS:_____________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ATTACHMENTS: Exhibit A – Staff Findings Exhibit B – Current Subdivision code (prior to amendments) P159 VIII.d Ordinance No. 37, Series 2013. Page 1 of 15 ORDINANCE No. 37 (Series of 2013) AN ORDINANCE OF THE ASPEN CITY COUNCIL ADOPTING AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 26.480 – SUBDIVISION AND SECTION 26.104.100 – DEFINTIONS, OF THE CITY OF ASPEN LAND USE CODE. WHEREAS, in accordance with Sections 26.208 and 26.310 of the City of Aspen Land Use Code, the City Council of the City of Aspen directed the Community Development Department to prepare amendments to the subdivision chapter of the Land Use Code; and, WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 26.310, applications to amend the text of Title 26 of the Municipal Code shall begin with Public Outreach, a Policy Resolution reviewed and acted on by City Council, and then final action by City Council after reviewing and considering the recommendation from the Community Development; and, WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 26.310.020(B)(1), the Community Development Department conducted Public Outreach regarding the code amendment; and, WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 26.310.020(B)(2), during a duly noticed public hearing on June 24, 2013, the City Council approved Resolution No.67, Series of 2013, requesting code amendments to the Subdivision Chapter of the Land Use Code; and, WHEREAS, the Community Development Director has recommended approval of the proposed amendments to the City of Aspen Land Use Code Chapter 26.480 – Subdivision and Section 26.104.100 – Definitions; and, WHEREAS, the Aspen City Council has reviewed the proposed code amendments and finds that the amendments meet or exceed all applicable standards pursuant to Chapter 26.310.050; and, WHEREAS, the Aspen City Council finds that this Ordinance furthers and is necessary for the promotion of public health, safety, and welfare; and NOW, THEREFORE BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO THAT: Section 1: The definition of the term “subdivision” contained within Section 26.104.100, shall be amended to read as follows: Subdivision. The alteration of any physical or legal description or interest in real estate. (See Chapter 26.480 – Subdivision.) Section 2: Chapter 26.480 – Subdivision, which Chapter describes the applicability, prohibitions, review process, and requirements for subdivision approval, shall read as P161 VIII.d Ordinance No. 37, Series 2013. Page 2 of 15 follows: Chapter 26.480 SUBDIVISION 26.480.010. Purpose. 26.480.020. Applicability, Prohibitions, and Lot Merger 26.480.030. Procedures for Review 26.480.040. General Subdivision Review Standards. 26.480.050. Administrative Subdivisions 26.480.060. Minor Subdivisions 26.480.070. Major Subdivisions 26.480.080. Subdivision Application Contents 26.480.090. Subdivision Amendments 26.480.100. Appeals 26.480.010. Purpose. The purpose of this Chapter is to: (a) assist in the orderly and efficient development of the City; (b) ensure the proper distribution of development; (c) encourage the well- planned subdivision of land by establishing standards for the design of a subdivision; (d) safeguard the interests of the public and the subdivider and provide consumer protection for the purchaser; (e) provide procedures so that development encourages the preservation of important and unique natural or scenic features, including but not limited to mature trees or indigenous vegetation, bluffs, hillsides or similar geologic features or edges of rivers and other bodies of water; and (f) promote and protect the health, safety and general welfare of the residents of the City of Aspen. 26.480.020. Applicability, Prohibitions, and Lot Merger. A. Applicability This Chapter shall apply to the division or aggregation of real estate into lots, parcels, tracts, or other physical units or legal interests of land, for the purpose of transferring or enabling transfer of deeded interests in real estate including fee simple interest, fractional fee interest, timeshare or time-span estate, condominium interest, interest in a common interest community, or similar forms of real estate interest. This Chapter shall apply to the creation, alteration, realignment, amendment, vacation, or elimination of any lot line, property boundary, subdivided real estate interest, or other physical or legal definition of real estate, established by or reflected on a plat or deed recorded in the office of the Pitkin County Clerk and Recorder. This Chapter shall apply to the dedication, boundary alteration, realignment, or any partial or whole vacation of a Street, Alley, or other vehicular right-of-way. P162 VIII.d Ordinance No. 37, Series 2013. Page 3 of 15 This Chapter shall apply to creating, amending, aggregating, or vacating separate deeded interests in a property including fractional fee interest, timeshare or time-span estate, condominium interest, interest in a common interest community, or similar forms of real estate interest. Unless undertaken for the purpose of evading the procedures and requirements of Subdivision, this Chapter does not apply to the following activities: 1. A division of land created by judicial proceeding or order of a court of competent jurisdiction in this State, or by operation of law, provided that the city is given notice of and an opportunity to participate in the judicial proceeding prior to the entry of any such court order. 2. A division of land reflected or created by a lien, mortgage, deed of trust or any other security instrument. 3. A division of land created or reflected in a security or unit of interest in any investment trust regulated under the laws of Colorado, or any other interest in an investment entity. 4. A division of land to create cemetery plots. 5. A division of land creating an interest in oil, gas, minerals or water which is severed from the surface ownership or real property. 6. A division of land created by the acquisition of an interest in land by reason of marriage or blood relationship, joint-tenancy, or tenants-in-common. Any such interest is for the purposes of this Title a single interest. 7. The creation of an undivided leasehold interest in an entire parcel of land. 8. The creation of a leasehold interest in a portion of a parcel for a period of twenty (20) years or less. 9. The creation of or transfer of a Transferable Development Right, pursuant to Chapter 26.535 10. The creation of or transfer of a Certificate of Affordable Housing Credit, pursuant to Chapter 26.540. 11. Any development or redevelopment which does not alter the physical boundaries or legal description of a parcel. 12. The creation, dedication, alteration, realignment, or vacation of non-vehicular easements such as utility or ditch easements, pedestrian or recreational trail easements, open space or similar use restrictions or easements, or other similar easements unrelated to vehicular access. 13. The creation, dedication, alteration, realignment, or vacation of a shared driveway easement when all affected parcels adjoin a public right-of-way. B. Prohibitions. P163 VIII.d Ordinance No. 37, Series 2013. Page 4 of 15 1. It shall be unlawful for any person to develop, lease, or sell any parcel of land, including any separate interest in a parcel of land (including leasehold interest or condominium interest) in the City until it has been subdivided and a plat recorded in the office of the County Clerk and Recorder pursuant to the terms of this Chapter. A written agreement to sell or lease an interest in a parcel of land which is expressly conditioned upon full compliance by the seller with this Chapter within a specified period of time and which expressly recites that seller's failure to satisfy such condition within said period of time shall terminate the agreement and entitle the buyer to the prompt return of all consideration paid by the buyer, shall not constitute a violation of this Chapter. 2. Unless otherwise merged by operation of the lot merger provision below, merging or combining lots or parcels into one lot shall require subdivision approval pursuant to this Chapter. Lots shall not be considered merged, or otherwise legally combined, by a structure spanning the property boundary and shall continue to be separate ownership interests unless combined pursuant to this Chapter. 3. No interest in a parcel of land shall be transferred, conveyed, sold, subdivided, acquired, separated from or combined with another parcel without subdivision approval pursuant to this Chapter. The lot lines established in a subdivision shall not be altered by conveyance of a part of a lot, nor shall any part of a lot be joined with a part of any other lot without subdivision approval pursuant to this Chapter. Conveyances intended to avoid or circumvent any provision of this Chapter shall be prohibited. A leasehold interest of 20 years or less of a portion of a lot or parcel shall not be considered a conveyance. C. Lot Merger. If two (2) or more lots within the Original Aspen Townsite or additions thereto had continuous frontage and were in single ownership (including husband and wife) on October 27, 1975, the lots shall be considered an undivided lot for the purposes of this title and conveyance of any portion shall require subdivision approval pursuant to this Chapter. Exempt shall be any lot within a subdivision approved by the City of Aspen or Pitkin County. The Aspen Townsite or addition thereto includes all lands depicted on the Aspen incorporation plat of record, dated 1880, plus any lands annexed to the City on or before October 27, 1975. 26.480.030. Procedures for Review. A development application for a subdivision approval shall be reviewed pursuant to the following procedures and standards and the Common Development Review Procedures set forth at Chapter 26.304. According to the type of subdivision requested, the following steps are necessary: P164 VIII.d Ordinance No. 37, Series 2013. Page 5 of 15 A. Administrative Subdivisions. The Community Development Director shall approve, approve with conditions or deny the application, based on the standards of review in Section 26.480.050, Administrative Subdivisions. B. Minor Subdivisions. City Council, during a duly noticed public hearing, shall review a recommendation from the Community Development Director and shall approve, approve with conditions, or deny an application for minor subdivision, based on the standards of review in Section 26.480.060, Minor Subdivision. This requires a one-step process as follows: Step One – Public Hearing before City Council. 1. Purpose: To determine if the application meets the standards for minor subdivision approval. 2. Process: City Council shall approve, approve with conditions, or deny the application after considering the recommendation of the Community Development Director and comments and testimony from the public at a duly noticed public hearing. 3. Standards of review: 26.480.060. 4. Form of decision: City Council decision shall be by ordinance. The ordinance shall include a description or diagram of the subdivision and require timely recordation of a subdivision plat. 5. Notice requirements: Posting, Mailing and Publication pursuant to Subparagraph 26.304.060.E.3, in addition to the requisite notice requirements for adoption of an ordinance by City Council. C. Major Subdivisions. City Council, during a duly noticed public hearing, shall review a recommendation from the Community Development Director, a recommendation from the Planning and Zoning Commission and shall approve, approve with conditions, or deny an application for major subdivision, based on the standards of review in Section 26.480.070, Major Subdivision. This requires a two-step process as follows: Step One – Public Hearing before the Planning and Zoning Commission. 1. Purpose: To determine if the application meets the standards for major subdivision approval. 2. Process: The Planning and Zoning Commission shall forward a recommendation of approval, approval with conditions, or denial to City Council after considering the recommendation of the Community Development Director and comments and testimony from the public at a duly noticed public hearing. 3. Standards of review: 26.480.070. 4. Form of decision: The Planning and Zoning recommendation shall be by resolution. P165 VIII.d Ordinance No. 37, Series 2013. Page 6 of 15 5. Notice requirements: Posting, Mailing and Publication pursuant to Subparagraph 26.304.060.E.3. Step Two – Public Hearing before City Council. 1. Purpose: To determine if the application meets the standards for major subdivision approval 2. Process: The Community Development Director shall provide City Council with a recommendation to approve, approve with conditions, or deny the application, based on the standards of review. City Council shall approve, approve with conditions, or deny the application after considering the recommendation of the Community Development Director, the recommendation from the Planning and Zoning Commission, and comments and testimony from the public at a duly noticed public hearing. 3. Standards of review: 26.480.070. 4. Form of decision: City Council decision shall be by ordinance. The ordinance shall include a description or diagram of the subdivision and require timely recordation of a final subdivision plat. 5. Notice requirements: Posting, Mailing and Publication pursuant to Subparagraph 26.304.060.E.3, in addition to the requisite notice requirements for adoption of an ordinance by City Council. 26.480.040. General Subdivision Review Standards. All subdivisions shall be required to conform to the following general standards and limitations in addition to the specific standards applicable to each type of subdivision: A. Guaranteed Access to a Public Way. All subdivided lots must have perpetual unobstructed legal and physical vehicular access to a public way. A proposed subdivision shall not eliminate physical or legal access from a public way to an adjacent property and shall not restrict the ability for an adjacent property to develop. B. Alignment with Original Townsite Plat. The proposed lot lines shall approximate, to the extent practical, the platting of the Original Aspen Townsite, and additions thereto, as applicable to the subject land. Minor deviations from the original platting lines to accommodate significant features of the site may be approved. C. Zoning Conformance. All new lots shall conform to the requirements of the zone district in which the property is situated, including variations and variances approved pursuant to this Title. A single lot shall not be located in more than one zone district unless unique circumstances dictate. A rezoning application may be considered concurrently with subdivision review. D. Existing Structures, Uses, and Non-Conformities. A subdivision shall not create or increase the non-conformity of a use, structure or parcel. A rezoning application or other mechanism to correct the non-conforming nature of a use, structure, or parcel may be considered concurrently. P166 VIII.d Ordinance No. 37, Series 2013. Page 7 of 15 In the case where an existing structure or use occupies a site eligible for subdivision, the structure need not be demolished and the use need not be discontinued prior to application for subdivision. If approval of a subdivision creates a non-conforming structure or use, including a structure spanning a parcel boundary, such structure or use may continue until recordation of the subdivision plat. Alternatively, the City may accept certain assurance that the non-conformities will be remedied after recordation of the subdivision plat. Such assurances shall be reflected in a development agreement or other legal mechanism acceptable to the City Attorney and may be time-bound or secured with a financial surety. 26.480.050 Administrative Subdivisions The following types of subdivision shall be approved, approved with conditions, or denied by the Community Development Director, pursuant to Section 26.480.030 – Procedures for Review, and the standards and limitations of each type of subdivision, described below: A. Condominiumization. A subdivision to establish, amend, or vacate separate ownership interests of a single property in a Condominium or Common Ownership Interest Community form of ownership shall be approved, approved with conditions, or denied by the Community Development Director, pursuant to Section 26.480.030, Procedures for Review and according to the following standards: 1. The act shall be limited to allocating ownership interests of a single parcel and shall not effect a division of the parcel into multiple lots, an aggregation of the parcel with other lands, a change in use of the property, and shall not operate as an abatement of other applicable regulations affecting the property. 2. The approved Condominium Plat shall be reviewed and recorded in the office of the Pitkin County Clerk and Recorder, pursuant to Chapter 26.490 – Approval Documents. No subdivision agreement need be prepared or entered into between the applicant and the City unless the Community Development Director determines such an agreement is necessary. B. Exempt Timesharing. A subdivision necessary to establish, amend, or vacate time- span estates that comply with the requirements of Section 26.590.030, Exempt Timesharing, shall be approved, approved with conditions, or denied by the Community Development Director if the requirements of Section 26.590.030, Exempt Timesharing, are met. This form of subdivision shall not be used to create any additional lots or dwelling units. C. Boundary Adjustment. An adjustment of a lot line between contiguous lots shall be approved, approved with conditions, or denied by the Community Development Director, pursuant to Section 26.480.030, Procedures for Review, according to the following standards: 1. The request permits a boundary adjustment between contiguous parcels or corrects an error in a recorded plat. P167 VIII.d Ordinance No. 37, Series 2013. Page 8 of 15 2. The adjustment results in the same number of parcels. Changes in development rights for the individual lots may occur. 3. The request complies with the requirements of Section 26.480.040, General Subdivision Review Standards. 4. The adjustment does not result in a parcel lying in more than one zone district. For adjustments between parcels located in different zone districts, the adjustment shall be approved only upon an amendment to the Official Zone District Map. Please see Section 26.304.060.B.2 and Chapter 26.310. 5. For adjustments between parcels located in a Planned Development, the adjustment shall be approved conditioned upon an amendment to the Planned Development approvals. Please see Section 26.304.060.B.2 and Chapter 26.445. 6. The approved Boundary Adjustment Plat shall be reviewed and recorded in the office of the Pitkin County Clerk and Recorder, pursuant to Chapter 26.490 – Approval Documents. No subdivision agreement need be prepared or entered into between the applicant and the City unless the Community Development Director determines such an agreement is necessary. 26.480.060 Minor Subdivisions The following types of subdivision may be approved by the City Council, pursuant to the provisions of Section 26.480.030 – Procedures for Review, and the standards and limitations of each type of subdivision, described below: A. Lot Split. The subdivision of a lot for the purpose of creating one additional development parcel shall be approved, approved with conditions, or denied by the City Council, pursuant to Section 26.480.030 – Procedures for Review, according to the following standards: 1. The request complies with the requirements of Section 26.480.040, General Subdivision Review Standards. 2. No more than two lots are created by the lot split. No more than one lot split shall occur on any one fathering parcel. 3. The approved Lot Split Plat shall be reviewed and recorded in the office of the Pitkin County Clerk and Recorder, pursuant to Chapter 26.490 – Approval Documents. No subdivision agreement need be prepared or entered into between the applicant and the City unless the Community Development Director determines such an agreement is necessary. B. Historic Landmark Lot Split. The split of a lot that is a designated Historic Landmark for the purpose of creating one additional development parcel shall be approved, approved with conditions, or denied by the City Council, pursuant to Section 26.480.030 – Procedures for Review, after a recommendation is provided by the Historic Preservation Commission pursuant to Section 26.415.110(A) Historic Landmark Lot Split, and according to the following standards: P168 VIII.d Ordinance No. 37, Series 2013. Page 9 of 15 1. The request complies with the requirements of Section 26.480.040, General Subdivision Review Standards. 2. The fathering parcel is listed in the Inventory of Historic Sites and Structures. 3. No more than two lots are created by the Historic Landmark Lot Split. No more than one historic landmark lot split shall occur on any one fathering parcel. 4. In residential zone districts, the allowable Floor Area for each new residential lot shall be established by allocating the total allowable Floor Area of the fathering parcel to each of the new lots such that no overall increase in Floor Area is achieved and no individual lot allows a Floor Area in excess of that allowed a similarly-sized lot in the same zone district. An equal distribution is not required. The allowable Floor Area for each new lot shall be noted on the Historic Lot Split Plat. Any Floor Area bonus already granted by the Historic Preservation Commission shall be allocated to each individual parcel and shall also be noted on the plat as a square footage bonus. If the properties remain eligible for a Floor Area bonus from the Historic Preservation Commission, the plat and subdivision agreement shall specify the manner in which this potential bonus shall be allocated to the two properties if received. In non-residential zones districts, the Floor Area shall be calculated according to the limitations of the zone district applied to each new lot as permitted for the use. The total Floor Area shall not be stated on the plat because the floor area will be determined by the use established on each parcel. 5. The approved Historic Lot Split Plat shall be reviewed and recorded in the office of the Pitkin County Clerk and Recorder, pursuant to Chapter 26.490 – Approval Documents. No subdivision agreement need be prepared or entered into between the applicant and the City unless the Community Development Director determines such an agreement is necessary. *Note – Historic properties eligible for a standard lot split are not required to proceed through the historic lot split process. 26.480.070 Major Subdivisions The following subdivisions shall be approved, approved with conditions, or denied by the City Council, after receiving a recommendation from the Planning and Zoning Commission. Major subdivisions are subject to Section 26.480.030 – Procedures for Review, the standards and limitations of Section 26.480.040 – General Subdivision Review Standards, and the standards and limitations of each type of subdivision, described below. All subdivisions not defined as administrative or minor subdivisions shall be considered major subdivisions. A. Land Subdivision. The division or aggregation of land for the purpose of creating individual lots or parcels shall be approved, approved with conditions, or denied according to the following standards: P169 VIII.d Ordinance No. 37, Series 2013. Page 10 of 15 1. The proposed subdivision complies with the requirements of Section 26.480.040 – General Subdivision Review Standards. 2. The proposed subdivision enables an efficient pattern of development that optimizes the use of the limited amount of land available for development. 3. The proposed subdivision preserves important geologic features, mature vegetation, and structures or features of the site that have historic, cultural, visual, or ecological importance or contribute to the identity of the town. 4. The proposed subdivision prohibits development on land unsuitable for development because of natural or man-made hazards affecting the property, including flooding, mudflow, debris flow, fault ruptures, landslides, rock or soil creep, rock falls, rock slides, mining activity including mine waste deposit, avalanche or snowslide areas, slopes in excess of 40%, and any other natural or man-made hazard or condition that could harm the health, safety, or welfare of the community. Affected areas may be accepted as suitable for development if mitigation techniques are proposed in compliance with Title 29 – Engineering Design Standards. Conceptual plans for mitigation techniques may be accepted with specific design details and timing of implementation addressed through a Development Agreement pursuant to Chapter 26.490 – Approval Documents. 5. There has been accurate identification of engineering design and mitigation techniques necessary for development of the proposed subdivision to comply with the applicable requirements of Municipal Code Title 29 – Engineering Design Standards and the City of Aspen Urban Runoff Management Plan (URMP). The City Engineer may require specific designs, mitigation techniques, and implementation timelines be defined and documented within a Development Agreement. 6. The proposed subdivision shall upgrade public infrastructure and facilities necessary to serve the subdivision. Improvements shall be at the sole cost of the developer. The City may require certain public infrastructure or facilities be oversized in anticipation of future needs or development of adjacent parcels and shall reimburse the developer proportionately for the additional improvement or establish a cost-recovery agreement. 7. The proposed subdivision is exempt from or has been granted all growth management approvals pursuant to Chapter 26.470 – Growth Management Quota System, including compliance with all affordable housing requirements for new and replacement development as applicable. 8. The proposed subdivision meets the School Land Dedication requirements of Chapter 26.620 and any land proposed for dedication meets the criteria for land acceptance pursuant to said Chapter. 9. A Subdivision Plat shall be reviewed and recorded in the office of the Pitkin County Clerk and Recorder, pursuant to Chapter 26.490 – Approval Documents. 10. A Development Agreement shall be reviewed and recorded in the office of the Pitkin County Clerk and Recorder, pursuant to Chapter 26.490 – Approval Documents. P170 VIII.d Ordinance No. 37, Series 2013. Page 11 of 15 B. Vehicular Rights-of-Way. The dedication, boundary alteration, realignment, or any partial or whole vacation of a Street, Alley, or other vehicular right-of-way serving more than one parcel, shall be approved, approved with conditions, or denied according to the following standards: 1. The proposed change maintains or improves the public health, safety, and welfare of the community and is in the best interests of the City of Aspen. 2. The proposed change to the public rights-of-way maintains or improves safe physical and legal access from a public way to all adjacent properties and shall not restrict the ability for a property to develop by eliminating or hindering access. Redundant access, such as a primary street access plus alley access, is preferred. 3. The design of the proposed change complies with Municipal Code Title 29 – Engineering Design Standards and is consistent with applicable adopted policies, plans, and approved projects for the area (such as a highway access policy, an approved development project, an infrastructure plan, a trails plan, an improvement district plan, and the like). 4. The proposed change maintains or improves normal traffic circulation, traffic control capabilities, access by emergency and service vehicles, pedestrian and bike connections, drainage infrastructure, street and infrastructure maintenance needs, and normal operating needs of the City including snow removal. 5. For all new rights-of-way and physical changes to existing rights-of-way, the applicant shall design and construct the proposed right-of-way improvements according to the design and construction standards of the City Engineer. Upon completion, the right-of-way improvements shall be subject to inspection and acceptance by the City Engineer. The City may require a performance warranty. The requirements of this criterion shall be reflected in a Development Agreement. 6. For partial or full vacation of existing rights-of-way, the applicant shall demonstrate the right-of-way, or portion thereof, has no current or future use to the community as a vehicular way, pedestrian or bike way, utility corridor, drainage corridor, or recreational connection due to dimensions, location, topography, existing or proposed development, or other similar circumstances. The City shall consider whether the interests of the applicant and the City can be achieved through a “closure” of the right-of-way. 7. A Right-of-Way Dedication/Vacation Plat shall be reviewed and recorded in the office of the Pitkin County Clerk and Recorder, pursuant to Chapter 26.490 – Approval Documents. The plat shall demonstrate how the lands underlying vacated rights-of-way shall accrue to adjacent parcels in compliance with State Statute. 8. A Development Agreement shall be reviewed and recorded in the office of the Pitkin County Clerk and Recorder, pursuant to Chapter 26.490 – Approval Documents. This requirement may be waived if no right-of-way construction is proposed. P171 VIII.d Ordinance No. 37, Series 2013. Page 12 of 15 26.480.080. Subdivision Application Contents. An application for a subdivision shall include the following: A. The general application information required in common development review procedures set forth at Section 26.304.030. B. Written responses to the review criteria applicable to the request. C. A Draft Plat meeting the plat requirements of Chapter 26.490 – Approval Documents. D. For Major Subdivision applications involving the addition of 10 or more residential units, 20 or more lodging units, or 20,000 square feet or more of commercial space (or any equivalent combination thereof), “ability-to-serve” letters from public and private utility providers that will service the proposed subdivision with potable water, natural gas, electricity, sanitary sewer, storm sewer, road, and transit services stating they can service the proposed subdivision. Ability-to-Serve letters shall be substantially in the following format: The [utility provider] has reviewed the proposed [subdivision name and date of application] subdivision and has adequate capacity to serve proposed development, subject to compliance with the following adopted design standards [reference] and subject to the following adopted tap fee or impact mitigation requirements [reference]. E. For Major Subdivision applications, a statement prepared by a Colorado registered Professional Engineer, and depiction or mapping as necessary, regarding the presence of natural or man-made hazards affecting the property, including flooding, mudflow, debris flow, fault ruptures, landslides, rock or soil creep, rock falls, rock slides, mining activity including mine waste deposit, avalanche or snowslide areas, slopes in excess of 40%, and any other natural or man-made hazard or condition that could harm the health, safety, or welfare of the community. Areas with topography in excess of 40% shall require a slope stability study performed by the Colorado Geologic Survey. Also see Chapter 29 – Engineering Design Standards regarding identification and mitigation of natural hazards. F. For Major Subdivision applications, a narrative prepared by a Colorado registered Professional Engineer, and depiction or mapping as necessary, describing the potential infrastructure upgrades, alignment, design, and mitigation techniques that may be necessary for development of the site to be served by public infrastructure, achieve compliance with Municipal Code Title 29 – Engineering Design Standards, and achieve compliance with the City of Aspen Urban Runoff Management Plan (URMP). The information shall be of sufficient detail to determine the acceptable location(s) and extent of development and to understand the necessary upgrades and the possible alignments, designs, or mitigation techniques that may be required. Specific engineered solutions and design details do not need to be submitted for land use review. An applicant may be required to submit specific design solutions prior to or P172 VIII.d Ordinance No. 37, Series 2013. Page 13 of 15 in conjunction with recordation of a subdivision plat and development agreement, pursuant to Chapter 26.490 – Approval Documents. G. For Major Subdivision applications, a statement regarding School Land Dedication requirements of Section 26.620.060 and a description of any lands to be dedicated to meet the standard. H. For changes to vehicular rights-of-way, a draft right-of-way vacation/dedication plat meeting the requirements of Chapter 26.490 – Approval Documents, describing and depicting the boundary of the vacation/dedication including bearings and dimensions with adequate ties to existing monuments to permit accurate legal definition. I. For changes to vehicular rights-of-way, a statement and depiction on the draft vacation/dedication plat regarding compliance with State Statute showing which portions of vacation areas accrue to which properties. J. For changes to vehicular rights-of-way, a statement by the surveyor that all utility companies have been contacted and a depiction of all existing utility lines in the right(s)-of-way in which the vacation/dedication is requested. 26.480.090. Subdivision Amendments A. Release of minimum lease deed restrictions. Upon request by the property owner, minimum lease deed restrictions imposed by the City Council as a condition of condominiumization approval (which was common practice prior to July 1, 1992) shall be voided by the Community Development Director. The Director shall extinguish the City’s interest in the restriction by issuance of a written decision notice in a recordable format acceptable to the property owner and the City Attorney. B. Insubstantial amendment. An insubstantial amendment to an approved subdivision or between adjacent subdivisions may be authorized by the Community Development Director. An insubstantial amendment shall be limited to technical or engineering considerations which could not reasonably have been anticipated during the approval process or any other minor change to a subdivision which the Community Development Director finds has no substantial effect upon the subdivision or to the allowances and limitations of the subdivision. C. Minor amendment. An amendment to an approved subdivision found to be generally consistent with the original approval but which does not qualify for an insubstantial amendment may be approved, approved with conditions, or denied by the City Council. The amendment must either respond to issues raised during the original review or must address an issue that could not have been reasonably anticipated during the review. The City Council must find that the change is minor and that it is consistent with or an improvement to the approved subdivision, or that the change is necessary to improve public documents and consumer protection. Notwithstanding the above, the City Council may find that an amendment request is substantial and should require review as a Major Amendment. P173 VIII.d Ordinance No. 37, Series 2013. Page 14 of 15 D. Major Amendment. If the Community Development Director finds that the amendment request is inconsistent with the original approval or represents a substantive change to the allowances and limitations of a subdivision, the amendment shall be subject to review as a new subdivision pursuant to the procedures and requirements of this Chapter. E. Plat Vacation. Vacation of an approved plat or any other document recorded in conjunction with a plat shall be reviewed by the corresponding review body established in this Chapter with jurisdiction for approving the plat or document. The review body shall apply the applicable standards of review established in this Chapter and shall also consider whether the applicant has demonstrated good cause. If no review body has established jurisdiction, the document may be vacated by the City Council if good cause is demonstrated. 26.480.100. Appeals. An applicant aggrieved by a decision made by the Community Development Director regarding this Chapter may appeal the decision to the City Council, pursuant to Chapter 26.316. Section 3: Effect Upon Existing Litigation. This ordinance shall not affect any existing litigation and shall not operate as an abatement of any action or proceeding now pending under or by virtue of the ordinances repealed or amended as herein provided, and the same shall be conducted and concluded under such prior ordinances. Section 4: Severability. If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase, or portion of this ordinance is for any reason held invalid or unconstitutional in a court of competent jurisdiction, such portion shall be deemed a separate, distinct and independent provision and shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions thereof. Section 5: Effective Date. In accordance with Section 4.9 of the City of Aspen Home Rule Charter, this ordinance shall become effective thirty (30) days following final passage. Section 6: A public hearing on this ordinance shall be held on the ___ day of ________, 2013, at a meeting of the Aspen City Council commencing at 5:00 p.m. in the City Council Chambers, Aspen City Hall, Aspen, Colorado, a minimum of fifteen days prior to which hearing a public notice of the same shall be published in a newspaper of general circulation within the City of Aspen. INTRODUCED, READ AND ORDERED PUBLISHED as provided by law, by the City Council of the City of Aspen on the ____ day of ____________, 2013. P174 VIII.d Ordinance No. 37, Series 2013. Page 15 of 15 Attest: __________________________ ____________________________ Kathryn S. Koch, City Clerk Steven Skadron, Mayor FINALLY, adopted, passed and approved this ___ day of ______, 2013. Attest: __________________________ ___________________________ Kathryn S. Koch, City Clerk Steven Skadron, Mayor Approved as to form: ___________________________ City Attorney P175 VIII.d Approval Documents Code Amendment, 2nd Reading Page 1 of 2 MEMORANDUM TO: Mayor Skadron and City Council FROM: Chris Bendon, Community Development Director RE: Land Use Code Amendments – Approval Documents Ordinance No. 41, Series of 2013, 2nd Reading DATE: October 28, 2013 SUMMARY: The proposed ordinance updates the City’s requirements for documenting a land use approvals granted by the City. Currently, requirements for final plats, plans, and agreements are scattered throughout the land use code in the subdivision, planned unit development, specially planned area, stream margin, and historic preservation sections. Each section currently describes the form and content of these documents differently. The proposed new chapter assembles this information in one place and updates the requirements to modern standards. The financial and site protection section compiles requirements that have evolved over the past few years for large projects. These requirements have never been codified but have been applied to projects during individual reviews. The performance guarantees section assembles disparate requirements from throughout the code and provides language regarding the estimating, administration, inspection, and release of cash sureties. This new chapter relates to the amendments to Planned Unit Development, Specially Planned Area, and Subdivision chapters which have been discussed previously. This new chapter also relies on a code amendment sponsored by the Engineering Department defining the form and content of technical plans. Staff conducted outreach to affected internal departments and to the development community. The proposed text was amended to reflect comments from the Parks department. They wanted more clarity regarding easements and some wording changes for restoration plans. Area engineers also suggested some wording changes for public infrastructure plans. Specifically, to require these plans be prepared to allow for cost estimates but not to a construction document level. Staff incorporated these changes. Staff is reviewing final edits with the City Attorney’s Office. Depending on the extent of changes that are needed, staff may ask that this ordinance be modified during the meeting or be continued. STAFF RECOMMENDATION: Staff recommends approval of the proposed ordinance. LAND USE REQUESTS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES: This meeting is to review potential changes to the Subdivision regulations of the City. Pursuant to Land Use Code Section 26.310, City Council is the final review authority for all code P177 VIII.e Approval Documents Code Amendment, 2nd Reading Page 2 of 2 amendments. All code amendments are subject to a three-step process. This is the third step in the process: 1. Public Outreach 2. Policy Resolution by City Council indicating if an amendment should the pursued 3. Public Hearings on Ordinance outlining specific code amendments. BACKGROUND & OVERVIEW: The City’s requirements for documenting an approval granted by the City are scattered throughout the code. This results in some approvals being clearly defined and others being vague. With some approvals being “shelved” for years and changes in ownership and within city staff, the clarity of a project approval can dissipate. Installing more rigorous requirements to document an approval should help these situations. Similarly, the City’s requirements for securing the performance of a developer are hit and miss. This can result in projects being treated differently and causes the administration of performance sureties to vary dramatically between projects. The City requires performance guarantees for large projects. But often times “small” projects contain an equal set of expectations that are not clearly defined or secured. Again, multiple years and changes in ownership or city staff can cause that clarity to deteriorate. Specifying the form, content, inspection, and release of performance guarantees will significantly improve the City’s ability to enforce a developer’s compliance with project approvals. The proposed Approval Documents chapter provides a single set of requirements for documenting a decision. This could range from documenting a complicated subdivision or planned unit development approval to simply filing a final set of design plans for a historic preservation case. STAFF RECOMMENDATION: Staff recommends adoption of the attached Ordinance. RECOMMENDED MOTION (ALL MOTIONS ARE PROPOSED IN THE AFFIRMATIVE): “I move to approve Ordinance No. 41, Series of 2013.” CITY MANAGER COMMENTS:_____________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ATTACHMENTS: Exhibit A – Staff Findings P178 VIII.e Ordinance No. 41, Series 2013. Page 1 of 14 ORDINANCE No. 41 (Series of 2013) AN ORDINANCE OF THE ASPEN CITY COUNCIL ADOPTING AMENDMENTS TO THE LAND USE CODE TO INCLUDE CHAPTER 26.490 – APPROVAL DOCUMENTS. WHEREAS, in accordance with Sections 26.208 and 26.310 of the City of Aspen Land Use Code, the City Council of the City of Aspen directed the Community Development Department to prepare amendments to the subdivision, planned unit development, and specially planned area chapters of the Land Use Code; and, WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 26.310, applications to amend the text of Title 26 of the Municipal Code shall begin with Public Outreach, a Policy Resolution reviewed and acted on by City Council, and then final action by City Council after reviewing and considering the recommendation from the Community Development; and, WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 26.310.020(B)(1), the Community Development Department conducted Public Outreach regarding the code amendment; and, WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 26.310.020(B)(2), during a duly noticed public hearing on June 24, 2013, the City Council approved Resolutions Nos. 66 and 67, Series of 2013, requesting code amendments to the Planned Unit Development, Specially Planned Area, and Subdivision Chapters of the Land Use Code; and, WHEREAS, the Community Development Director has recommended approval of the proposed amendments to the City of Aspen Land Use Code to create a new chapter to include all requirements for the preparation, review, approval, and recording of documents related to projects granted land use approvals; and, WHEREAS, the Aspen City Council has reviewed the proposed code amendments and finds that the amendments meet or exceed all applicable standards pursuant to Chapter 26.310.050; and, WHEREAS, the Aspen City Council finds that this Ordinance furthers and is necessary for the promotion of public health, safety, and welfare; and NOW, THEREFORE BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO THAT: Section 1: Chapter 26.490 – Approval Documents, which Chapter describes the applicability, review process, contents, form, and requirements for preparing, reviewing, approving, and recording documents reflecting the nature and detail of a land use approval granted by the City, shall read as follows: P179 VIII.e Ordinance No. 41, Series 2013. Page 2 of 14 Chapter 26.490 APPROVAL DOCUMENTS 26.490.010 Purpose. 26.490.020 Applicability. 26.490.030 Procedures and Standards for Review 26.490.040 Approval Documents Content and Form 26.490.050 Development Agreements. 26.490.060 Financial and Site Protection Requirements 26.490.070 Performance Guarantees 26.490.080 Deadlines and Extensions 26.490.090 Appeals 26.490.010. Purpose. The purpose of this Chapter is to: a) create certainty and clarity between a developer and the City regarding land use entitlements granted by the City, including certain expectations and obligations of a developer and of the City; b) improve public records regarding the character and nature of development approvals granted by the City; c) improve land records and survey monuments by establishing standards for surveys and plats; d) ensure the timely installation and maintenance of public facilities, landscape improvements, storm water improvements, and other improvements required pursuant to a land use approval; and, e) ensure the public health, safety, and welfare of the community is maintained during the construction process, including unforeseen circumstances of development. 26.490.020 Applicability. This Chapter shall apply to all land use approvals granted by the City of Aspen pursuant to this Title that require submission or recordation of documents to reflect or define an approved site specific development plan. 26.490.030 Procedures and Standards for Review. Upon receipt of a complete draft set of approval documents, the Community Development Director shall refer copies to other appropriate City staff and applicable outside agencies for compliance review. The draft set shall be evaluated to determine whether each document: 1. Accurately reflects an approval granted by the City of Aspen. 2. Is in an acceptable style and format as prescribed herein and as further defined by the City and review agencies. 3. Does not attempt to supersede or preclude the effect of laws and policies of general applicability of the City of Aspen or those of local, State, and Federal agencies with jurisdiction. P180 VIII.e Ordinance No. 41, Series 2013. Page 3 of 14 The Community Development Director shall provide response comments to the applicant specifying requested amendments to the draft documents. The Director shall advise the applicant whether an additional cycle of review is necessary or if the applicant can prepare final documents for signature. Upon cure of all requested amendments to the development documents, the applicant shall provide final documents, executed by the owner. The Community Development Director shall route the documents for final approval, and signatures as applicable, by the appropriate City or outside agencies. If the documents are to be recorded, the Community Development Director shall deliver the executed documents to the Pitkin County Clerk and Recorder for recordation. The Director shall coordinate with the applicant as needed for recordation of related documents. Recordation fees apply and shall be the responsibility of the applicant. 26.490.040 Approval Documents Content and Form Approval Documents required by this Title shall conform to the following requirements: A. Subdivision Plat. Subdivision plats required by Chapter 26.480 – Subdivision plats, including condominium plats and any change to a platted legal description of a parcel, shall contain the information and be in the format required by Title 29 – Engineering Design Standards, Plats. B. Right-of-Way Dedication/Vacation Plat. Right-of-Way Dedication/Vacation plats required by Chapter 26.480 – Subdivision, including any adjustment to the legal description of a public right-of-way, shall contain the information and be in the format required by Title 29 – Engineering Design Standards, Plats. C. Annexation Plat. Annexation plats required by the Municipal Code, including any area to be disconnected from the City, shall contain the information and be in the format required by Title 29 – Engineering Design Standards, Plats. D. Approved Plan Set. When required pursuant to this Title, plans shall be submitted to the Community Development Department to document the approved design, layout, and configuration of an approved project. The plans shall reflect approved changes made to the project during the review and provide reference to approval documents and date(s). The purpose of the Approved Plan Set is for the City and the developer to document a common understanding of the approval granted. The plan should be of sufficient detail to understand the intent of the developer but should not be considered an application for building permit, a thorough review by the city of technical requirements, and should not be considered a construction-level document or a permit to proceed. Plans do not need to show specific details and are not expected to be technical drawings or construction plans. P181 VIII.e Ordinance No. 41, Series 2013. Page 4 of 14 Plans must be in 24” x 36” format and include an approval certificate for the Community Development Director. Smaller plans may be accepted for simple projects. The Director may require certain plans be prepared in a format acceptable for recording. Plans shall also be submitted in a digital format as prescribed by the City. Depending on the nature and complexity of a project and its approvals, some or all of the following plans shall be included in an Approved Plan Set: 1. Conceptual Commercial or Historic Design Review Plans. Plan and elevation drawings to reflect a conceptual design review approval granted by the City. The plans should depict the general layout, massing, heights, and setbacks of the approved development. The plans may contain a combination of elevations, axonometric views, narrative, and illustrative renderings. The city may require language on the plans specifying the limits of the conceptual design approval. 2. Final Commercial or Historic Design Review Plans. Plan and elevation drawings to reflect a final design review approval granted by the City. The plans may contain a combination of elevations, floor plans, axonometric views, depiction/description of exterior materials, narrative, and illustrative renderings. 3. Planned Development – Project Review Plans. Plan and elevation drawings to reflect the approval of a Planned Development Project. The plans should depict/describe the uses, site plan or general layout, massing, heights, and all dimensions of the project approval. The plans may contain a combination of floor plans, elevations, axonometric views, narrative, and illustrative renderings. The city may require language on the plans noting the limits of the approval or highlighting aspects of the design expected to be amended prior to final review. 4. Planned Development – Architectural Detail and Technical Review Plans. Plan and elevation drawings to reflect a final Planned Development approval granted by the City. The plans should depict/describe the specific uses, site plan or general layout, massing, heights, dimensions, and conditions of the final approval. The plans may contain a combination of floor plans, elevations, axonometric views, depiction/description of exterior materials, narrative, and illustrative renderings. The city may require language on the plans noting limitations of the approval. Depending upon the complexity of the project, additional adjunct plans as described herein may be required to provide more detail or address certain aspects of the approved project. 5. Environmentally Sensitive Area Plan. A plan depicting the general layout of development approved within an environmentally sensitive area. The plan should provide a general depiction of the layout of existing and proposed natural and man-made features and improvements including structures, existing vegetation, landscape improvements, civil improvements, and access ways including accessible routes if relevant. The plan shall describe/depict unique setbacks, building envelopes, no-build zones, height restrictions, and similar unique conditions of the approval. The plan P182 VIII.e Ordinance No. 41, Series 2013. Page 5 of 14 should depict and describe detailed location and types of vegetation protection measures to preserve environmentally sensitive areas. The plan may include draft restoration techniques to be implemented, at a conceptual level, including ecological communities targeted to restore or improve. The plan may contain a combination of plans, elevations, site sections, axonometric views, depiction/description of exterior materials, narrative, and illustrative renderings. 6. Hazards Map. A plan prepared by a Colorado registered Professional Engineer depicting, and describing in narrative as necessary, all areas of a property that are affected by the presence of natural or man-made hazard areas including areas of the property affected by flooding, mudflow, debris flow, fault ruptures, landslides, rock or soil creep, rock falls, rock slides, mining activity including mine waste deposit, avalanche or snowslide areas, slopes in excess of 40%, and any other natural or man-made hazard or condition that could harm the health, safety, or welfare of the community. Areas with topography in excess of 40% shall require a slope stability study performed by the Colorado Geologic Survey. 7. Hazard Mitigation Plan. A plan describing/depicting certain required construction or mitigation techniques to ensure public health and safety from known natural and man-made hazards affecting a property. The plan shall be prepared by a Colorado registered Professional Engineer. 8. Illustrative Site Plan. A plan depicting the general layout of proposed development. The plan should depict the layout of existing and proposed natural and man-made features and improvements including structures, landscape improvements, civil improvements, and access ways including accessible routes if relevant. The plan may contain a combination of site plans, narrative, and illustrative renderings. 9. Accessibility Plan. A plan depicting accessible routes intended to meet the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act. The plan should be of sufficient detail to understand the intent of the developer but should not be considered a construction document. 10. Transportation Management Plan. A plan describing/depicting the Transportation Impacts associated with the project, as may be required by this Title, and containing proposed special operational practices or demand management techniques to be implemented to reduce the impacts of the project on pedestrian, bicycle, transit, and road systems. 11. Historic Preservation Plan. A plan showing the location and condition or existing structures and site features to be protected or rehabilitated as approved by the City of Aspen. The plan shall diagram and describe protection techniques to be used to protect historic resources during construction or from demolition by neglect, including structure stabilization, protection from weather or other site or environmental conditions, P183 VIII.e Ordinance No. 41, Series 2013. Page 6 of 14 temporary relocation, protective barriers or fencing, and other techniques to protect an historic resource. The plan shall describe and depict rehabilitation strategies to recover the structure(s) or resources, including specific conditions of the approval. The plan shall include an approval certificate for the Historic Preservation Officer. 12. Architectural Character Plan. A plan depicting the general character of proposed structures. The plan should depict the massing, layout, exterior materials, and fenestration of the proposed buildings. The plan may contain a combination of elevations, floor plans, axonometric views, depiction/description of exterior materials, narrative, and illustrative renderings. The plan does not need to show every aspect of every building, especially if the architectural character is repeated. Interior demising walls between units should be shown, but other interior layouts of individual units, fixture details, furniture, etc. are not necessary to depict. 13. Landscape Character Plan. A plan showing location, size and type of proposed landscape features. The plan should depict the layout and character of plant materials, site features, hardscape, fixed furniture, structures, fences, drainage improvements, and other exterior elements. The plan may contain a combination of site plans, site sections, plant type and material specifications, narrative, and illustrative renderings. The plan may contain design details for site features or systems to be installed. The plan does not need to show every detail of every exterior treatment. The plan shall include an approval certificate for the Director of Parks and Open Space. 14. Vegetation Removal/Protection Plan. A plan showing the location, size and type of existing vegetation and other natural landscape features within the property limits, including the location of trees with a trunk diameter of four (4) inches or more measured four and one-half (4½) feet above the ground. For native species, the plan shall locate vegetation with a trunk diameter of three (3) inches or more. Where large groves exist, single trees need not be located. The plan shall diagram vegetation proposed for removal along with a list of each tree, species, and measured caliper. The vegetation removal plan shall correlate with excavation and grading plans. The plan shall diagram and describe vegetation protection techniques to be used including protective fencing and areas where materials storage will be prohibited. The plan shall include an approval certificate for the Director of Parks and Open Space. 15. Existing and Proposed Site Topography. A plan depicting the pre-development conditions and proposed grading of a site including layout of proposed development and depiction of drainage basins. The plan should provide a general description of proposed drainage improvements. The plan should be of sufficient detail to understand the intent of the developer but should not be considered a construction document. The plan may contain a combination of site plans, sections, and narrative. P184 VIII.e Ordinance No. 41, Series 2013. Page 7 of 14 This may include an interpololated natural grade plan documenting estimated pre- development conditions of the site. A plan estimating pre-development topography must be prepared by a registered land surveyor or civil engineer. The Community Development Director may require additional historical documentation, technical studies, reports, or other information to verify a pre- development topography. The Director may require this plan be prepared in a recordable format. 16. Public Easement Plan. A plan depicting and describing the layout and purpose of existing and proposed public easements affecting the property including those dedicated for current or future infrastructure needs; those dedicated for current or future access needs such as roads, trails, open space, fishing, skiing, or similar access or recreational needs; and, those dedicated for current or future use, operational, or maintenance needs. If the plan is intended to dedicate the easements, the plan shall be prepared in a recordable format with appropriate approval and acceptance certificates. 17. Public Infrastructure Plan. A plan depicting the layout and design of proposed public improvements to be built by a developer. The plan shall include complete detail design plans and specifications for all public improvements to be installed with the proposed development including but not limited to water and sewer utilities; electric transformers; streets, sidewalks, and related improvements; trails; bridges; transit facilities; structures; storm drainage improvements; and, similar public infrastructure or facilities. The plan shall provide sufficient detail and include unit totals for cost estimating and surety requirements, but does not be a construction document. (Also see Development Agreements, below.) The City may require as- built drawings prior to acceptance of the improvements. 26.490.050. Development Agreements. When required pursuant to this Title, the City and the developer shall enter into an agreement documenting the nature, extent, sequencing, and details of a project, including all conditions placed on the development order; the obligations and responsibilities of all parties including successors and assigns; and the procedures to define and cure default or failure to perform during the execution or operation of the project. The agreement shall be binding upon the parties. The form and content of the agreement shall be acceptable to the City Attorney, the Community Development Director, and other City staff or outside agencies affected by the agreement. The Development Agreement may refer to or contain an approved plan set or similar maps, depictions, or descriptions of improvements or obligations. The specific contents of a Development Agreement will vary according to the scope and complexity of a project, but shall generally contain the following provisions: A. A section of recitals stating the nature of the agreement, parties, background, and references to related documents. P185 VIII.e Ordinance No. 41, Series 2013. Page 8 of 14 B. A section stating the purpose and effect of the agreement. C. A section stating the effect of prior approvals or agreements. D. A section describing the zoning and regulatory approvals granted and the allowances and restrictions of the approvals with references to approval documents. E. A section describing public improvements and required elements of the project which are subject to performance guarantees, along with referenced or attached plans and specifications. F. A section describing any cost-recovery or pro-rata reimbursement schedule related to over-sizing public infrastructure. G. A section describing any unique construction techniques, sequencing, or timing requirements. H. A section describing any unique operating conditions or requirements of the project during or following completion. I. A section describing the effect and time period of statutory vested rights. J. A section describing process and procedures for dispute resolution. K. A section describing the process for amendments and extensions. L. A section describing general provisions applicable to the agreement. M. A section including or referring to agreements with utility agencies outside the City, as applicable. N. A section describing financial and site protection requirements and performance guarantee requirements. Development Agreements shall not supersede the allowances and limitations of an approved Development Order. If during drafting of the development agreement certain amendments are desired by all parties, the amendments shall be subject to the procedures and requirements applicable to such an amendment and the City shall issue an amended Development Order if the amendments are approved. 26.490.060. Financial and Site Protection Requirements A. Proof of Financing. The City may require, as a condition of issuing a permit allowing an Owner to proceed with any phase of a project, the Owner provide to the City Building Department and the City Attorney for review and approval satisfactory evidence that the Owner has in place sufficient financing to accomplish and complete the construction related to the Building Permit being sought, including all private and public improvements covered by the Building Permit, and all public improvements required under the Development Order or Development Agreement. The requirement for proof of financing shall be defined in the Development Order or Development Agreement for the project. P186 VIII.e Ordinance No. 41, Series 2013. Page 9 of 14 Supporting cost estimates for all improvements covered by the requested Building Permit shall be prepared by the Owner’s General Contractor and shall be delivered to the City Building Department for review and approval before the Building Permit is issued. B. Site Protection Guarantee. The City may require, as a condition of issuing a permit allowing an Owner to proceed with any phase of a project, the Owner deposit cash escrow funds with an acceptable Escrow Agent to secure recovery of the property and surrounding grounds to a safe condition in the event of a work stoppage. The requirement for and the amount of a cash escrow shall be defined in the Development Order or Development Agreement for the project. The Owner shall execute an Escrow Agreement and Instructions with the Escrow Agent in a form acceptable to the City Attorney. The agreement shall include instructions in substantially the following form: “In the event construction work on [the project] shall cease for sixty (60) days or longer (‘work stoppage’) prior to completion of the work authorized by the Foundation/Structural Frame Permit on [the project], then the City in its discretion may draw upon the Escrow Funds from time to time as needed for purposes of protecting and securing [the project] site, surrounding grounds, and improvements from damage by the elements, from trespass by unauthorized persons, and for purposes of improving [the project] site and surrounding grounds to a safe condition such that it does not become an attractive nuisance or pose a threat to neighbors or other persons.” The City of Aspen shall be named a third party beneficiary of the Escrow Agreement with the express right and authority to enforce the terms of the Agreement. Unless otherwise established in a Development Order or Development Agreement, the Escrow Funds or any remaining balance thereof shall be returned to Applicant upon completion of the work authorized in a Foundation/Structural Frame Permit for the project and inspection by the Community Development Director. C. Site Enhancement Guarantee. The City may require, as a condition of issuing a permit allowing an Owner to proceed with any phase of a project, the Owner deposit cash escrow funds with an acceptable Escrow Agent to secure recovery of the site and surrounding grounds to a visually acceptable condition and to install public improvements on or adjacent to the project site to a safe condition in the event of a work stoppage. The requirement for and the amount of a cash escrow shall be defined in the Development Order or Development Agreement for the project. The Owner shall execute an Escrow Agreement and Instructions with the Escrow Agent in a form acceptable to the City Attorney. The agreement shall include instructions in substantially the following form: “In the event construction work on [the project] shall cease for ninety (90) days or longer (‘work stoppage’) prior to a final inspection by the City of the work authorized by any permit or phase of permit for [the project], then the City in its P187 VIII.e Ordinance No. 41, Series 2013. Page 10 of 14 discretion may draw upon the Escrow Funds from time to time as needed for purposes of improving the appearance of any construction already completed on or adjacent to the project site and for installing any public improvements on or adjacent to the project site. The City shall have sole discretion with respect to the manner of improving the appearance of construction work in progress as well as determining the public improvements to be installed.” The City of Aspen shall be named a third party beneficiary of the Escrow Agreement with the express right and authority to enforce the terms of the Agreement. Unless otherwise established in a Development Order or Development Agreement, the Escrow Funds or any remaining balance thereof shall be returned to Applicant upon completion by the City of a final inspection or issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy for the project, or upon an earlier date as agreed to by the City. 26.490.070. Performance Guarantees The City may require, as a condition of issuing a permit allowing an Owner to proceed with any phase of a project, the Owner provide certain performance guarantees to secure successful implementation of public and private improvements required under the Development Order or Development Agreement. The requirements for performance guarantees shall be defined in the Development Order or Development Agreement for the project. A. Types of Guarantees. Depending upon the nature and complexity of a project, the following types of performance guarantees may be required: 1. Landscape Guarantee. In order to ensure successful implementation of a landscape plan, the applicant may be required to provide a guarantee to ensure the successful installation of all landscaping required under a site specific development plan approval and the continued maintenance and replacement of the landscaping for a period of two (2) years after installation. 2. Native Landscape Restoration Guarantee. In order to ensure successful restoration of a native landscape, the applicant may be required to provide a guarantee to ensure the successful recovery of a site’s native vegetation as required under a site specific development plan approval and the continued maintenance and replacement of the native vegetation for a period of two (2) years after installation. 3. Environmentally Sensitive Area Guarantee. In order to ensure successful improvement to or restoration of an environmentally sensitive area, including riparian areas and areas of steep topography, the applicant may be required to provide a guarantee to ensure the successful improvement to or reclamation of a site as required under a site specific P188 VIII.e Ordinance No. 41, Series 2013. Page 11 of 14 development plan approval and the continued maintenance and replacement of vegetation for a period of two (2) years after installation. 4. Natural Hazard Mitigation Guarantee. In order to ensure successful installation of natural hazard mitigation techniques, the applicant may be required to provide a guarantee to ensure the successful installation of hazard mitigation as required under a site specific development plan. 5. Historic Preservation Guarantee. In order to ensure the successful relocation, stabilization, protection, or rehabilitation of an historic resource as required under a site specific development plan approval, the applicant may be required to provide a guarantee. The amount of the guarantee shall be established by the Historic Preservation Commission and may include certain sequencing requirements or restrictions in relation to the development and completion of other elements of a project. 6. Affordable Housing Guarantee. In order to ensure the successful development and completion of affordable housing as required under a site specific development plan approval, the applicant may be required to provide a guarantee. The guarantee may include certain sequencing requirements or restrictions in relation to the development and completion of other elements of a project. 7. Public Facilities and Public Infrastructure Guarantee. In order to ensure installation of necessary public facilities and public infrastructure planned to accommodate the development and as required under a site specific development plan approval, the applicant may be required to provide a guarantee to ensure the successful installation of all public facilities and infrastructure. 8. Storm Water and Drainage Improvements Guarantee. In order to ensure successful implementation of storm water and drainage infrastructure planned to accommodate the development and as required under a site specific development plan approval, the applicant may be required to provide a guarantee to ensure the successful installation of all storm water and drainage infrastructure. B. Amount of Guarantee. Unless otherwise specified within a Development Order, guarantees shall be in an amount no less than one-hundred-and-fifty percent (150%) of the current estimated cost of the improvements described in the approved plans and specifications. Current estimated costs shall be prepared by the General Contractor with supporting documentation from Colorado licensed professionals, as applicable, for review and acceptance by the City Engineer. The City Engineer may seek confirmation of cost estimates from third party professionals with local construction costing expertise. The City Engineer may require updated costing information if, in the opinion of the City P189 VIII.e Ordinance No. 41, Series 2013. Page 12 of 14 Engineer, the estimates do not reflect current market conditions. The City Engineer may assign the review and acceptance of costs estimates to other City staff as necessary. C. Form and Timing of Guarantees. Guarantees shall be described within a Development Agreement and specify each unit or item, unit costs, and quantities. The Development Agreement shall contain or refer to approved plans and specifications for the required improvements, as necessary. The Development Agreement shall allow unit costs to be adjusted to current market conditions unless a permit is accepted within one year of recordation of the Development Agreement. Guarantees shall be funded prior to issuance of a building permit, or any phase thereof which enables the initiation of construction. Guarantees shall be in the form of a cash escrow with the City or a bank or savings and loan association or an irrevocable sight draft or letter of commitment from a financially responsible lender and shall give the City the unconditional right upon demand to partially or fully complete or pay for any improvements or pay any outstanding bills or to withdraw funds upon demand to partially or fully complete or pay for any improvements or pay for any improvement or pay any outstanding bills for work done thereon by any party. D. Inspection and Release of Guarantee. As portions of the required improvements are completed, the City Engineer shall inspect them for compliance with the approved plans and specifications. The City Engineer shall accept the improvements, or portions thereof, if they conform to the approved plans and specifications. The City Engineer may reject the improvements if they do not conform to the approved plans and specifications, may require specific testing to confirm conformance, may require certain upgrades the achieve conformance, or may postpone the inspection to accommodate seasonal or other conditions. The City Engineer may delay acceptance of improvements until other related improvements, which are part of an overall system, are constructed. Upon inspection and acceptance, the City Engineer shall authorize the release of one- hundred percent (100%) of the agreed estimated costs of the improvements, or portion thereof. The remaining fifty percent (50%) of the estimated costs shall be retained by the City for a period of up to two (2) years from the date of final acceptance to ensure the improvements perform as designed. During this two-year period, the City Engineer may require the applicant, at his or her sole cost, perform certain testing, maintenance, upgrades, or replacement of the improvements to ensure they perform as designed. The City Engineer may draw upon the surety to accomplish the same. Upon completion of the two-year period and a final inspection and acceptance by the City Engineer, the remaining surety shall be released. The City Engineer may extend the final inspection and acceptance period to accommodate seasonal or other conditions that prevent inspection. The City Engineer may authorize release of the remaining surety prior to the two-year period. The City Engineer may assign the inspection and release responsibilities of this Section to other City staff as necessary. P190 VIII.e Ordinance No. 41, Series 2013. Page 13 of 14 26.490.080 Deadlines and Extensions Unless an alternate timeframe is specified by the approving body, all approval documents, plats, plans, and agreements shall be submitted to the Community Development Department within one hundred eighty (180) days following issuance of a Development Order. Failure on the part of the applicant to submit required approval documents within this timeframe shall render the land use approval invalid. The Community Development Director may extend the submission deadline if the request is made within the statutory vesting period, the applicant demonstrates evidence of preparing the needed documents, and the applicant shows reasonable cause for the delay. The Community Development Director may forward the extension request to the City Council. Unless an alternate timeframe is specified by the Community Development Director, corrected approval documents shall be resubmitted to the Community Development Department within ninety (90) days following the City’s issuance of requested corrections to the documents. Failure on the part of the applicant to resubmit corrected documents within this timeframe shall render the land use approval invalid. The Community Development Director may extend the resubmission deadline if the applicant demonstrates good cause. The Community Development Director may forward the request to the City Council. 26.490.090 Appeals An applicant aggrieved by a determination made by the Community Development Director, the Director of Parks and Open Space, the City Engineer, or city staff assigned by said parties to administer this Chapter may appeal the decision to the Administrative Hearing Officer, pursuant to the procedures and standards of Chapter 26.316, Appeals. Section 2: Effect Upon Existing Litigation. This ordinance shall not affect any existing litigation and shall not operate as an abatement of any action or proceeding now pending under or by virtue of the ordinances repealed or amended as herein provided, and the same shall be conducted and concluded under such prior ordinances. Section 3: Severability. If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase, or portion of this ordinance is for any reason held invalid or unconstitutional in a court of competent jurisdiction, such portion shall be deemed a separate, distinct and independent provision and shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions thereof. Section 4: Effective Date. In accordance with Section 4.9 of the City of Aspen Home Rule Charter, this ordinance shall become effective thirty (30) days following final passage. P191 VIII.e Ordinance No. 41, Series 2013. Page 14 of 14 Section 5: A public hearing on this ordinance shall be held on the 28 day of October, 2013, at a meeting of the Aspen City Council commencing at 5:00 p.m. in the City Council Chambers, Aspen City Hall, Aspen, Colorado, a minimum of fifteen days prior to which hearing a public notice of the same shall be published in a newspaper of general circulation within the City of Aspen. INTRODUCED, READ AND ORDERED PUBLISHED as provided by law, by the City Council of the City of Aspen on the ____ day of ____________, 2013. Attest: __________________________ ____________________________ Kathryn S. Koch, City Clerk Steven Skadron, Mayor FINALLY, adopted, passed and approved this ___ day of ______, 2013. Attest: __________________________ ___________________________ Kathryn S. Koch, City Clerk Steven Skadron, Mayor Approved as to form: ___________________________ City Attorney P192 VIII.e 10.28.2013, Planned Development Page 1 of 6 MEMORANDUM TO: Mayor Skadron and City Council FROM: Chris Bendon, Community Development Director RE: PUD/SPA Code Amendment Ordinance 36, Series 2013 – Second Reading DATE: October 28, 2013 SUMMARY: Staff is proposing amendments to the Subdivision, Specially Planned Area, and Planned Unit Development Chapters, as well as the creation of a new Chapter, Approval Documents. Staff proposes changes these changes be accomplished together. City Council previously reviewed a draft of the revised Planned Unit Development Chapter and provided staff direction. Staff focused this latest draft to provide clearer understanding of “Project Review” (previously called “Conceptual”) and “Detail Review” (previously called “Final”). This intent of this is to highlight the importance of Project Review. Staff also rewrote sections regarding “Use Variations” with emphasis on enhanced noticing to neighbors and unique criteria related to proposed uses. Most Planned Development applications will not involve a use variation. But when they do, the same set of standards for any Planned Development plus the use variation standards will apply. This is a significant upgrade from the SPA requirements which provided little guidance on site planning and massing issues. The ordinance provides greater predictability in the review process by “front-loading” the significant community issues – uses, bulk, heights, floor area, setbacks. These issues are addressed during Project Review. The technical requirements (engineering, architecture, and infrastructure standards) are addressed later in the process during Detail Review. Community Development and Engineering have worked closely on these amendments to insure the land use process works as effectively as possible, incorporates the Engineering Design Standards, and insures that the technical requirements of the City are met. Staff would like to discuss the recent changes and then continue the hearing to November 11th. Staff would also like additional time to gather input from local planners, land use attorneys, and applicants. STAFF RECOMMENDATION: Staff recommends discussion and continuation of the proposed Ordinance. P193 VIII.f 10.28.2013, Planned Development Page 2 of 6 LAND USE REQUESTS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES: This is the second reading of proposed code amendments to amend the Planned Unit Development (PUD) and Specially Planned Area (SPA) Chapters of the Land Use Code. Pursuant to Land Use Code Section 26.310, City Council is the final review authority for all code amendments. All code amendments are subject to a three-step process. This is the third step in the process: 1. Public Outreach 2. Policy Resolution by City Council indicating if an amendment should the pursued 3. Public Hearings on an Ordinance outlining specific code amendments. CHANGES FROM 9.23.2013 HEARING: Staff met with City Council on September 23rd to discuss the proposed code amendments to the PUD, SPA, and Subdivision Chapters of the Land Use Code. City Council asked staff to make some changes to the proposed PUD and SPA amendments, which are detailed below. The remainder of the memo is the same as was presented at the previous meetings. 1. Council requested use variations be highlighted more effectively. The proposed code amendment combines the SPA and PUD Chapters into one Chapter, called Planned Development. Council asked staff to separate the use variations standards from dimensional variations and to explore ways to ensure neighbors would be more aware of proposed use changes. The revised language includes a new section of review criteria specifically dedicated to land use variations. Any project proposing to allow land uses not permitted in the underlying zone district is subject to compliance with this new section with criteria to ensure land use changes can be thoroughly reviewed. In addition, staff has added new noticing requirements if use variations are proposed. Under the new requirement, all public notices would be required to include the following language: “The applicant proposes the development include the following land uses not otherwise allowed in the underlying zone district: [list of land uses].” Enhanced public noticing is also required for any land use changes. 2. Council asked staff to examine ways to indicate that “Conceptual” review is the main project review and is binding on an applicant. Staff has addressed this issue in two ways. First, the term “Conceptual Review” has been changed to “Project Review” and the term “Final Review” has been changed to “Detail Review.” The intent is to indicate through terminology that the major review occurs with the “Project Review” and that only details are addressed during “Detail Review.” Second, staff has added new noticing requirements for the Project Review. All public notices for Project Review would be required to include the following language: “City Council’s Project Review addresses land uses, mass, scale, heights, site planning and other major aspects of the proposal. City Council’s action is by ordinance, and is binding.” P194 VIII.f 10.28.2013, Planned Development Page 3 of 6 3. Other Council Direction City Council discussed the minimum lot size requirements for Planned Developments, and staff’s proposal for removing the 27,000 square foot minimum lot size. Staff amended the language to the current policy which keep the 27,000 square foot requirement and which allows the Community Development Director to waive the requirement for community purpose. In addition, a majority of City Council supported staff’s recommendation that there be no hard limit on dimensional variations that can be requested. City Council supported enabling an applicant, community, and the City to have a discussion on the relative merits of a development request. 4. Combined Review. Staff has removed the provisions for a combined Two-Step review. Staff believes the proposed Three-Step review ensures the focus of the Council is on the massing, heights, floor area, and uses within the proposal. Applicants often pursue a consolidated review with the expectation that it will shorten the review. In fact, staff’s expectation is that a review of all project issues in one review will bring back the last minute negotiating of big issues during Council’s final review. This is the fundamental issue the rewrite is trying to cure and a major source of community frustration with the PUD process. Staff would like to discuss this point with City Council and gather additional feedback from applicants. If this is pursued, staff expects some additional flexibility for amending projects may be necessary. This would allow relatively simple changes to avoid a full three-step review. BACKGROUND & OVERVIEW - PUD & SPA: Staff received direction from City Council in March to process a code amendment related to the Planned Unit Development (PUD) and Specially Planned Area (SPA) portions of the land use code. These chapters allow variations to the allowed uses (SPA) and dimensions (PUD) on a project specific basis. They are very similar processes, requiring an individual project to demonstrate that a variation from uses or dimensions in the underlying zone district provides a benefit to the community and results in a desirable development pattern. These sections have not been updated in many years and an update to ensure the chapters reflect up to date standards is desirable. Specifically, City Council asked staff to: • Combine PUD and SPA into one chapter. • Update and consolidate review standards where possible to eliminate redundancies and provide greater clarity. • Establish three (3) levels of amendment process for PUD and SPA: Administrative, P&Z only, City Council only. • Amend PUD and SPA to a three (3) step process where Conceptual Review is binding through a City Council Ordinance: o Step 1: P&Z review of Conceptual, recommendation to City Council. o Step 2: City Council review of Conceptual, approval by Ordinance that establishes all dimensional and use requirements. o Step 3: P&Z review of Final, approval of final details (ex: exact utility line placement, building materials, etc) by Resolution. Any changes to height or floor P195 VIII.f 10.28.2013, Planned Development Page 4 of 6 area dimensions or uses variations established in the Council Conceptual Ordinance would require City Council review and approval. Any other dimensional changes could be approved as part of P&Z’s final review. CURRENT PUD & SPA REGULATIONS: The current PUD regulations allow a property of 27,000 square feet or more to apply for and be reviewed as a PUD. This lot size requirement may be waived if “the development of the property may have the ability to further the adopted goals of the community” and if the provisions of the PUD process “will best serve the interests of the community.” Approximately one-quarter of all PUDs in Aspen are below the current size standard. The current SPA regulations allow any property, regardless of size, to request to vary the underlying allowed uses if “because of its unique historic, natural, physical or locational characteristics, it would be of great public benefit to the City for that land to be allowed design flexibility…” For both PUD and SPA, a four-step review process is currently in place: Conceptual Review by P&Z and then City Council, and Final Review by P&Z and then City Council. P&Z is a recommending body to City Council. The process can be consolidated to a two-step review process (just Final Reviews) if the issues involved are minor or the full review would be redundant. The full four-step review process often takes upward of 3-4 years, while consolidated reviews are about half that. An applicant can request an amendment to an approved PUD or SPA. For PUD and SPA, there are Insubstantial Amendments, reviewed administratively, and Major Amendments, reviewed by City Council. For PUDs, a third level amendment, Minor Amendments, are allowed which are reviewed by P&Z. This “intermediate” level of amendment is not currently in place for SPAs. PROPOSED PUD & SPA CHANGES: The proposed code amendment combines PUD and SPA into one chapter, updates the review criteria, and streamlines the review process. A track changes version of the code amendment is attached as Exhibit B and a clean version of the code amendment is attached as Exhibit C. The key changes are highlighted below: A. PUD and SPA are combined into one chapter, called Planned Development. Both uses and dimensions can be varied through the process. B. The process is changed to a three-step process. Project Review is by P&Z and City Council and Detail Review is completed by P&Z. This should simplify and reduce the time a project is in the land use review process. More importantly, this should eliminate the last- minute negotiation of major issues during the final hearings with the Council. C. Project Review is binding. City Council approves an Ordinance at Project Review and establishes the dimensions and uses for the project. D. Changes to land uses, height, or floor area between Project Review and Detail Review require City Council approval. If an applicant proposes any changes to the uses, height, or P196 VIII.f 10.28.2013, Planned Development Page 5 of 6 floor area established in the Project Review Ordinance, the amendment will require additional review by City Council and a Detail Review could not occur until this step was completed. This is intended to improve the predictability from the public and City’s standpoint by ensuring the major aspects of the project is presented, and locked in, at the beginning of the review process. E. Three (3) levels of amendments are established. Minor changes can be reviewed administratively, moderate changes are reviewed by the Planning & Zoning Commission, and major changes are reviewed by City Council. This is a change when it comes to SPA, but is the same as is currently allowed in PUD. F. All review criteria have been consolidated and updated. The review criteria are amended to reflect that the intent of PUDs and SPAs is to allow flexibility to address unique site constraints and opportunities, while encouraging design innovation. The criteria provide guidance to review bodies on when deviations from underlying zoning may be appropriate, while maintaining P&Z’s and City Council’s flexibility and discretion in their review. This was raised as an important aspect of any code change by both groups. STAFF COMMENTS: Staff recommends approval of the proposed code amendment. In combining PUD and SPA, staff believes the overall process to vary dimensions and uses will be clearer and more straightforward, while eliminating some redundancy in the process. The intent of both processes is to address site specific opportunities and constraints, and enable flexible and innovative planning solutions that support community goals. Staff believes the ability to vary both dimensions and uses through the SPA and PUD processes is important to retain in any code change. The most significant change is making Project Review meaningful. Conceptual Review currently does not lock an applicant or the City into anything - it only allows an applicant to apply for Final Review. Many times, major issues are “punted” to the final review. This effectively lengthens a review proves by one to two years, creating unpredictability for everyone and sets-up last-minute high stakes negotiation during Council’s final hearing. This change helps restore fairness and predictability to the process and will likely have the effect of significantly reducing the length of a review process. P&Z COMMENTS: Staff met with the P&Z in March and again in August to review potential changes to the PUD and SPA chapters. Overall, the P&Z supported the idea that Conceptual PUD and SPA reviews should have more meaning. There was some frustration that under the current system projects can change dramatically between Conceptual and Final, which creates uncertainty for everyone involved in the review process. The Commission felt that making certain aspects of the Conceptual reviews binding, such as massing, height, building placement, lot locations, parking, and general use mix, would mean the community, staff, and review bodies would not be “surprised” at Final. Overall the Commission felt that if the Final Review is truly limited to details that the process change could work. P197 VIII.f 10.28.2013, Planned Development Page 6 of 6 There remain mixed opinions regarding the combination of PUD and SPA into one chapter. Some members suggested only implementing the code change for certain projects rather than for all PUDs and SPAs. Others felt that uses should not be allowed to be amended at all. There were some concerns from the Commission that there is too much negotiation in the PUD and SPA processes, and that streamlining the processes could exacerbate that. For this reason, they felt strongly that PUDs and SPAs should rely more on underlying zoning than they do today. There was some disagreement on exactly how that would work, but the Commission strongly supported exploring ways to limit dimensional variations in the PUD and SPA processes. In addition, the Commission does not believe the minimum lot size requirement should be eliminated. They felt that some size standard should be set to help protect a neighborhood from development that is potentially out of scale or character with the area. PUBLIC OUTREACH: Staff met with a group of private planners and architects prior to the meeting with P&Z to get their feedback on the PUD and SPA processes and potential code amendments. The group felt that the current four step SPA and PUD processes are unpredictable and that applicants are often surprised during Final reviews when issues they thought were resolved at Conceptual are brought up again during Final. The group strongly supported the idea that Conceptual Review should be binding. They supported the process changing to three steps– a binding Conceptual approval by Council after considering a recommendation from P&Z, and final review for details at the P&Z level (staff’s recommended option listed above). If the Conceptual Review is changed to be more meaningful, the group stated the time period to apply for Final Review would need to be increased beyond the one (1) year that is currently in the code. This would enable them to better work out the final details. The group felt strongly that the SPA and PUD process continue to allow a development to vary from underlying uses and dimensions, as there are site specific issues that generally result in the need to request a PUD or SPA. Finally, the group stated the review criteria for PUD needs to be consolidated and updated. Staff would like to gain further input from local planners. The proposal has been amended and fresh comments will assist Council’s decision. . Staff has received positive response to the proposed changes to date. STAFF RECOMMENDATION: Staff recommends discussion and continuation of Ordinances 36. RECOMMENDED MOTION (ALL MOTIONS ARE PROPOSED IN THE AFFIRMATIVE): “I move to continue Ordinance 36, Series 2013, to November 11th.” CITY MANAGER COMMENTS:_____________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ATTACHMENTS: Ordinance 36, Series 2013. P198 VIII.f Ordinance 36, Series 2013 Planned Development Oct. 28 Page 1 of 26 ORDINANCE No. 36 (Series of 2013) AN ORDINANCE OF THE ASPEN CITY COUNCIL ADOPTING AMENDMENTS TO THE CITY OF ASPEN LAND USE CODE OF THE CITY OF ASPEN MUNICIPAL CODE SECTIONS: 26.440, SPECIALLY PLANNED AREA; 26.445, PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT; 26.104.100, DEFINITIONS – SPECIALLY PLANNED AREA; 26.208.010, CITY COUNCIL - POWERS AND DUTIES; 26.210.020.B, COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT – JURISDICTION, AUTHORITY AND DUTIES; 26.212.010, PLANNING AND ZONING COMMISSION – POWERS AND DUTIES; 26.304.040, COMMON DEVELOPMENT REVIEW PROCEDURES – INITIATION OF APPLICATION FOR DEVELOPMENT ORDER; 26.304.060.A, REVIEW OF A DEVELOPMENT APPLICATION BY DECISION- MAKING BODIES – REVIEW OF PROCEDURES AND STANDARDS; 26.412.040.A, COMMERCIAL DESIGN REVIEW – REVIEW PROCEDURE, REVIEW PROCESS; 26.470.110.A, GROWTH MANAGEMENT REVIEW PROCEDURES – GENERAL; 26.510.020, SIGNS – APPLICABILITY AND SCOPE; 26.590, TIMESHARE DEVELOPMENT; 26.710.230, ZONE DISTRICTS – ACADEMIC; 26.710.240, ZONE DISTRICTS – PARK; 26.710.250, ZONE DISTRICTS - PUBLIC. WHEREAS, in accordance with Sections 26.208 and 26.310 of the City of Aspen Land Use Code, the City Council of the City of Aspen directed the Community Development Department to explore code amendments related to the PUD and SPA Chapters in the Land Use Code; and, WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 26.310, applications to amend the text of Title 26 of the Municipal Code shall begin with Public Outreach, a Policy Resolution reviewed and acted on by City Council, and then final action by City Council after reviewing and considering the recommendation from the Community Development; and, WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 26.310.020(B)(1), the Community Development Department conducted Public Outreach regarding the code amendment; and, WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 26.310.020(B)(2), during a duly noticed public hearing on January 28, 2013, the City Council approved Resolution No.15, Series of 2013, by a five to zero (5 – 0) vote, requesting code amendments to the employee generation figures in the Land Use Code; and, WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 26.310.020(B)(2), during a duly noticed public hearing on January 28, 2013, the City Council approved Resolution No. 66, Series of 2013, by a three to P199 VIII.f Ordinance 36, Series 2013 Planned Development Oct. 28 Page 2 of 26 zero (3 – 0) vote, requesting code amendments to the PUD and SPA Chapters in the Land Use Code; and, WHEREAS, the Community Development Director has recommended approval of the proposed amendments to the City of Aspen Land Use Code Sections 26.440, Specially Planned Area; 26.445, Planned Unit Development; 26.104.100, Definitions – Specially Planned Area; 26.208.010, City Council - Powers and Duties; 26.210.020.B, Community Development Department – Jurisdiction, Authority and Duties; 26.212.010, Planning and Zoning Commission – Powers and Duties; 26.304.040, Common Development Review Procedures – Initiation of application for development order; 26.304.060.A, Review of a development application by decision-making bodies – Review of procedures and standards; 26.412.040.A, Commercial Design Review – Review procedure, Review Process; 26.470.110.A, Growth Management Review Procedures – General; 26.510.020, Signs – Applicability and scope; 26.590.030.C.4 – Exempt timesharing, Review standards for exemption; 26.590.040, Timeshare Development – Procedure for review of timeshare lodge development application; 26.590.050, Timeshare Development – Contents of application; 26.590.070, Timeshare Development – Review Standards for timeshare lodge development; 26.590.090, Timeshare Development – Timeshare documents; 26.710.230, Zone Districts – Academic; 26.710.240, Zone Districts – Park; and 26.710.250, Zone Districts – Public; and, WHEREAS, the Aspen City Council has reviewed the proposed code amendments and finds that the amendments meet or exceed all applicable standards pursuant to Chapter 26.310.050; and, WHEREAS, the Aspen City Council finds that this Ordinance furthers and is necessary for the promotion of public health, safety, and welfare; and NOW, THEREFORE BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO THAT: Section 1: Any and all previous approvals, allowances, limitations, conditions granted to properties previously designated Planned Unit Development (PUD) or Specially Planned Area (SPA) on the Official Zone District Map shall remain in full force and effect and subject to the terms of Chapter 26.445 – Planned Development. Section 2: The Community Development Director shall cause the Official Zone District Map to be amended as follows: All lands with a Specially Planned Area (SPA) designation and all lands with a Planned Unit Development (PUD) designation on the Official Zone District Map shall be designated Planned Development. Section 3: All references in Title 26 to “Specially Planned Area” shall be amended to “Planned Development.” All references in Title 26 to “SPA” shall be amended to “Planned Development.” All references in Title 26 to “Planned Unit Development” shall be amended to “Planned Development.” All references in Title 26 to “PUD” shall be amended to “Planned Development.” All references to “Conceptual PUD Review” in Title 26 shall be changed to “Project Review.” All reference to “Conceptual PUD Development Plan” or “Conceptual Development Plan” in Title 26 shall be changed to “Project Review.” All P200 VIII.f Ordinance 36, Series 2013 Planned Development Oct. 28 Page 3 of 26 reference to “Final PUD Review” in Title 26 shall be changed to “Detail Review.” Section 4: Chapter 26.440, Specially Planned Area, shall be deleted in its entirety. Sec.26.104.100, Definitions – Specially Planned Area shall be deleted in its entirety. Chapter 26.445, Planned Unit Development, shall be amended to read as follows: Chapter 26.445 PLANNED DEVELOPMENT Sections: 26.445.010. Purpose. 26.445.020. Applicability. 26.445.030. Procedures for Review. 26.445.040. Effect, Limitations, and Deadlines 26.445.050. Project Review Standards. 26.445.060. Use Variations Standards. 26.445.070. Detail Review Standards. 26.445.080. Application Materials. 26.445.090. Documentation of Approvals 26.445.100. Planned Development designation on Official Zone District Map. 26.445.110. Amendments. 26.445.120. Appeals. 26.445.010. Purpose. The purpose of Planned Development review is to encourage flexibility and innovation in the development of land which: A. Promotes the purposes, goals and objectives of applicable adopted regulatory plans. B. Achieves a more desirable development pattern, a higher quality design and site planning, a greater variety in the type and character of development and a greater compatibility with existing and future surrounding land uses than would be possible through the strict application of the zone district provisions. C. Preserves natural and man-made site features of historic, cultural or scenic value. D. Promotes more efficient use of land, public facilities and governmental services. E. Incorporates an appropriate level of public input to the planning process to ensure sensitivity to neighborhood and community goals and objectives. F. Promotes safe and convenient transit, pedestrian, bicycle and vehicular access and circulation. P201 VIII.f Ordinance 36, Series 2013 Planned Development Oct. 28 Page 4 of 26 G. Allows the development of mixed land uses through the encouragement of innovative design practices that warrant variations from the standard permitted zone district land uses and dimensional requirements. 26.445.020. Applicability. An application for a Planned Development may be submitted on any parcel, or series of adjacent parcels, which is 27,000 square feet or greater in gross lot size or which requires the submission of a Planned Development pursuant to the zoning for the parcel. (See Chapter 26.710. – Zone Districts.) An application for a Planned Development may be submitted on any parcel, or series of adjacent parcels, smaller than 27,000 square feet if the Community Development Director believes there exists an opportunity to advance a significant community goal through the Planned Development procedures. An application to amend a Planned Development may be submitted for any land granted Planned Development approval, including all land granted approval for a Planned Unit Development or Specially Planned Area prior to the adoption of Ordinance 36, Series 2013, and all land designated Planned Development on the Official Zone District Map. All land within a Planned Development shall continue to be assigned to a zone district most appropriate for that land. All development of land subject to an approved Planned Development, including all land subject to a Planned Unit Development or Specially Planned Area approval granted prior to the adoption of Ordinance 36, Series 2013, shall conform to the allowances and limitations of a Development Order for a site specific development plan. All development of land designated Planned Development on the official zone district map and which does not have an approved site specific development plan approval, must receive Planned Development approval, or amendment approval, pursuant to the terms of this Chapter. However, in the absence of an approved site specific development plan, a single detached, two (2) detached, or a duplex residential dwelling, if listed as a permitted use in the property’s zoning, may be developed in conformance with the provisions of the Zone District. This shall not exempt a development from complying with any other applicable Land Use Code requirements. 26.445.030. Procedures for Review. A. General. Any development within a Planned Development or on land designated Planned Development on the Official Zone District Map shall be reviewed pursuant to the procedures and standards in this Chapter and the Common Development Review Procedures set forth at Chapter 26.304. Any land previously designated on the Official Zone District Map or granted Planned Unit Development (PUD) or Specially Planned Area (SPA) approval shall be subject to the terms of this Chapter. B. Types of Planned Development Review. 1. Planned Development – Three-Step Review. All development proposed within a Planned Development, unless allowed a consolidated review as described below, shall be subject to a P202 VIII.f Ordinance 36, Series 2013 Planned Development Oct. 28 Page 5 of 26 Three-Step Review consisting of the following steps (See also Section 26.445.030(C), Steps Required). Public hearings are required at each step. a. Step One — Project Review before the Planning and Zoning Commission. 1. Purpose: To determine if the application meets standards for Project Review Approval. Project Review shall focus on the overall concept and general parameters of a project. The allowed land uses, layout, mass and scale, and dimensions of the project, including all deviations from zone district allowances and limitations, shall be established during Project Review. 2. Process: The Community Development Director shall provide the Planning and Zoning Commission with a recommendation to approve, approve with conditions, or deny and applicant’s Project Review, based on the standards of review. The Planning and Zoning Commission shall forward a recommendation of approval, approval with conditions or disapproval of an applicant’s Project Review to City Council after considering the recommendation of the Community Development Director, and comments and testimony from the public at a duly noticed public hearing. 3. Standards of review: Section 26.445.040, Project Review Standards. If use variations are proposed, the development shall also comply with Section 26.445.045, Use Variation Standards. 4. Form of decision: The Planning and Zoning recommendation shall be by resolution. 5. Notice requirements: Publication, mailing and posting pursuant to Section 26.304.060.E.3.a, b and c. If use variations are proposed as part of the project, Neighborhood Outreach, pursuant to Section 26.304.035, shall be required and all public notices shall indicate what land uses are proposed to be added by including the following language: “The applicant proposes the development include the following land uses not otherwise allowed in the underlying zone district: [list of land uses].” b. Step Two — Project Review before the City Council. 1. Purpose: To determine if the application meets standards for Project Review Approval. Project Review shall focus on the overall concept and general parameters of a project. The allowed land uses, layout, mass and scale, and dimensions of the project, including all deviations from zone district allowances and limitations, shall be established during Project Review. Project Review Approval 2. Process: The Community Development Director shall provide City Council with a recommendation to approve, approve with conditions, or deny the Project Approval Review, based on the standards of review. City Council shall approve, approve with conditions, or deny the application after considering the recommendation of the Community Development Director, the recommendation from the Planning and Zoning Commission, and comments and testimony from the public at a duly noticed public hearing. 3. Standards of review: Section 26.445.040 for Project Approval Review. If variations in land uses are proposed, the development shall also comply with Section 26.445.045, Use Variation Standards. P203 VIII.f Ordinance 36, Series 2013 Planned Development Oct. 28 Page 6 of 26 4. Form of decision: City Council action shall be by ordinance approving, approving with conditions or denying Project Review. 5. Notice requirements: Requisite notice requirements for adoption of an ordinance by City Council and publication, posting and mailing pursuant to Section 26.304.060.E.3.a, b and c. In addition, all notices shall include the following language: “City Council’s Project Review addresses land uses, mass, scale, height, floor area, site planning and other major aspects of the proposal. City Council’s action is by ordinance and is binding.” If use variations are proposed as part of the project, Neighborhood Outreach, pursuant to Section 26.304.035, shall be required and all public notices shall indicate what land uses are proposed to be added by including the following language: “The applicant proposes the development include the following land uses not otherwise allowed in the underlying zone district: [list of land uses].” 3. Step Three — Detail Review with Planning and Zoning Commission. 1. Purpose: To determine if the application meets the standards for Detail Review. Detail Review shall focus on refining a project design and operational characteristics, including final architectural details and materials, landscape details, utility and other infrastructure details. The intent is to perfect and finalize all detail aspects of the project, but not to reconsider previously resolved issues. The Project Review approval shall not be revisited as part of the Detail Review. Approval of Detail Review together with the Project Review approval shall constitute approval of a Final Development Plan. 2. Process: The Community Development Director shall provide the Planning and Zoning Commission with a recommendation to approve, approve with conditions, or deny the Detail Review, based on the standards of review. The Planning and Zoning Commission shall approve, approve with conditions or disapprove an Detail Review after considering the recommendation of the Community Development Director, and comments and testimony from the public at a duly noticed public hearing. 3. Standards of review: Section 26.445.050 for Detail Review. 4. Form of decision: The Planning and Zoning decision shall be by resolution. 5. Notice requirements: Publication, posting and mailing pursuant to Section 26.304.060.E.3.a, b and c.) B. Associated Reviews. 1. Project Review Combined with Associated Reviews. Unless waived by the Community Development Director, after consultation with the applicant, an application for Project Review shall be combined with development applications for all other associated land use reviews necessary for the project, including conditional use, special review, ESA review, subdivision review, rezoning, and growth management. All P204 VIII.f Ordinance 36, Series 2013 Planned Development Oct. 28 Page 7 of 26 associated reviews shall be combined with Project Review and made part of one decision for the project as a whole, pursuant to Section 26.304.050.B.1 – Combined Reviews. All approvals granted during Project Review shall be contingent upon the project receiving Detail Review approval. Failure to gain Detail Review approval shall nullify all associated review approvals. If a Combined Review has been permitted, all associated reviews shall be combined, as stated above, to enable one decision for the project as a whole. The Community Development Director shall inform the applicant during the pre- application stage of a project whether associated reviews combination will be required and if any redundant submission requirements may be waived. 2. Project Review Combined with Conceptual Commercial Design Review. Unless waived by the Community Development Director, after consultation with the applicant, an application for Project Review shall be combined with conceptual commercial design review and made part of one decision for the project as a whole, pursuant to Section 26.304.050.B.1 – Combined Reviews. Notwithstanding section 26.412.040.B, Commercial Design Review Procedure, Appeals, notice to City Council and call-up, when Project Review is combined with conceptual commercial design review, City Council’s Project Review shall constitute the required commercial design review call-up procedure, and no other action shall be required. The Community Development Director shall inform the applicant during the pre- application stage of a project whether combination will be required and if any redundant submission requirements may be waived. 3. Detail Review Combined with Final Commercial Design Review. Unless waived by the Community Development Director, after consultation with the applicant, an application for Detail Review shall be combined with final commercial design review and made part of one decision for the project as a whole, pursuant to Section 26.304.050.B.1 – Combined Reviews. The Community Development Director shall inform the applicant during the pre- application stage of a project whether combination will be required and if any redundant submission requirements may be waived. 4. Project Review Combined with Historic Preservation Review. An applicant may request and the Community Development Director may determine that an application for Project Review or Detail Review on a property that is historically designated or located within a Historic District may be combined with applicable Historic Preservation reviews outlined in Chapter 26.415, Historic Preservation, pursuant to Section 26.304.060(B)(1), Combined Reviews. In such circumstances, the Project Review, Detail Review, and any other associated reviews shall be completed by the Historic Preservation Commission. In such cases, the Historic Preservation Commission shall administer all reviews herein assigned to the Planning and Zoning Commission. P205 VIII.f Ordinance 36, Series 2013 Planned Development Oct. 28 Page 8 of 26 Notwithstanding sections 26.415.120.B-D, Historic Preservation, Appeals, notice to City Council and call-up, when Project Review is combined with a Historic Preservation review that is subject to said sections, City Council’s Project Review shall constitute the required call-up procedure, and no other action shall be required. 26.445.040 Effect, Limitations, and Deadlines A. General. Development on any land within a Planned Development may occur only after all land use approvals are received, all requisite documents, agreements, plats, have been filed and the applicant has received all necessary permits as required by the Municipal Code and any other county, state or federal authority with jurisdiction over the land. B. Project Review Approval. Project Review shall set forth the overall concept and general parameters of a project. The allowed land uses, layout, mass and scale, and dimensions of the project, including all deviations from zone district allowances and limitations, shall be established during Project Review. Issues resolved during Project Review approval shall not be revisited or reconsidered as part of Detail Review. Rather, Detail Review shall be used to perfect and finalize detail aspects of the project within the parameters established during Project Review. (Also see amendment procedures – Section 26.445.110.) Unless otherwise specified in the ordinance granting Project Review approval, a Project Review approval shall be documented by filing an approved plan set with the Community Development Department, pursuant to Chapter 26.490 – Development Documents, within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date of Project Review approval. The approved plan set may be required to contain various plans, diagrams, or narrative to document unique characteristics of the approval. Failure to submit an approved plan set within the time period shall render null and void the Project Review approval. Unless otherwise specified in the ordinance granting Project Review approval, a development application for Detail Review shall be submitted within one (1) year of the date of Project Review approval. Failure to file such an application within this time period shall render null and void the Project Review Approval. An application for Project Review amendment must be submitted within one (1) year of the previously approved Project Review. Applications for Project Review amendment submitted after this deadline shall be subject to a new Project Review and shall be subject to any changes in zoning and the Land Use Code. When an application for a Project Review Amendment is submitted pursuant to Section 26.445.090(A), the requirement that a development application for Detail Review be submitted within one (1) year shall be stayed for the period of pendency of the amendment. Amendment approval shall create a new one-year application deadline. C. Final Planned Development Approval. P206 VIII.f Ordinance 36, Series 2013 Planned Development Oct. 28 Page 9 of 26 The approval of a Project Review and Detail Review together constitute a Final Planned Development Approval. Unless otherwise specified in the Resolution granting Detail Review approval, a Final Planned Development approval shall be documented by filing an approved plan set and all required plats and Development Agreements with the Community Development Department, pursuant to Chapter 26.490 – Development Documents, within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date of Detail Review approval. The approved plan set may be required to contain various plans, diagrams, or narrative to document unique characteristics of the approval. Failure to submit an approved plan set within the time period shall render null and void the Project Review and Detail Review approvals. When an application for a Project Approval Amendment or Detail Review Amendment is submitted pursuant to Section 26.445.090(A), the filing deadline shall be stayed for the period of pendency of the amendment. Amendment approval shall create a new filing deadline. A. Deadline Extensions. The Community Development Director may grant extensions of the time limitations set forth herein if the delay has been caused by the application requiring additional reviews or similar circumstances that could not have been reasonably predicted by the applicant. A written request for extension must be received no less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date. The Community Development Director may forward the request the City Council and the Council may, at its sole discretion and for good cause shown, grant an extension of the deadline. 26.445.050. Project Review Standards. The Project Review shall focus on the general concept for the development and shall outline any dimensional requirements that vary from those allowed in the underlying zone district. The burden shall rest upon an applicant to show the reasonableness of the development application and its conformity to the standards and procedures of this Chapter and this Title. The underlying zone district designation shall be used as a guide, but not an absolute limitation, to the dimensions which may be considered during the development review process. Any dimensional variations allowed shall be specified in the ordinance granting Project Approval. In the review of a development application for a Project Review, the Planning and Zoning Commission and City Council shall consider the following: A. Compliance with Adopted Regulatory Plans. The proposed development complies with applicable adopted regulatory plans. B. Development Suitability. The proposed Planned Development prohibits development on land unsuitable for development because of natural or man-made hazards affecting the property, including flooding, mudflow, debris flow, fault ruptures, landslides, rock or soil creep, rock falls, rock slides, mining activity including mine waste deposit, avalanche or snowslide areas, slopes in excess of 40%, and any other natural or man-made hazard or condition that could harm the health, safety, or welfare of the community. Affected areas may be accepted as suitable for development if mitigation techniques are proposed in compliance with Title 29 – Engineering Design Standards. Conceptual plans for mitigation techniques may be accepted for this standard. The City Engineer may require specific P207 VIII.f Ordinance 36, Series 2013 Planned Development Oct. 28 Page 10 of 26 designs, mitigation techniques, and implementation timelines be defined as part of the Detail Review and documented within a Development Agreement. C. Site Planning. The site plan is compatible with the context and visual character of the area. In meeting this standard, the following criteria shall be used: 1. The site plan responds to the site’s natural characteristics and physical constraints such as steep slopes, vegetation, waterways, and any natural or man-made hazards and allows development to blend in with or enhance said features. 2. The project preserves important geologic features, mature vegetation, and structures or features of the site that have historic, cultural, visual, or ecological importance or contribute to the identity of the town. 3. Buildings are oriented to public streets and are sited to reflect the neighborhood context. Buildings and access ways are arranged to allow effective emergency, maintenance, and service vehicle access. D. Dimensions. All dimensions, including density, mass, and height shall be established during the Project Review. A development application may request variations to any dimensional requirement. In meeting this standard, consideration shall be given to the following criteria: 1. There exists a significant community goal to be achieved through such increases. 2. The proposed dimensions represent a character suitable for and indicative of the primary uses of the project. 3. The project is compatible with or enhances the cohesiveness or distinctive identity of the neighborhood and surrounding development patterns, including the scale and massing of nearby historical or cultural resources. 4. The number of off-street parking spaces shall be established based on the probable number of cars to be operated by those using the proposed development and the nature of the proposed uses. The availability of public transit and other transportation facilities, including those for pedestrian access and/or the commitment to utilize automobile disincentive techniques in the proposed development, and the potential for joint use of common parking may be considered when establishing a parking requirement. 5. The Project Review approval, at City Council’s discretion, may include specific allowances for dimensional changes between Project Review and Detail Review. Changes shall be subject to the amendment procedures of Section 26.445.*** E. Design Standards. The design of the proposed development is compatible with the context and visual character of the area. In meeting this standard, the following criteria shall be used: 1. The architectural massing of the project provides for visual interest. The massing should be respectful of the community’s past without attempting to mimic history. P208 VIII.f Ordinance 36, Series 2013 Planned Development Oct. 28 Page 11 of 26 2. The design complies with applicable design standards, including those outlined in Chapter 26.410, Residential Design Standards, Chapter 26.412, Commercial Design Standards, and Chapter 26.415, Historic Preservation. 3. 4. The proposed materials are compatible with those called for in any applicable design standards, as well as those typically seen in the immediate vicinity. Exterior materials are finalized during Detail Review, but review boards may set forth certain expectations or conditions related to architectural character and exterior materials during Project Review. F. Pedestrian, bicycle & transit facilities. The development improves pedestrian, bicycle, and transit facilities. These facilities and improvements shall be prioritized over vehicular facilities and improvements. Any new vehicular access points minimize impacts on existing pedestrian, bicycle and transit facilities. The City may require specific designs, mitigation techniques, and implementation timelines be defined as part of the Detail Review and documented within a Development Agreement. G. Engineering Design Standards. There has been accurate identification of engineering design and mitigation techniques necessary for development of the project to comply with the applicable requirements of Municipal Code Title 29 – Engineering Design Standards and the City of Aspen Urban Runoff Management Plan (URMP). The City Engineer may require specific designs, mitigation techniques, and implementation timelines be defined as part of the Detail Review and documented within a Development Agreement. H. Public Infrastructure and Facilities. The proposed Planned Development shall upgrade public infrastructure and facilities necessary to serve the project. Improvements shall be at the sole costs of the developer. The City may require certain public infrastructure or facilities be oversized in anticipation of future needs or development of adjacent parcels and shall reimburse the developer proportionately for the additional improvement or establish a cost- recovery agreement. The City Engineer may require specific designs, mitigation techniques, and implementation timelines be defined as part of the Detail Review and documented within a Development Agreement. I. Access and circulation. The proposed development shall have perpetual unobstructed legal and physical vehicular access to a public way. A proposed Planned Development shall not eliminate physical or legal access from a public way to an adjacent property and shall not restrict the ability for an adjacent property to develop. Any streets in the Planned Development proposed or recommended to be retained under private ownership shall be dedicated to public use to ensure adequate public and emergency access. Security/privacy gates across access points and driveways are prohibited. 26.445.060. Use Variation Standards. A development application may request variations in the allowed uses permitted in the zone district. The burden shall rest upon an applicant to show the reasonableness of the request and its conformity to the standards and procedures of this Chapter and this Title. The permitted and P209 VIII.f Ordinance 36, Series 2013 Planned Development Oct. 28 Page 12 of 26 conditional uses allowed on the property according to its zoning shall be used as a guide, but not an absolute limitation, to the land uses which may be considered during the review. Any use variation allowed shall be specified in the ordinance granting Project Review approval. In the review of a development application for a Project Review, the Planning and Zoning Commission and City Council shall consider the following standards related to Use Variations: A. The proposed use variation is compatible with the character of existing and planned land uses in the project and surrounding area. In meeting this standard, consideration shall be given to the existence of similar uses in the immediate vicinity, as well as how the proposed uses may enhance the project or immediate vicinity. B. The proposed use variation is effectively incorporated into the project’s overall mix of uses. In meeting this standard, consideration shall be given to how the proposed uses within a project will interact and support one another. C. The location, size, design, and operating characteristics of the proposed use variation minimizes adverse effects on the neighborhood and surrounding properties. D. The proposed use variation complies with applicable adopted regulatory plans. 26.445.070. Detail Review Standards. Detail Review shall be focused on the detailed evaluation of the specific aspects of the development, including utility placement, and architectural materials. In the review of a development application for Detail Review, the Planning and Zoning Commission shall consider the following: A. Compliance with Project Review Approval. The proposed development, including all dimensions and uses, is consistent with the Project Review approval and adequately addresses conditions on the approval and direction received during the Project Review. B. Growth Management. The proposed development has received all required GMQS allotments, or is concurrently seeking allotments. C. Site Planning and Landscape Architecture. The site plan is compatible with the context and visual character of the area. In meeting this standard, the following criteria shall be used: 1. The landscape plan exhibits a well-designed treatment of exterior spaces, preserves existing significant vegetation, and provides an ample quantity and variety of ornamental plant species suitable for the Aspen area climate. Vegetation removal, protection, and restoration plans shall be acceptable to the Director of Parks and Open Space. 2. Buildings and site grading provide simple, at-grade entrances and minimize extensive grade changes along building exteriors. The project meets or exceeds the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act and applicable requirements for emergency, maintenance, and service vehicle access. Adequate snow storage is accommodated. P210 VIII.f Ordinance 36, Series 2013 Planned Development Oct. 28 Page 13 of 26 3. Energy efficiency or production features are integrated into the landscape in a manner that enhances the site. 4. All site lighting is proposed so as to prevent direct glare or hazardous interference of any kind to adjoining streets or lands. All exterior lighting shall comply with the City’s outdoor lighting standards. 5. Site drainage is accommodated for the proposed development in compliance with Title 29 – Engineering Design Standards and shall not negatively impact surrounding properties. D. Design Standards and Architecture. The proposed architectural details emphasize quality construction and design characteristics. In meeting this standard, the following criteria shall be used: 1. The project architecture provides for visual interest and incorporates present-day details and use of materials respectful of the community’s past without attempting to mimic history. 2. Exterior materials are of a high quality, durability, and comply with applicable design standards, including those outlined in Chapter 26.410, Residential Design Standards, Chapter 26.412, Commercial Design Standards, and Chapter 26.415, Historic Preservation. 3. Building entrances are sited or designed to minimize icing and snow shedding effects. 4. Energy efficiency or production features are integrated into structures in a manner that enhances the architecture. 5. All structure lighting is proposed so as to prevent direct glare or hazardous interference of any kind to adjoining streets or lands. All exterior lighting shall comply with the City’s outdoor lighting standards. F. Common Parks, Open Space, Recreation Areas, or Facilities. If the proposed development includes common parks, open space, recreation areas, or common facilities, a proportionate, undivided interest is deeded in perpetuity (not for a number of years) to each lot or dwelling unit owner within the Planned Development. An adequate assurance through a legal instrument for the permanent care and maintenance of open spaces, recreation areas and shared facilities together with a deed restriction against future development is required. G. Pedestrian, bicycle & transit facilities. The development improves pedestrian, bicycle, and transit facilities. These facilities and improvements shall be prioritized over vehicular facilities and improvements. Any new vehicular access points minimize impacts on existing pedestrian, bicycle and transit facilities. Any specific designs, mitigation techniques, and implementation timelines as required during Project Review comply with the applicable requirements of the Project Review and as otherwise required in the Land Use Code. These plans shall provide sufficient detail to determine if the design or mitigation concept complies with the intent of the requirements P211 VIII.f Ordinance 36, Series 2013 Planned Development Oct. 28 Page 14 of 26 and to determine any required cost estimating for surety requirements, but do not need to be detailed construction documents. H. Engineering Design Standards. There has been accurate identification of engineering design and mitigation techniques necessary for development of the proposed subdivision to comply with the applicable requirements of Municipal Code Title 29 – Engineering Design Standards and the City of Aspen Urban Runoff Management Plan (URMP). Any specific designs, mitigation techniques, and implementation timelines as required during Project Review comply with the applicable requirements of Municipal Code Title 29 – Engineering Design Standards and the City of Aspen Urban Runoff Management Plan (URMP). These plans shall provide sufficient detail to determine if the design or mitigation concept complies with the intent of the requirements and to determine any required cost estimating for surety requirements, but do not need to be detailed construction documents. I. Public Infrastructure and Facilities. The proposed Planned Development shall upgrade public infrastructure and facilities necessary to serve the project. Improvements shall be at the sole costs of the developer. The City may require certain public infrastructure or facilities be oversized in anticipation of future needs or development of adjacent parcels and shall reimburse the developer proportionately for the additional improvement or establish a cost- recovery agreement. Any specific designs, mitigation techniques, and implementation timelines as required during Project Review comply with the applicable requirements of Municipal Code Title 29 – Engineering Design Standards and the City of Aspen Urban Runoff Management Plan (URMP). These plans shall provide sufficient detail to determine if the design or mitigation concept complies with the intent of the requirements and to determine any required cost estimating for surety requirements, but do not need to be detailed construction documents. J. Phasing of development plan. If phasing of the development plan is proposed, each phase shall be defined. Each phase shall be designed to function as a complete development and shall not be reliant on subsequent phases. Phasing shall insulate, to the extent practical, occupants of initial phases from the construction of later phases. All necessary or proportionate improvements to public facilities, payment of impact fees and fees-in-lieu, construction of any facilities to be used jointly by residents of the Planned Development, construction of any required affordable housing, and any mitigation measures shall be completed concurrent or prior to the respective impacts associated with the phase. 26.445.080. Application materials. A. Project Review. The contents of a development application for a Project Approval Review PUD shall include the following: 1. The general application information required in Common Development Review Procedures set forth at Section 26.304.030. 2. A site improvement survey meeting the requirements of Title 29, Engineering Design Standards. P212 VIII.f Ordinance 36, Series 2013 Planned Development Oct. 28 Page 15 of 26 3. A description, and depiction as necessary, of the proposed development including a statement of the objectives to be achieved by the Planned Development and a description of the proposed land uses, densities, natural features, traffic and pedestrian circulation, parking, open space areas, landscaping, and infrastructure improvements. Also see Chapter 26.490 – Approval Documents. 6. An architectural character plan showing the use, massing, scale and orientation of the proposed buildings, and outlining the suitability of a building for its purposes, legibility of the building's use, the building's proposed massing, proportion, scale, orientation to public spaces and other buildings, and other attributes which may significantly represent the proposed development. 7. For Planned Development applications involving the addition of 10 or more residential units, 20 or more lodging units, or 20,000 square feet or more of commercial space (or any equivalent combination thereof), “ability-to-serve” letters from public and private utility providers that will service the proposed project with potable water, natural gas, electricity, sanitary sewer, storm sewer, road, and transit services stating they can service the proposed subdivision. Ability-to-Serve letters shall be substantially in the following format: The [utility provider] has reviewed the proposed [planned development name and date of application] and has adequate capacity to serve proposed development, subject to compliance with the following adopted design standards [reference] and subject to the following adopted tap fee or impact mitigation requirements [reference]. 8. A description, and depiction as needed, of the project’s dimensional and use allowances to be varied from the property’s zoning allowances. All dimensional and use variation requests shall be considered during Project Review. 9. A statement prepared by a Colorado registered Professional Engineer, and depiction or mapping as necessary, regarding the presence of natural or man-made hazards affecting the property, including flooding, mudflow, debris flow, fault ruptures, landslides, rock or soil creep, rock falls, rock slides, mining activity including mine waste deposit, avalanche or snowslide areas, slopes in excess of 40%, and any other natural or man-made hazard or condition that could harm the health, safety, or welfare of the community. Areas with topography in excess of 40% shall require a slope stability study performed by the Colorado Geologic Survey. Also see Chapter 29 – Engineering Design Standards regarding identification and mitigation of natural hazards. 10. A statement prepared by a Colorado registered Professional Engineer, and depiction or mapping as necessary, describing the potential infrastructure upgrades, alignment, design, and mitigation techniques that may be necessary for development of the site to be served by public infrastructure, achieve compliance with Municipal Code Title 29 – Engineering Design Standards, and achieve compliance with the City of Aspen Urban Runoff Management Plan (URMP). The information shall be of sufficient detail to determine the acceptable location(s) and extent of development and to understand the necessary upgrades and the possible alignments, designs, or mitigation techniques that may be required. Specific engineered P213 VIII.f Ordinance 36, Series 2013 Planned Development Oct. 28 Page 16 of 26 solutions and design details do not need to be submitted for land use review. An applicant may be required to submit specific design solutions prior to or in conjunction with recordation of a development agreement, pursuant to Chapter 26.490 – Approval Documents. 11. A written response to each of the review criteria contained in Sections 26.445.050, 26.445.060. B. Detail Review. The contents of the development application for a Detail Review shall include the following: 1. The general application information required in Common Procedures, Chapter 26.304. 2. A site improvement survey meeting the requirements of Title 29, Engineering Design Standards. 3. Description, and depiction as necessary, of how the project complies with the approved Project Review, including requested plans, reports, or other documentation. 4. Proposed Planned Development plans and Development Agreement containing the applicable information required by Chapter 26.490, Development Documents. 5.A grading and drainage plan showing all grading and how drainage and stormwater is accommodated, and that meets the Conceptual Drainage Plan and Report requirements in the Urban Runoff Management Plan (URMP). 6. Description, and depiction as necessary, for specific Pedestrian, bicycle, and transit facility designs, mitigation techniques, and implementation timelines as required during Project Review. These plans shall provide sufficient detail to determine if the design or mitigation concept complies with the intent of the requirements, but do not need to be detailed construction documents. 7. Description, and depiction as necessary, for specific engineering designs, hazard mitigation techniques, and implementation timelines as required during Project Review. These plans shall provide sufficient detail to determine if the design or mitigation concept complies with the applicable requirements of Municipal Code Title 29 – Engineering Design Standards and the City of Aspen Urban Runoff Management Plan (URMP), but do not need to be detailed construction documents. 8. Description, and depiction as necessary, for specific Public Infrastructure and Facility designs, mitigation techniques, and implementation timelines as required during Project Review. These plans shall provide sufficient detail to determine if the design or mitigation concept complies with the applicable requirements of Municipal Code Title 29 – Engineering Design Standards and the City of Aspen Urban Runoff Management Plan (URMP), but do not need to be detailed construction documents. 9. A statement specifying the method of maintaining any proposed common areas on the site, including but not limited to common parking areas, walkways, landscaped areas and recreational facilities and what specific assurances will be made to ensure the continual maintenance of said areas. P214 VIII.f Ordinance 36, Series 2013 Planned Development Oct. 28 Page 17 of 26 9. A description of any proposed project phasing detailing the specific improvements proposed for each phase. 10. A written response to each of the review criteria contained in Section 26.445.070. 26.445.090. Documentation of Approvals. A. General. Unless otherwise specified in the ordinance granting Project Review approval, a Project Review approval shall be documented by filing an approved plan set with the Community Development Department, pursuant to Chapter 26.490 – Development Documents, within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date of Project Review approval. The approved plan set may be required to contain various plans, diagrams, or narrative to document unique characteristics of the approval. Failure to submit an approved plan set within the time period shall render null and void the Project Review approval. The approval of a Project Review and the approval of a Detail Review together constitute a Final Planned Development Approval. Unless otherwise specified in the Resolution granting Detail Review approval, a Final Planned Development approval shall be documented by filing an approved plan set and all required plats and Development Agreements with the Community Development Department, pursuant to Chapter 26.490 – Development Documents, within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date of Detail Review approval. The approved plan set may be required to contain various plans, diagrams, or narrative to document unique characteristics of the approval. Failure to submit an approved plan set within the time period shall render null and void the Project Review and Detail Review approvals. The Community Development Director may grant extensions of the time limitations set forth herein if delay has been caused by the application requiring additional reviews or similar circumstances that could not have been reasonably predicted by the applicant. A written request for extension must be received no less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date. The Community Development Director may forward the request the City Council and the Council may, at its sole discretion and for good cause shown, grant an extension of the deadline. 26.445.100. Planned Development designation on Official Zone District Map. Upon issuance of a Development Order for a site specific development plan for a Planned Development, the Community Development Director shall amend the City's Official Zone District Map to show a Planned Development designation. The designation of a Planned Development shall not require a Rezoning under Chapter, 26.310, Amendments to the Land Use Code and Official Zone District Map, as the act of approving Detail Review and issuance of a Development Order authorizes the designation on the City’s Official Zone District Map. 26.445.110. Amendments. P215 VIII.f Ordinance 36, Series 2013 Planned Development Oct. 28 Page 18 of 26 A. Insubstantial Amendments. An insubstantial amendment to an approved Project Review or an approved Detail Review may be authorized by the Community Development Director. An insubstantial amendment shall meet the following criteria: 1. The request does not change the use or character of the development. 2. The request is consistent with the conditions and representations in the project's original approval, or otherwise represents an insubstantial change. 3. The request does not require granting a variation from the project's allowed use(s) and does not request an increase in the allowed height or floor area. 4. Any proposed changes to the approved dimensional requirements are limited to a technical nature, respond to a design parameter that could not have been foreseen during the Project Review approval, are within dimensional tolerances stated in the Project Review, or otherwise represents an insubstantial change. 5. An applicant may not apply for Detail Review if an amendment is pending. B. Insubstantial Amendment to a Designated Area. An amendment to the boundaries of a Planned Development designated area may be authorized by the Community Development Director. An insubstantial amendment shall meet the following criteria: 1. The request does not change the use or character of the development. 2. The request is due to a surveying or technical error that could not have been foreseen during the original approval, or otherwise represents an insubstantial change to the area of designation. 3. A boundary adjustment plat, as may be required by Chapter 26.480 – Subdivision, has been approved. C. Documenting or Restating Existing Conditions. In the absence of a Final Development Plan for a property designated Planned Development, or in instances where the existing documentation is antiquated or does not adequately guide development, the Community Development Director may authorize the documentation or restatement of existing conditions. The amendment shall meet the following criteria: 1. The request does not change the use or character of the development. 2. The property was designated as a Planned Development, Planned Unit Development, or Specially Planned Area by ordinance of the City. 3. No or limited documentation exists describing the allowances and limitations of the Planned Development, and there exists a community interest in updating the documentation for administrative clarity. 4. The request is limited to clarifying existing conditions and modernizing documentation regarding the allowances and limitations of the project, which may include updating and restating antiquated, project-specific zoning measurement methods to conform with present-day methods for measuring dimensional allowances and limitations. 5. Any proposed changes to the approved dimensional allowances are limited to a surveying or technical nature, enable structures to come into conformance with current zoning, P216 VIII.f Ordinance 36, Series 2013 Planned Development Oct. 28 Page 19 of 26 building, engineering, or fire code parameters, or otherwise represent an insubstantial change. E. Minor Amendment to a Project Review approval. An amendment found by the Community Development Director to be generally consistent with the allowances and limitations of a Project Review approval but which does not meet the established thresholds for an insubstantial amendment, may be approved, approved with conditions or denied by the City Council, pursuant to 26.445.030.b – Step Two. An applicant may not apply for Detail Review if an amendment is pending. F. Minor Amendment to a Detail Review approval. An amendment found by the Community Development Director consistent with a Project review approval and to be generally consistent with the allowances and limitations of a Detail Review approval but which does not meet the established thresholds for an insubstantial amendment, may be approved, approved with conditions or denied by the Planning and Zoning Commission, pursuant to 26.445.030.b – Step Three. G. Major Amendment. An amendment found by the Community Development Director to be inconsistent with the Project Review approval and inconsistent with the Detail Review approval shall be subject to full review, pursuant to 26.445.030 steps one, two, and three. H. Amendment Conditions. During the review of a proposed amendment, the Community Development Director, the Planning and Zoning Commission, and the City Council may require such conditions of approval as are necessary to insure that the development will be compatible with current community circumstances. Conditions may be applied to portions or aspects of the project which are the subject of the amendment request or other portions or aspects of the project. Conditions may include adherence any new community policies or regulations which have been implemented since the original approval or that reflect changed or changing community circumstances as they affect the project's entitled allowances and limitations including all representations and commitments. The applicant may withdraw the proposed amendment at any time during the review process. I. Absence of approved final development plan. In the absence of an approved Final Development Plan for a site designated Planned Development on the Official Zone District Map, an accurate improvements survey of existing conditions may be substituted to permit evaluation of whether the proposal is an insubstantial or other amendment. The Community Development Director may require additional documentation of existing conditions including dimensions of existing structures to make the determination. J. Rescinding a Planned Development Designation. The removal of a Planned Development designation from a parcel for cause may be approved by City Council at a duly noticed public hearing. When no cause is shown, removal of a Planned Development designation shall follow the process for a complete review, as outlined in Section 26.445.030.B.1 – Three Step Review, but shall require demonstration of why the land no longer meets the standards of review. 26.445.120 Appeals. P217 VIII.f Ordinance 36, Series 2013 Planned Development Oct. 28 Page 20 of 26 An applicant aggrieved by a decision made by the Community Development Director regarding administration of this Chapter may appeal the decision to the City Council, pursuant to Chapter 26.316. An applicant aggrieved by a Planning and Zoning Commission Detail Review, may appeal the decision to the City Council. In such circumstances, the Planning and Zoning Commission’s decision shall be considered a recommendation to City Council, and City Council shall review the project for compliance with Section 26.445.050, Detail Review Standards, during a duly noticed public hearing. The Council review process shall follow that outlined in Step Three of Section 26.445.030(C), Steps required, and the decision shall be by City Council resolution. Section 5: Sec. 26.470.110.A, Growth Management Review Procedures – General, shall be amended as follows: [No Changes to 1 – 4] 5. Planned Development review. Projects requiring approval of a Project Review or Detail Review, pursuant to Chapter 26.445, may be reviewed concurrently with review for growth management, pursuant to Paragraph 26.304.060.B.1. 6. Conceptual Commercial Design Review. Commercial, lodging and mixed-use projects requiring conceptual commercial design review approval, pursuant to Chapter 26.412, may be reviewed concurrently with review for growth management, pursuant to Paragraph 26.304.060.B.1. [No Changes to 7 – 10] Section 6: Sec. 26.208.010.E-P, City Council - Powers and Duties, shall be amended as follows: [No Changes to A – D] E is deleted All subsequent lettered subsections (F – P) shall be re-numbered to E - O. F (re-numbered to E) is amended as follows: “To review and approve, approve with conditions or disapprove a Planned Development Project Review and to hear and decide appeals of a Planned Development Detail Review decision by the Planning and Zoning Commission or the Historic Preservation Commission, pursuant to Chapter 26.445 – Planned Development;” Section 7: Sec. 26.210.020.B.16-24, Community Development Department – Jurisdiction, Authority and Duties, shall be amended as follows: [No Changes to 1 - 15] 16 is deleted All subsequent lettered subsections (17-24) shall be re-numbered to 16-23. P218 VIII.f Ordinance 36, Series 2013 Planned Development Oct. 28 Page 21 of 26 Section 8: Sec. 26.212.010.F-R, Planning and Zoning Commission – Powers and Duties, shall be amended as follows: [No Changes to A – D] E is amended as follows: “To review and make recommendations of approval, approval with conditions, or disapproval to the City Council on a Planned Development Project Review and to approve, approve with conditions, or deny Planned Development Detail Review, pursuant to Chapter 26.445 – Planned Development;” F is deleted All subsequent lettered subsections (G – R) shall be re-numbered to F – Q. Section 9: Sec. 26.304.060.A, Review of a development application by decision-making bodies – Review of procedures and standards, shall be amended to delete the reference to Specially Planned Areas (SPA). Section 10: Sec. 26.412.040.A, Commercial Design Review – Review procedure, Review Process, shall be amended as follows: 26.412.040. Review procedure. A. Review Process. Commercial design review is divided into a two-step process known as conceptual design and final design. Pursuant to Section 26.304.020 of this Title, Pre-application conference, applicants are encouraged, although not required, to meet with a City Planner of the Community Development Department to clarify the requirements of this Section and to determine if a project may be exempted from the provisions of this Section. Consolidation of applications and combining of reviews. The procedures for commercial design review include a two-step process requiring approval by a Commission of a conceptual design and then a final design. If a development project involves additional City land use approvals, the Community Development Director may consolidate or modify the review process accordingly, pursuant to Subsection 26.304.060.B of this Title. If a proposed development, in the opinion of the Community Development Director and in consultation with the applicant, does not require growth management review and is of limited scope, the Director may authorize the application to bypass conceptual design review and be reviewed only for final design. In this circumstance, the City Council shall be promptly notified of the Director's decision and afforded the opportunity to call-up the decision pursuant to Subsection 26.410.040.B, Appeals, notice to City Council and call-up. When the Historic Preservation Commission has purview over commercial design review, an application for commercial design review shall be consolidated with the appropriate review process as required by Section 26.415.070, Development Involving Designated Property. When an application is considered consolidated and a conflict between this Chapter and Chapter 26.415, Development Involving the Aspen Inventory of Historic Landmark Sites and Structures P219 VIII.f Ordinance 36, Series 2013 Planned Development Oct. 28 Page 22 of 26 or Development in an "H," Historic Overlay District, arises, the regulations of Chapter 26.415 shall supersede. [No changes to subsections 1 – 5] Section 11: Sec. 26.304.040, Common Development Review Procedures – Initiation of application for development order, shall be amended as follows: 26.304.040. Initiation of application for development order. An application for a development order may only be initiated by (1) a person or persons owning more than fifty percent (50%) of the property subject to the development application and proposed development; (2) the City Council or the Planning and Zoning Commission for the purpose of amending the text of this Chapter or the Official Zone District Map (Chapter 26.310) or to designate a Planned Development (Chapter 26.445) and (3) the City Council, Planning and Zoning Commission or Historic Preservation Commission for the purpose of designating an H, Historic Overlay District or designating a property on the Aspen Inventory of Historic Landmark Sites and Structures. Section 12: Sec. 26.510.020, Signs – Applicability and scope, shall be amended as follows: 26.510.020 Applicability and scope This Chapter shall apply to all signs of whatever nature and wherever located within the City except for those signs permitted through an approved Planned Development. Section 13: Sec. 26.590.030.C.4 – Exempt timesharing, Review standards for exemption, shall be amended as follows: The conversion of any multi-family dwelling unit that meets the definition of residential multi- family housing to timesharing shall comply with the provisions of Section 26.470.070(5), Demolition or redevelopment of multi-family housing, even when there is no demolition of the existing multi-family dwelling unit. Section 14: Sec. 26.590.040, Timeshare Development – Procedure for review of timeshare lodge development application, shall be amended as follows: 26.590.040. Procedure for review of timeshare lodge development application All timesharing that is not eligible for an exemption shall be processed as follows: [No changes to section A] B. Consolidated Planned Development Review. The Community Development Director may determine that because a timeshare lodge development is a conversion of an existing building or because of the limited extent of the issues involved in the proposal, the project can proceed directly to a Detail Review. The Community Development Director is also authorized to waive certain submission requirements or review standards of the Planned P220 VIII.f Ordinance 36, Series 2013 Planned Development Oct. 28 Page 23 of 26 Development review procedures that are not applicable to a proposed timeshare development. C. Subdivision review. Timeshare lodge development shall also require subdivision approval. Review of the subdivision application may be combined with Planned Development review, as authorized by Subsection 26.304.060.B, Combined reviews. [No changes to sections D - E] Section 15: Sec. 26.590.050, Timeshare Development – Contents of application, shall be amended as follows: 26.590.050. Contents of application In addition to the general application information required in Section 26.304.030, Application and fees and those application contents for Planned Development and subdivision, the application for timeshare lodge development shall include the following information. For projects that require Full Planned Development review it is expected that this information will be provided in a preliminary manner during the Project Review and in a precise manner during Detail Review. [No changes to sections A - H] Section 16: Sec. 26.590.070, Timeshare Development – Review standards for timeshare lodge development, shall be amended as follows: 26.590.070 Review standards for timeshare lodge development An applicant for timeshare lodge development shall demonstrate compliance with each of the following standards, as applicable to the proposed development. These standards are in addition to those standards applicable to the review of the Planned Development and Subdivision applications. A. Fiscal impact analysis and mitigation. Any applicant proposing to convert an existing lodge to a timeshare lodge development shall be required to demonstrate that the proposed conversion will not have a negative tax consequence for the City. In order to demonstrate the tax consequences of the proposed conversion, the applicant shall prepare a detailed fiscal impact study as part of the Project Review application. The fiscal impact study shall contain at least the following comparisons between the existing lodge operation and the proposed timeshare lodge development: [No changes to subsections 1-3] B. Upgrading of existing projects. Any existing project that is proposed to be converted to a timeshare lodge development shall be physically upgraded and modernized. The extent of the upgrading that is to be accomplished shall be determined as part of the Project Review, P221 VIII.f Ordinance 36, Series 2013 Planned Development Oct. 28 Page 24 of 26 considering the condition of the existing facilities, with the intent being to make the development compatible in character with surrounding properties and to extend the useful life of the building. 1. To the extent that it would be practical and reasonable, existing structures shall be brought into compliance with the City's adopted Fire, Health and Building Codes. 2. No sale of any interest in a timeshare lodge development shall be closed until a Certificate of Occupancy has been issued for the upgrading. [No changes to Section C] D. Affordable housing requirements. 1. Whenever a timeshare lodge development is required to provide affordable housing, mitigation for the development shall be calculated by applying the standards of the City's housing designee for lodge uses. The affordable housing requirement shall be calculated based on the maximum number of proposed lock out rooms in the development and shall also take into account any retail, restaurant, conference or other functions proposed in the lodge. 2. The conversion of any multi-family dwelling unit that meets the definition of residential multi-family housing to timesharing shall comply with the provisions of Section 26.470.070(5), Demolition or redevelopment of multi-family housing, even when there is no demolition of the existing multi-family dwelling unit. [No changes to sections E - J] Section 17: Sec. 26.590.090, Timeshare Development – Timeshare documents, shall be amended as follows: 26.590.090. Timeshare documents At the same time the applicant submits final development plans and a Development Agreement to the City for recordation, pursuant to Section 26.490, Development Documents, or submits the necessary documents to record the subdivision exemption, the applicant shall also submit the following timeshare documents in a form suitable for recording. The Community Development Director may require the applicant to submit a draft version of these timeshare documents at the time of submission of the Project Review. [No changes to sections A-B] Section 18: Sec. 26.710.230, Zone Districts – Academic, shall be amended as follows: A. Purpose. The purpose of the Academic (A) Zone District is to establish lands for education and cultural activities with attendant research, housing and administrative facilities. All development in the Academic Zone District shall be in compliance with a Final Planned Development approval granted pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 26.445, Planned Development. P222 VIII.f Ordinance 36, Series 2013 Planned Development Oct. 28 Page 25 of 26 [No Changes to B – C] D. Dimensional requirements. The dimensional requirements which shall apply to all permitted and conditional uses in the Academic (A) Zone District shall be set by the adoption of a Final Planned Development approval granted pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 26.445, Planned Development. Section 19: Sec. 26.710.240(D), Zone Districts – Park, shall be amended as follows: D. Dimensional requirements. The dimensional requirements which shall apply to all permitted and conditional uses in the Park (P) Zone District shall be set by the adoption of a Final Planned Development approval granted pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 26.445, Planned Development. Section 20: Sec. 26.710.250(D), Zone Districts – Public, shall be amended as follows: D. Dimensional requirements. The dimensional requirements which shall apply to all permitted and conditional uses in the Public (PUB) Zone District shall be set by the adoption of a Final Planned Development approval granted pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 26.445, Planned Development. Section 21: Effect Upon Existing Litigation. This ordinance shall not affect any existing litigation and shall not operate as an abatement of any action or proceeding now pending under or by virtue of the ordinances repealed or amended as herein provided, and the same shall be conducted and concluded under such prior ordinances. Section 22: Effect Upon Existing Projects under Review. This ordinance shall not affect any existing project under review. Projects under review submitted prior to the adoption this ordinance and which have not received a Development Order shall proceed under the ordinances in effect at the time of application submission. The procedures and standards of this ordinance shall only apply to projects submitted after the effective date of this ordinance and shall not be applied, in whole or in part, to projects submitted prior to the effective date of this ordinance. Section 23: Severability. If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase, or portion of this ordinance is for any reason held invalid or unconstitutional in a court of competent jurisdiction, such portion shall be deemed a separate, distinct and independent provision and shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions thereof. Section 24: Effective Date. In accordance with Section 4.9 of the City of Aspen Home Rule Charter, this ordinance shall become effective thirty (30) days following final passage. P223 VIII.f Ordinance 36, Series 2013 Planned Development Oct. 28 Page 26 of 26 Section 25: A public hearing on this ordinance shall be held on the 23rd day of Septemner, 2013, at a meeting of the Aspen City Council commencing at 5:00 p.m. in the City Council Chambers, Aspen City Hall, Aspen, Colorado, a minimum of fifteen days prior to which hearing a public notice of the same shall be published in a newspaper of general circulation within the City of Aspen. INTRODUCED, READ AND ORDERED PUBLISHED as provided by law, by the City Council of the City of Aspen on the 9th day of September, 2013. Attest: __________________________ ____________________________ Kathryn S. Koch, City Clerk Steven Skadron, Mayor FINALLY, adopted, passed and approved this ___ day of ______, 2013. Attest: __________________________ ___________________________ Kathryn S. Koch, City Clerk Steven Skadron, Mayor Approved as to form: ___________________________ City Attorney P224 VIII.f MEMORANDUM TO: Mayor Skadron and Aspen City Council FROM: Sara Adams, Senior Planner THRU: Chris Bendon, Community Development Director RE: Notice of Call Up - HPC approval of Conceptual Major Development, Relocation, FAR Bonus and Demolition for 233 W. Hallam Street, HPC Resolution #26, Series of 2013 MEETING DATE: October 28, 2013 BACKGROUND: On August 28, 2013, the Historic Preservation Commission (HPC) approved Conceptual Major Development, Relocation, 500 square feet FAR Bonusa setback variance and Demolition, for a residential development at 233 W. Hallam St. 233 West Hallam Street is located on the corner of Hallam and Second Streets. It is a 9,700 square feet lot with a heavily altered 1886 historic landmark. The applicant received approval from HPC to remove non-historic additions, restore the historic Victorian, relocate the Victorian to its original location according to historic maps, and construct a new single family residence at the corner of the lot. The project was heard by HPC three times with requests to reduce the mass and scale of the new residence. The application was conceptually approved on August 28th after significant revisions to the project. A copy of the approved site plan and elevations is attached as Exhibit A. The HPC Resolution and Minutes are attached as Exhibits B and C, respectively. PROCEDURE: This is not a public hearing and no staff or applicant presentation will be made at the October 28th Council meeting. If you have any questions about the project, please contact the staff planner, Sara Adams, 429-2778 or sara.adams@cityofaspen.com. Pursuant to Section 26.412.040(B), notification of this HPC approval must be placed on City Council’s agenda within 30 days, or as soon thereafter as is practical under the circumstances. City Council has the option of exercising the Call Up provisions outlined in Section 26.412.040(B) within 15 days of notification on the regular agenda. City Council may vote to Call Up the project at their October 28th meeting. If City Council does not exercise the Call Up provision, the HPC Resolution shall stand, and the applicant will move forward with a Final design application. ATTACHMENTS: Exhibit A: Conceptual Design Exhibit B: HPC Resolution #26, Series of 2013 Exhibit C: Draft HPC minutes from August 28, 2013 P225 IX.a KU M I N R E S I D E N C E 23 3 W E S T H A L L A M S T . AS P E N , C O RE S T O R A T I O N A N D R E M O D E L O F H I S T O R I C HO M E & N E W R E S I D E N C E HP C S U B M I T T A L COPYRIGHT©The architect and his consultants do not warrant or guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the work product herein beyond a reasonable diligence. If any mistakes, omissions, and/or discrepancies are found to exist within the work product, the Architect shall be promptly notified. Failure to promptly notify the Architect of such conditions shall absolve the Architect from any responsibility for the consequences of such failure. Actions taken without the knowledge and consent of the Architect, or in contradiction to the Architect's work product or recommendations shall become the responsibility not of the Architect, but of the parties taking said action.LIMITATION OF WARRANTY OF ARCHITECT'S WORK PRODUCT PROJECT INFORMATION:PRELIMINARYNOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONThe use of all information be it drawn or written appearing herein shall be restricted to the original project site for which said information was prepared and publication thereof is expressly limited to such use. Reuse, reproduction, or publication by any method, in whole or in part, is prohibited without the written consent of DHR Architecture, PC. Title to the plans remains with DHR Architecture, PC without prejudice. Visual contact with these plans shall constitute prima facie evidence of the acceptance of said restrictions as they apply to the entirety of the information contained herein.2010 DHR ARCHITECTURE, PC ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO.:A P R O F E S S I O N A L C O R P O R A T I O NDHR3200 CHERRY CREEK SOUTH DRIVE SUITE 410 DENVER, CO. 80209 TELEPHONE 303 355-2460 FACSIMILE 303 355-2546 WWW . DHRARCHITECTURE . COMA R C H I T E C T U R E 8/2/2013 4:09:47 PMHPC SUBMITTALKUMIN RESIDENCE 233 WEST HALLAM ST.ASPEN, CO 2012.024.847 REVISED 08.02.2013 RE V I S E D 0 8 . 0 2 . 1 3 P227IX.a NE W T W O ST O R Y H O U S E RE L O C A T E D HIS T O R I C H O U S E NE W O N E S T O R Y 2- C A R G A R A G E SU B T E R R A N E A N ST R U C T U R E PROPERTY LINE PROPERTY LINE REAR SETBACK FRONT SETBACK PROPERTY LINE SIDE SETBACK 10' - 0" 10' - 0" PROPERTY LINE SIDE SETBACK 10' - 0" 10' - 0" CO V E R E D CA R P O R T PARKING SPACE PARKING SPACE PARKING SPACE PARKING SPACE 9' - 3 1/2" MIN. 3' - 0" WEST HA LLAM STRE E T NORTH 2ND ST. 1' - 4 1/2" 7' - 0 1/2" 16' - 2 1/2" 8' - 1" 7' - 0" 23' - 1" COPYRIGHT©The architect and his consultants do not warrant or guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the work product herein beyond a reasonable diligence. If any mistakes, omissions, and/or discrepancies are found to exist within the work product, the Architect shall be promptly notified. Failure to promptly notify the Architect of such conditions shall absolve the Architect from any responsibility for the consequences of such failure. Actions taken without the knowledge and consent of the Architect, or in contradiction to the Architect's work product or recommendations shall become the responsibility not of the Architect, but of the parties taking said action.LIMITATION OF WARRANTY OF ARCHITECT'S WORK PRODUCT ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO.:ISSUE DESCRIPTION:NO.DATE:PROJECT INFORMATION:DRAWING TITLE:1 2 3 4 5SCALE:PRELIMINARYNOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONThe use of all information be it drawn or written appearing herein shall be restricted to the original project site for which said information was prepared and publication thereof is expressly limited to such use. Reuse, reproduction, or publication by any method, in whole or in part, is prohibited without the written consent of DHR Architecture, PC. Title to the plans remains with DHR Architecture, PC without prejudice. Visual contact with these plans shall constitute prima facie evidence of the acceptance of said restrictions as they apply to the entirety of the information contained herein.2012 DHR ARCHITECTURE, PC 6 7 8 9A P R O F E S S I O N A L C O R P O R A T I O NDHR3200 CHERRY CREEK SOUTH DRIVE SUITE 410 DENVER, CO. 80209 TELEPHONE 303 355-2460 FACSIMILE 303 355-2546 WWW . DHRARCHITECTURE . COMA R C H I T E C T U R E 8/2/2013 4:03:30 PM 1/8" = 1'-0"SITE PLAN A0.1KUMIN RESIDENCE 233 WEST HALLAM ST.ASPEN, CO 2012.024.847H.P.C. SUBMITTAL08.02.2013 HPC SUBMITTAL 1 / 8 " = 1 ' - 0 " 1 SI T E P L A N P228IX.a UP 25 ' - 8 1 / 2 " 4' - 0"25' - 9 1/2"17' - 2"25' - 10" 13 ' - 5 " 4' - 7 1/2" 19 ' - 1 " 12' - 3" DN 12' - 3" 68 ' - 8 " 20 ' - 4 1 / 2 " 3' - 8 " 24 ' - 0 " 4' - 6 1/2"28' - 0 1/2" 32' - 7"47' - 3 1/2" 18' - 11" 19' - 11 1/2"5' - 1"5' - 1" 17 ' - 7 " 3' - 7 1 / 2 " 8' - 0 " 5' - 0 1 / 2 " 12 ' - 0 " 5' - 7 " 3' - 3 " 6' - 5 1/2"6' - 7 1/2" 3' - 9" 5' - 9 " 3' - 5 1 / 2 " 8' - 2 " 7' - 0" 51' - 9" 23 ' - 3 1 / 2 " 79' - 10 1/2" 5' - 1 1 / 2 " 5' - 1 1 / 2 " 8' - 0 " 5' - 0"13' - 10"5' - 0" 13 ' - 5 " 5' - 0 " 13' - 10" 2' - 0 " 18' - 2"17' - 7 1/2"4' - 4 1/2" 11 ' - 0 " 14 ' - 8 1 / 2 " 23 ' - 7 1 / 2 " 6' - 4 1 / 2 " 3' - 2 " 11 ' - 4 " 10 ' - 7 1 / 2 " 72' - 9" 23 ' - 3 1 / 2 " 10' - 1 1/2" 10' - 0" 10 ' - 0 " 6' - 3 1 / 2 " 7' - 1 1/2" COPYRIGHT©The architect and his consultants do not warrant or guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the work product herein beyond a reasonable diligence. If any mistakes, omissions, and/or discrepancies are found to exist within the work product, the Architect shall be promptly notified. Failure to promptly notify the Architect of such conditions shall absolve the Architect from any responsibility for the consequences of such failure. Actions taken without the knowledge and consent of the Architect, or in contradiction to the Architect's work product or recommendations shall become the responsibility not of the Architect, but of the parties taking said action.LIMITATION OF WARRANTY OF ARCHITECT'S WORK PRODUCT ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO.:ISSUE DESCRIPTION:NO.DATE:PROJECT INFORMATION:DRAWING TITLE:1 2 3 4 5SCALE:PRELIMINARYNOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONThe use of all information be it drawn or written appearing herein shall be restricted to the original project site for which said information was prepared and publication thereof is expressly limited to such use. Reuse, reproduction, or publication by any method, in whole or in part, is prohibited without the written consent of DHR Architecture, PC. Title to the plans remains with DHR Architecture, PC without prejudice. Visual contact with these plans shall constitute prima facie evidence of the acceptance of said restrictions as they apply to the entirety of the information contained herein.2012 DHR ARCHITECTURE, PC 6 7 8 9A P R O F E S S I O N A L C O R P O R A T I O NDHR3200 CHERRY CREEK SOUTH DRIVE SUITE 410 DENVER, CO. 80209 TELEPHONE 303 355-2460 FACSIMILE 303 355-2546 WWW . DHRARCHITECTURE . COMA R C H I T E C T U R E 8/2/2013 4:03:36 PM 1/4" = 1'-0"LOWER LEVEL PLAN A1.0KUMIN RESIDENCE 233 WEST HALLAM ST.ASPEN, CO 2012.024.847H.P.C. SUBMITTAL08.02.2013 HPC SUBMITTAL 1 / 4 " = 1 ' - 0 " 1 LO W E R L E V E L 0' 8' 16 ' 4' P229IX.a UP DN UP . . CA R P O R T 2' - 0 " 5' - 0"7' - 0" 22 ' - 6 " 1' - 6 " 24 ' - 0 " 27' - 10 1/2"4' - 6 1/2"32' - 5" 25' - 10 1/2"17' - 1"25' - 10 1/2"4' - 1" 4' - 6 " 12 ' - 0 1 / 2 " 23 ' - 3 " 12 ' - 6 1 / 2 " 3' - 0 1 / 2 " 3' - 7 " 3' - 0 " 2' - 0 " 6' - 5 1 / 2 " 7' - 0 1/2" 14' - 4 1/2"FR O N T P O R C H / EN T R Y SE C O N D A R Y A C C E S S / SI D E D O O R SU R F A C E PA R K I N G SP A C E 20 ' - 0 " 16' - 4 1/2"9' - 6 1/2"5' - 0" 10 ' - 0 " 26' - 2 1/2" FL A G S T O N E ST E P P I N G S T O N E S 15 ' - 6 " . 5' - 6 " 4' - 1 1 1 / 2 " 8' - 8 " 6' - 10" 15' - 0"2' - 0" 4' - 1 1 1 / 2 " . 10 ' - 5 1 / 2 " 13 ' - 8 1 / 2 " 4' - 4 1/2" . 20' - 0" 11 ' - 0 " 14 ' - 1 1 " 25 ' - 1 1 " 72' - 11 1/2" CO V E R E D PO R C H CO V E R E D PO R C H 25 ' - 1 1 " 10 ' - 0 " 21 ' - 2 1 / 2 " 23 ' - 1 " 10 ' - 0 " 6' - 2 1 / 2 " 10' - 0" 7' - 0" 7' - 0 1/2" 6' - 6 " COPYRIGHT©The architect and his consultants do not warrant or guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the work product herein beyond a reasonable diligence. If any mistakes, omissions, and/or discrepancies are found to exist within the work product, the Architect shall be promptly notified. Failure to promptly notify the Architect of such conditions shall absolve the Architect from any responsibility for the consequences of such failure. Actions taken without the knowledge and consent of the Architect, or in contradiction to the Architect's work product or recommendations shall become the responsibility not of the Architect, but of the parties taking said action.LIMITATION OF WARRANTY OF ARCHITECT'S WORK PRODUCT ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO.:ISSUE DESCRIPTION:NO.DATE:PROJECT INFORMATION:DRAWING TITLE:1 2 3 4 5SCALE:PRELIMINARYNOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONThe use of all information be it drawn or written appearing herein shall be restricted to the original project site for which said information was prepared and publication thereof is expressly limited to such use. Reuse, reproduction, or publication by any method, in whole or in part, is prohibited without the written consent of DHR Architecture, PC. Title to the plans remains with DHR Architecture, PC without prejudice. Visual contact with these plans shall constitute prima facie evidence of the acceptance of said restrictions as they apply to the entirety of the information contained herein.2012 DHR ARCHITECTURE, PC 6 7 8 9A P R O F E S S I O N A L C O R P O R A T I O NDHR3200 CHERRY CREEK SOUTH DRIVE SUITE 410 DENVER, CO. 80209 TELEPHONE 303 355-2460 FACSIMILE 303 355-2546 WWW . DHRARCHITECTURE . COMA R C H I T E C T U R E 8/2/2013 4:03:47 PM 1/4" = 1'-0"FIRST FLOOR PLAN A1.1KUMIN RESIDENCE 233 WEST HALLAM ST.ASPEN, CO 2012.024.847H.P.C. SUBMITTAL08.02.2013 HPC SUBMITTAL 1 / 4 " = 1 ' - 0 " 1 FI R S T F L O O R 0' 8' 16 ' 4' P230IX.a DN UP OP E N T O BE L O W 23 ' - 1 " 15 ' - 2 " 5' - 0" 14' - 11" 3' - 0"6' - 2"5' - 5" 12 ' - 6 1 / 2 " 4' - 1 " 2' - 6 " 3' - 0 " 6' - 1 1 1 / 2 " 3' - 4 1 / 2 " 13 ' - 8 1 / 2 " 13' - 2"5' - 6" 15' - 0" 8' - 1 0 " 13' - 9" 4' - 4 " 9' - 0 " 4' - 2"7' - 7" 4' - 6 " 5' - 0 " 7' - 6 1/2" 4' - 11 1/2" 4' - 10" 3' - 11" 10 ' - 5 1 / 2 " 3' - 7"5' - 6" 4' - 7 1 / 2 " 9' - 0 " 4' - 9 " 5' - 6 " 4' - 4 1/2" 10 ' - 0 " 1' - 5 " COPYRIGHT©The architect and his consultants do not warrant or guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the work product herein beyond a reasonable diligence. If any mistakes, omissions, and/or discrepancies are found to exist within the work product, the Architect shall be promptly notified. Failure to promptly notify the Architect of such conditions shall absolve the Architect from any responsibility for the consequences of such failure. Actions taken without the knowledge and consent of the Architect, or in contradiction to the Architect's work product or recommendations shall become the responsibility not of the Architect, but of the parties taking said action.LIMITATION OF WARRANTY OF ARCHITECT'S WORK PRODUCT ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO.:ISSUE DESCRIPTION:NO.DATE:PROJECT INFORMATION:DRAWING TITLE:1 2 3 4 5SCALE:PRELIMINARYNOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONThe use of all information be it drawn or written appearing herein shall be restricted to the original project site for which said information was prepared and publication thereof is expressly limited to such use. Reuse, reproduction, or publication by any method, in whole or in part, is prohibited without the written consent of DHR Architecture, PC. Title to the plans remains with DHR Architecture, PC without prejudice. Visual contact with these plans shall constitute prima facie evidence of the acceptance of said restrictions as they apply to the entirety of the information contained herein.2012 DHR ARCHITECTURE, PC 6 7 8 9A P R O F E S S I O N A L C O R P O R A T I O NDHR3200 CHERRY CREEK SOUTH DRIVE SUITE 410 DENVER, CO. 80209 TELEPHONE 303 355-2460 FACSIMILE 303 355-2546 WWW . DHRARCHITECTURE . COMA R C H I T E C T U R E 8/2/2013 4:03:52 PM 1/4" = 1'-0"SECOND FLOOR PLAN A1.2KUMIN RESIDENCE 233 WEST HALLAM ST.ASPEN, CO 2012.024.847H.P.C. SUBMITTAL08.02.2013 HPC SUBMITTAL 1 / 4 " = 1 ' - 0 " 1 SE C O N D F L O O R 0' 8' 16 ' 4' P231IX.a 8' - 0" 10 ' - 0 " 1' - 5 " 10' - 0" 1' - 0 1/2" 1 / 4 " = 1 ' - 0 " 1 RO O F P L A N COPYRIGHT©The architect and his consultants do not warrant or guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the work product herein beyond a reasonable diligence. If any mistakes, omissions, and/or discrepancies are found to exist within the work product, the Architect shall be promptly notified. Failure to promptly notify the Architect of such conditions shall absolve the Architect from any responsibility for the consequences of such failure. Actions taken without the knowledge and consent of the Architect, or in contradiction to the Architect's work product or recommendations shall become the responsibility not of the Architect, but of the parties taking said action.LIMITATION OF WARRANTY OF ARCHITECT'S WORK PRODUCT ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO.:ISSUE DESCRIPTION:NO.DATE:PROJECT INFORMATION:DRAWING TITLE:1 2 3 4 5SCALE:PRELIMINARYNOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONThe use of all information be it drawn or written appearing herein shall be restricted to the original project site for which said information was prepared and publication thereof is expressly limited to such use. Reuse, reproduction, or publication by any method, in whole or in part, is prohibited without the written consent of DHR Architecture, PC. Title to the plans remains with DHR Architecture, PC without prejudice. Visual contact with these plans shall constitute prima facie evidence of the acceptance of said restrictions as they apply to the entirety of the information contained herein.2012 DHR ARCHITECTURE, PC 6 7 8 9A P R O F E S S I O N A L C O R P O R A T I O NDHR3200 CHERRY CREEK SOUTH DRIVE SUITE 410 DENVER, CO. 80209 TELEPHONE 303 355-2460 FACSIMILE 303 355-2546 WWW . DHRARCHITECTURE . COMA R C H I T E C T U R E 8/2/2013 4:04:07 PM 1/4" = 1'-0"ROOF PLAN A1.3KUMIN RESIDENCE 233 WEST HALLAM ST.ASPEN, CO 2012.024.847H.P.C. SUBMITTAL08.02.2013 HPC SUBMITTAL 0' 8' 16 ' 4' P232IX.a FI R S T F L O O R 10 0 ' - 0 " SE C O N D F L O O R 10 9 ' - 6 " NE W S E C O N D FL O O R 11 0 ' - 1 1 / 4 " EQ EQ EQ 21' - 10 1/2" 25' - 1 1/2" 30' - 7 1/2" FI R S T F L O O R 10 0 ' - 0 " NE W S E C O N D FL O O R 11 0 ' - 1 1 / 4 " COPYRIGHT©The architect and his consultants do not warrant or guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the work product herein beyond a reasonable diligence. If any mistakes, omissions, and/or discrepancies are found to exist within the work product, the Architect shall be promptly notified. Failure to promptly notify the Architect of such conditions shall absolve the Architect from any responsibility for the consequences of such failure. Actions taken without the knowledge and consent of the Architect, or in contradiction to the Architect's work product or recommendations shall become the responsibility not of the Architect, but of the parties taking said action.LIMITATION OF WARRANTY OF ARCHITECT'S WORK PRODUCT ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO.:ISSUE DESCRIPTION:NO.DATE:PROJECT INFORMATION:DRAWING TITLE:1 2 3 4 5SCALE:PRELIMINARYNOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONThe use of all information be it drawn or written appearing herein shall be restricted to the original project site for which said information was prepared and publication thereof is expressly limited to such use. Reuse, reproduction, or publication by any method, in whole or in part, is prohibited without the written consent of DHR Architecture, PC. Title to the plans remains with DHR Architecture, PC without prejudice. Visual contact with these plans shall constitute prima facie evidence of the acceptance of said restrictions as they apply to the entirety of the information contained herein.2012 DHR ARCHITECTURE, PC 6 7 8 9A P R O F E S S I O N A L C O R P O R A T I O NDHR3200 CHERRY CREEK SOUTH DRIVE SUITE 410 DENVER, CO. 80209 TELEPHONE 303 355-2460 FACSIMILE 303 355-2546 WWW . DHRARCHITECTURE . COMA R C H I T E C T U R E 8/2/2013 4:04:19 PM 1/4" = 1'-0"NEW HOUSE ELEVATIONS A3.0KUMIN RESIDENCE 233 WEST HALLAM ST.ASPEN, CO 2012.024.847H.P.C. SUBMITTAL08.02.2013 HPC SUBMITTAL 1 / 4 " = 1 ' - 0 " 1 NO R T H E L E V A T I O N 1 / 4 " = 1 ' - 0 " 2 EA S T E L E V A T I O N P233IX.a FI R S T F L O O R 10 0 ' - 0 " NE W S E C O N D FL O O R 11 0 ' - 1 1 / 4 " FI R S T F L O O R 10 0 ' - 0 " SE C O N D F L O O R 10 9 ' - 6 " NE W S E C O N D FL O O R 11 0 ' - 1 1 / 4 " 12 12 COPYRIGHT©The architect and his consultants do not warrant or guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the work product herein beyond a reasonable diligence. If any mistakes, omissions, and/or discrepancies are found to exist within the work product, the Architect shall be promptly notified. Failure to promptly notify the Architect of such conditions shall absolve the Architect from any responsibility for the consequences of such failure. Actions taken without the knowledge and consent of the Architect, or in contradiction to the Architect's work product or recommendations shall become the responsibility not of the Architect, but of the parties taking said action.LIMITATION OF WARRANTY OF ARCHITECT'S WORK PRODUCT ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO.:ISSUE DESCRIPTION:NO.DATE:PROJECT INFORMATION:DRAWING TITLE:1 2 3 4 5SCALE:PRELIMINARYNOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONThe use of all information be it drawn or written appearing herein shall be restricted to the original project site for which said information was prepared and publication thereof is expressly limited to such use. Reuse, reproduction, or publication by any method, in whole or in part, is prohibited without the written consent of DHR Architecture, PC. Title to the plans remains with DHR Architecture, PC without prejudice. Visual contact with these plans shall constitute prima facie evidence of the acceptance of said restrictions as they apply to the entirety of the information contained herein.2012 DHR ARCHITECTURE, PC 6 7 8 9A P R O F E S S I O N A L C O R P O R A T I O NDHR3200 CHERRY CREEK SOUTH DRIVE SUITE 410 DENVER, CO. 80209 TELEPHONE 303 355-2460 FACSIMILE 303 355-2546 WWW . DHRARCHITECTURE . COMA R C H I T E C T U R E 8/2/2013 4:05:01 PM 1/4" = 1'-0"NEW HOUSE ELEVATIONS A3.1KUMIN RESIDENCE 233 WEST HALLAM ST.ASPEN, CO 2012.024.847H.P.C. SUBMITTAL08.02.2013 HPC SUBMITTAL 1 / 4 " = 1 ' - 0 " 2 WE S T E L E V A T I O N 1 / 4 " = 1 ' - 0 " 1 SO U T H E L E V A T I O N P234IX.a COPYRIGHT©The architect and his consultants do not warrant or guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the work product herein beyond a reasonable diligence. If any mistakes, omissions, and/or discrepancies are found to exist within the work product, the Architect shall be promptly notified. Failure to promptly notify the Architect of such conditions shall absolve the Architect from any responsibility for the consequences of such failure. Actions taken without the knowledge and consent of the Architect, or in contradiction to the Architect's work product or recommendations shall become the responsibility not of the Architect, but of the parties taking said action.LIMITATION OF WARRANTY OF ARCHITECT'S WORK PRODUCT ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO.:ISSUE DESCRIPTION:NO.DATE:PROJECT INFORMATION:DRAWING TITLE:1 2 3 4 5SCALE:PRELIMINARYNOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONThe use of all information be it drawn or written appearing herein shall be restricted to the original project site for which said information was prepared and publication thereof is expressly limited to such use. Reuse, reproduction, or publication by any method, in whole or in part, is prohibited without the written consent of DHR Architecture, PC. Title to the plans remains with DHR Architecture, PC without prejudice. Visual contact with these plans shall constitute prima facie evidence of the acceptance of said restrictions as they apply to the entirety of the information contained herein.2010 DHR ARCHITECTURE, PC 6 7 8 9A P R O F E S S I O N A L C O R P O R A T I O NDHR3200 CHERRY CREEK SOUTH DRIVE SUITE 410 DENVER, CO. 80209 TELEPHONE 303 355-2460 FACSIMILE 303 355-2546 WWW . DHRARCHITECTURE . COMA R C H I T E C T U R E 8/2/2013 4:05:43 PMPERSPECTIVESA4.0KUMIN RESIDENCE 233 WEST HALLAM ST.ASPEN, CO 2012.024.847H.P.C. SUBMITTAL08.02.2013 HPC SUBMITTAL 1 NO R T H 2 N D S T R E E T - E L E V A T I O N . 3 HA L L A M S T R E E T - S T R E E T S C A P E 2 HA L L A M S T R E E T - E L E V A T I O N 4 AX O N O M E T R I C V I E W P235IX.a RECEPTION#: 603067, 09/04/2013 at 12:36:58 PM, 1 of 7, R $41.00 Doc Code RESOLUTION Janice K.Vos Caudill, Pitkin County, CO A RESOLUTION OF THE ASPEN HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION (HPC) GRANTING CONCEPTUAL MAJOR DEVELOPMENT, ON-SITE RELOCATION, DEMOLITION, FLOOR AREA BONUS AND VARIANCE APPROVAL FOR THE PROPERTY LOCATED AT 233 WEST HALLAM STREET, LOTS A, B AND C, AND THE WEST 6.64 FEET OF LOT D, BLOCK 50, CITY AND TOWNSITE OF ASPEN, COLORADO RESOLUTION #26, SERIES OF 2013 PARCEL ID: #2735-124-35-001 WHEREAS, Solomon and Elizabeth Kumin, represented by DHR Architecture and Haas Land Planning, have requested Conceptual Major Development, On-site Relocation, Demolition, Floor Area Bonus and Variances for their property at 233 West Hallam Street, Lots A, B and C, and the West 6.64 feet of Lot d, Block 50, City and Townsite of Aspen, Colorado; and WHEREAS, the property is a designated landmark; and WHEREAS, Section 26.415.070 of the Municipal Code states that "no building or structure shall be erected,, constructed, enlarged, altered, repaired, relocated or improved involving a designated historic property or district until plans or sufficient information have been submitted to the Community Development Director and approved in accordance with the procedures established for their review;" and WHEREAS, for Conceptual Major Development Review, the HPC must review the application, a staff analysis report and the evidence presented at a hearing to determine the project's conformance with the City of Aspen Historic Preservation Design Guidelines per Section 26.415.070.D.3.b.2 and 3 of the Municipal Code and other applicable Code Sections. The HPC may approve, disapprove, approve with conditions or continue the application to obtain additional information necessary to make a decision to approve or deny; and WHEREAS, in order to approve Relocation, the Historic Preservation Commission must find that the review standards at Section 26.415.090.C, Relocation of a Designated Property, are met; and WHEREAS, in order to Demolish structures, or portions of structures on a designated property, the application shall meet the requirements of Section 26.415.080.A.4, Demolition of Designated Historic Properties or Properties within a Historic District; and WHEREAS, the HPC may grant up to five hundred (500) additional square feet of allowable floor area for projects complying with Section 26.415.110.17, Floor Area Bonus; and, WHEREAS, in order to receive approval for setback variances, the application shall meet the requirements of Section 26.415.110.C.La, Variances; and 233 W. Hallam HPC Resolution#26, Series of 2013 Page 1 of 3 P237 IX.a WHEREAS, the HPC may approve variances to the Residential Design Standard Variances according to Section 26.410.020.D.2; and WHEREAS, Sara Adams, in her staff report to HPC dated August 28, 2013, performed an analysis of the application, found that the review criteria are met and recommended approval; and WHEREAS, at a regular meeting on August 28, 2013 continued from May 22, 2013 and June 26, 2013, the Historic Preservation Commission considered the application, found the application was consistent with the review standards and granted approval, with conditions, by a vote of 7 to 0. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED: HPC hereby grants Conceptual Major Development, On-site Relocation, Demolition, Floor Area Bonus and Variances for the property located at 233 W. Hallam Street with the following conditions: 1. The site plan, mass and scale are conceptually approved as shown in Exhibit A. 2. Conditions of approval for Final Review: a. Continue to refine the restoration plan for the Victorian, particularly window proportions. b. Specify the foundation profile, material, and style for the historic home for review at Final Review. c. Restudy the lightwell on the west side of the Victorian to either recess it further from the street, break it up into smaller lightwells, or detail in a way that minimizes the visual impact of the feature. d. Provide floor plans to demonstrate that Hallam is the primary entrance point into both homes for review during Final Review. 3. Relocation of the historic home is approved with the following conditions. a. Provide a letter from a structural engineer demonstrating that the building is able to moved. b. At building permit, provide a $30,000 letter of credit or cashier's check to insure the safe relocation of the house, as well as a plan for protection of the building from a housemover or structural engineer. 4. Demolition of the non-historic additions is approved. 5. A 500 square feet FAR Bonus is approved. 6. An east sideyard setback variance of 3 feet is approved, where 7 feet is provided and 10 feet is required. 7. Residential Design Standard variances for the historic home related to front porch and first story element, Land Use Code Sections 26.410.040.D.Lb and D.2, are approved. 8. A development application for a Final Development Plan shall be submitted within one 1) year of the date of approval of a Conceptual Development Plan. Failure to file such an application within this time period shall render null and void the approval of the Conceptual Development Plan. The Historic Preservation Commission may, at its sole discretion and for good cause shown, grant a one-time extension of the expiration date for 233 W. Hallam HPC Resolution#26, Series of 2013 Page 2 of 3 P238 IX.a a Conceptual Development Plan approval for up to six (6) months provided a written request for extension is received no less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date. APPROVED BY THE COMMISSION at a regular meeting on the 28th day of August, 2013. 9JayMytin, Chair Approved as to Form: c Debbie Quinn, Assistant City Attorney ATTEST: 0 Kathy Strickland, Chief Deputy Clerk Exhibit A: conceptual approval. 233 W. Hallam HPC Resolution #26, Series of 2013 Page 3 of 3 P239 IX.a II 2 ES- r" A<< Atij STREET co y a a ry . q t t xtz 3 I lW 7=.. rty,_„ f t x t n tit" ;` e..._. ....._..,.....,:_._...,"_.. w.. DHR APP o ARCHITEC. TVRE. Ct KUMIN RESIDENCE 2X WEST— A ST. ASPEN, CA SITE P l SITE PLAN 2012 02a Ba] 23a A0. 1 a P240 IX.a III I c I 1W0' 1 l NORTH ELEVATION 6 I I 4. .,....«.....-.. ems ' gym°' DHRo AR C L11 T F. CT U RE j K UMIN RESIDENC E 2n MST HALLAN, ST. ASPEN. CO i / i nv Wnfc aVenmu NEWHOLSE a ELEVATIONS 2 M4847 Z ST FLOO Ll V S4 r EAST ELEVATION 6 A3. 0 0. 1-0 e9 P241 IX.a iI II NEWSECONO r FLOOR 1. i L H FI F RST100 i n SOUTH ELEVATION wC pP E 1tF LL DHR N L ti rvEwsecoNO q, _ FLOOR A1 V 110- 1 1% 6'— - y I—..__.— K 2. RESIDENCE ASPEN. CD i I NEWHW SE ELEVATIONS JE J. FIRST i r ._... ru V 10 FLOOR f 012024. 81) 2 Z VEST ELEVATION 0dT A3. 1 89 P242 IX.a ryryry I x I N a i is i Ila- 1l NORTH2NDSTREET- ELEVATI0 N fl A O— ETRIC VIEW z r j 2 HALUM STREET- ELEVATION T 1 DHR ARCH T F.( TIRF.KUMIN RESIDENCE 2. WESTHALLJA ST PERSPECTNES l h 2012 W- 7 J 2 1 j a: 99 S H& L STREET STREETSCAPE cc z eM,+ rr, vutma. ro. w P243 IX.a ASPEN HISTORIC PRESERVATIOMINUTESOFAUGUST28 200134MISSIONChairperson, Jay Maytin called the meetinCommissionersinattendance: g to order at 5:00NoraBerkoSallieGolden, Patrick Sa p mWillisPemberandJohnWhipple.Jane Hills,pple. Jim DeFrancia was absent.Staff present: Debbie Quinn, Assistant CityAmyGuthrie, Historic Preserva to officerKathyStrickcerStrickland, Chief Deputy City Clerk 233 W, Hallam — ConceptualDemolition, Floor p M. Development, Relocation, PartiaArea Variances Bonus, Residential Design Standards 1andSetbackVariances, continued Amy said the lot is about 9,000 Public hearing. square foot and has a Victorian house o that has been remodeled and not in its Originalthehouseupandmoveitto location. n rt where it original was and strip it down intent is to pickrestoreit. There is a detached new house on thecontinuedtorestudy corner and the review and asnowdetachedfromhehousedownthemass. The garage in the back isaFARbonusandasetbackvariancewasarequestfromtheboard.Put the Victorian where it originally was. request on the east lot line in order tors Staff is in support of the project.DHR Architecture —Melissa Mabe-Saban osh Melissa said they took all the comments frsubservienthousethathasbeen m the board and created aWhenyoucomedowntothecorner le you k from the corner seven feetmore a took the center form from a two y °' see the historic house first.mass. We also broke U back story to a single storymasssmallerfromtheSecondStreet ort1On to create a s rY form to lessen the also changed the pitch of the et side and also from he alley make the prominent in the back of the hous ge in order to make the y side. We the front of the house to the side of the h chimney garage less new house is 30 feet to the Use and it is no longer moved from the peak. peak and the existin nger stone. Theghistorichouseis25feetto Nora said the impact on the site still remains a three car garage. 1 P245 IX.a ASPEN HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION MINUTES OF AUGUST 28 2013 Amy said it is a two car enclosed garage and then there are two uncoveredspacesoneoneachsideofit. One is covered. It is not as much mass as athreecargaragewouldbe. It is up to the board to decide if the additionalroofisuncharacteristic. Patrick asked if they would have the ability to come in and enclose the carport. Amy said they would need HPC approval but a car port and an enclosedgaragecountthesameasfloorarea. Chairperson, Jay Maytin opened the public comment section of the agendaitem. There were no public comments. Patrick agreed with staff and all the recommendations. Jay said we need to comment on the setback variance and the 500 squarefootbonus. Sallie said the applicant listened to everything we said and she likes thedesignandalsolikesthethirdcarportthatlookslikealean-to. Sallie is forthebonusandsetbackvariance. Nora said she is not comfortable with the design but the applicant listened toeverythingtheHPChadtosay. Nora thanked the applicant for changing thethingswetalkedabout. Jane said she also likes the project and is looking forward to seeing thedetailsofthefinishesandtheexteriormaterials. Jane also supports the FARbonusandsetbackvariances. The applicant has worked hard and you havebeenherethreetimesandyouheardeverything. Jane thanked the applicantforlistening. Willis said in general he is in support of the project and it has come a longwaysincethefirstmeeting. You have taken out the overtly stylistic references that have nothing to do with the history of Aspen and therein liesyoursuccess. It is a great job. John said he reviewed the project and it is very impressive and he likes thisrendition. He is also in favor of the Far bonus and setback variance. 2 P246 IX.a ASPEN HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION MINUTES OF AUGUST 28 2013 Jay pointed out that the applicant embraced our comments. MOTION: Patrick moved to approve resolution #26 as written by staff andthatincludestheFARbonusandthesetbackvariance. Motion second byJay. Roll call vote: Patrick, yes; John, yes; Willis, yes; Jane, yes; Nora, yes;Sallie, yes. Jay, yes. 7-0. 206 Lake Avenue — Minor Development and Hallam Lake Bluff Review Debbie said the affidavit of posting is in order and the applicant can proceed. Amy said there was a site visit at NOON. This is a one-step review in terms of the architectural changes to the house. There is also a Hallam Lake reviewinvolvedbecauseitoverhangstheACESproperty. It is also on the NationalRegisterwhichisanhonor. The house is a large example of VictorianarchitecturethatsurvivedinAspenandhasnothadmanychanges. It is animportantproperty. There are a few proposed changes to the house that wefeelarenotinkeepingwiththehistoryofthebuildinganditismovingfurtherawayfromitsoriginalintegritywiththeproposedchanges. Skylights are proposed in a non-historic addition on the side of the house.Alterations to a garage or carriage house feature are proposed and alterationstothefrontporchandtheproposednewmetalroof. Amy said we don't have a Sanborn map to show you and not a lot ofphotographs. Nora has provided us with some pictures from the 50"s. In1980whentheinventorywasdonethehouselooksintactwithfewalterationstotheporchandthehouse. Currently there is no on-site parkingonthesite,just the head in parking at the intersection of the two streets inthefront. The applicant would like an on-site garage which would come offtheTriangleParkendoftheproperty. There may be a way to accommodate that with a free standing one stall garage or uncovered parking or a car port.The option proposed is to reuse the original carriage house opening that wasactuallywithintheenclosedhome. It was not a detached structure. Theexistingdoorslidesopentogetwhateverwasneededfromthehouse. Thereisarequesttoconvertthatbackintoagaragebutitisnotdeepenoughtouse as a garage at this point so the proposal is to pull the wall out and enlarge thehouseanddemolishthatfagadeandchangingtheoriginaldoors. Staff is notinsupportofthat. We feel that is too much of an impact on the building for 3 P247 IX.a